Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Causes of Vietnam War
Causes of Vietnam War
H E A R IN G S
BEFORE THE
CA US ES , O RI G IN S, AN D LE SS O N S O F T H E
V IE TN AM W AR
J]
J]
ru MAY 9, 10, AN D 11, 1972
in
ru
O’
m --
-i = □
□
KSU
O’
H
H
<
P ri n te d f o r t h e us e of th e C om m itt ee o n F or ei gn R el at io ns
CAUSES, ORIGINS, AND LESSONS OF THE
VIETNAM WAR
H E A R IN G S
BEFORE TH E
P r in te d f o r t h e u se o f th e C o m m it te e on F o re ig n R e la ti o n s
F o r sa le by th e S u p er in te n d en t of D oc um en ts , U.S . G ov er nm en t P ri n ti n g Office,
W as hi ng to n, D.C. 20 40 2 - P ri ce $2 .35 do m es tic p o st p a id or $2. 00 GP O B oo ks to re
St oc k N um be r 52 70 -0 17 13
COMMITTEE ON FORE IGN RELATIO NS
J. W. FU LBRIGH T, Arkansas, Ch air ma n
JOH N SPARKMA N, Ala bam a GEORG E D. AIK EN, Ver mon t
MI KE MA NSF IEL D, Mo nta na CL IFF OR D P. CASE, New Je rse y
FRA NK CHUR CH, Ida ho JOH N SHERM AN COOP ER, Ken tuck y
STUA RT SYMINGTON, Miss ouri JACOB K. JA VIT S, New York
CLA IBOR NE PE LL , Rhod e Isl an d HUG H SCOTT, Pe nn sy lva nia
GALE W. McGE E, Wyom ing JAM ES B. PEAR SON , Ka nsa s
EDMUN D S. M USK IE, Main e CHA RLES H. PERCY , Ill ino is
WIL LIA M B. SPONG, J b., Vir gin ia
Cab l Ma bc t , Ch ief of St af f
A b t h u b M. K u h l , Ch ief Cle rk
( II)
CONTENTS
Page
a Pre fac e _________________________________________________________ v
’ Sta tem ent s b y :
Gelb, Leslie II.,Brook ings I ns tit ut io n____________________________ 2
Thomson, Jam es C., Jr. , Ha rv ar d Un ive rsit y______________________ 13
Schles inger, Ar thu r M., Jr. , City Uni vers ity of New York _________ 59
J Chomsky, Noam, Ma ssac hus etts In sti tu te of Techn ology___________ 80
White , Fr an k M., for me r maj or, Office of Str ate gic Se rvi ce s; form er
repo rter , Time mag azin e_____________________________________ 145
Moffat, Abbot Low, for me r chief, Divis ion of Sou the ast A sian Affairs,
Dep artm ent of St at e________________________________________ 1G1
Ins ert ion s for the re co rd :
Pre par ed sta tem ent of Leslie II. Gelb_________________________ 8
Pre par ed sta tem ent of Ar thu r Schlesin ger, J r ____________________ 71
Pre par ed sta tem ent of Noam Chomsky__________________________ S9
Char les de Gaulle on Viet nam _________________________________ 130
TV inte rvie w wit h Pre sid en t Nixon of Jul y 1, 1970______________ 134
Fr an k Wh ite’s dis patc h to Life maga zine desc ribin g experi ences in
Vietnam , 1945-46____________________________________________ 154
Pre par ed sta tem en t of Abbot Low Moffat ________________________ 172
Ap pen dix :
“The Ess enti al Do min o: Ameri can Poli tics and Vie tnam ,” arti cle by
Leslie II. Gelb. Fore ign Affairs , April 1972_____________________ 207
“Vi etn am : The System Work ed,” art icl e by Leslie H. Gelb, Forei gn
Policy, summ er 1971________________________________________ 225
Docum ents rel ati ng to OSS act ivi ty in Fre nch In do ch in a:
Intr odu ctio n _________________________________________ 241
I. The “Dee r” Mission to Viet Minh He adq uar ter s, July- Sep
tember , 1945:
Le tte r of ins truc tion to Majo r Thomas , May 16, 1945___ 243
“Deer ” Rep ort No. 1, Ju ly 17, 1945__________________ 244
“Dee r” Rep ort, Ju ly 20, 1945______________________ 248
Rep ort on “Dee r” Mission—Maj. A. K. Thoma s, Septem
ber. 17. 1945____________________________________ 251
The Viet Minh Pa rty o r L eague—Maj. A. K. Thom as___ 265
* Pic tur es from the “De er” Mission __________________ 273
II . “Det achm ent 404” : Missi on t o Saigon :
Opera tion “Em ban km ent” (mem orand um from Maj. P ete r
Dew ey), Augu st 25, 1945_________________________ 281
4 Chronologic al lis t of dat es for Mission “Em ban kme nt”
(mem orand um from Maj. He rbe rt Blu ech el), Septem
ber 17, 1945____________________________________ 282
Pol itic al aim s and philos ophy of the Viet Minh Govern
men t of Fren ch Indo-C hina, and th ei r at tit ud e tow ard
Ame rican s (me mora ndum from Capt. He rbe rt Blue
che l), Septe mber 30, 1945________________________ 283
Commen ts on rep ort s publis hed by the Allied Control
Commission, Saigon, conc erning the eve nts of Septem
ber 26,1945 (me mora ndum by Capt. He rbe rt Blue chel ),
Septem ber 30, 1945_____________________________ 285
Affidavit by Capt. He rbe rt Bluechel rel ati ng to t he dea th
of Maj. Pe ter De wey, October 13, 1945_____________ 286
Affidavit by Capt. Fr an k Whi te rel ati ng to the dea th
of Maj. Pe ter Dewey, October 13, 1945_____________ 292
(nr)
IV
Appendix—Co ntinue d
Docum ents rel ati ng to OSS a ctiv ity in Fren ch Indo chin a—Continue d
II. “Det achm ent 404” : Mission to Saigon—Continu ed
Inve stig atio n of dea th of Maj. Pe ter Dewey (memo
rand um by Maj. F. N. Small wit h ma p), October 25, P a 8®
1945 _________________________________________ 296
II I. Secre t Intelli gence Bran ch (S.I .) rep orts and docume nts
rel ati ng to the Viet Minh :
Calling card of Vo Nguyen Giap with not e____________ 301
Appeal by Ho Chi Minh to “Fellow Count rymen ,” Sep
tember 5, 1945___________________________________ 302
Inte rvie w wit h Bao Dai, form er emper or of Annam,
September 19, 1945______________________________ 303
Inte rvie w wit h Prin ce Souphanouv ong of Laos, Septem
ber 19, 1945_____________________________________ 304
Inte rvie w wit h Ho Chi Minh, September 19, 1945______ 305
Rep ort on the Prov isio nal Government, F.I.C., Septem
ber 20, 1945_____________________________________ 307
Poli tical info rma tion (fro m Sw ift) , October 17, 1945___ 311
IV. 'Stra tegic Service Uni t “intellig ence diss emi nati on” rep ort s
from Fren ch Indo chin a______________________________ 327
Mili tary an d politi cal infor mati on, Feb rua ry 28, 1946___ 328
Polit ical infor mati on, March 4, 1946_________________ 330
Mili tary infor mati on, March 6, 1946_________________ 331
Fren ch and Chinese cla shes, March 6, 1946___________ 332
Polit ical infor mati on, March 17, 1946________________ 333
Politi cal infor mati on, March 17, 18, 1946_____________ 334
Fren ch troops ente r Hano i, March 18, 1946___________ 335
Pol itica l and mi lita ry infor mati on, March 19, 1946_____ 336
Politi cal and economic infor mati on, March 20, 1946___ 337
Polit ical info rma tion —North Ind o-China, March 20,1946 - 338
1946___________________________________________ 338
Mili tary and politic al infor mati on, March 22, 1946_____ 339
Polit ical infor mati on, March 24, 1946________________ 340
PREFAC E
F ebruary 1973.
D ur in g th re e day s of he ari ng s in Ma y 1972, th e Fo re ig n Re lat ion s
Co mm itte e he ar d tes tim on y de scr ibi ng the or ig in an d evo lut ion of
Am eri can inv olv em ent i n Vi etn am . A pp ea rin g as witn esse s bef ore th e
Com mit tee we re Messr s. Lesl ie Gelb, Ja m es C. Tho mso n, Noa m Cho m
sky , A rt h u r Sc hle sin ger , J r. , Ab bot Low Mof fat, an d F ra n k W hit e.
In tes tim ony cov eri ng th e ye ars 1945-72, each ma n sh are d wi th the
com mit tee his pa rt ic ul ar exp erie nce s an d ext ens ive kno wle dge in an
eff ort t o po rt ra y a fu ll pi ctu re of th e Vi etn am conflict .
O f pa rt ic ul ar i nte re st was t he d es cri pti on by fo rm er Office of S tr a
teg ic Ser vice (O SS ) Officer F ra n k W hi te of t he co nve rsa tion s h e h eld
wi th II o Chi Mi nh im me dia tel y af te r W or ld W ar I I , an d th e ex ten t
of co nta ct H o an d th e Vi et M mh ha d wi th ot he r OS S officers. As a
re su lt of Mr. W hi te 's tes tim ony, I requ est ed th e int ell ige nce rep or ts
de ta ili ng the se ea rly con tact s. W it h th e ass ista nce of th e Na tio na l
Arc hiv es, th e Fo re ig n Re lat ion s Com mit tee ha s rec ent ly secure d the
dec lass ificatio n an d relea se of a sele ction o f t hese d ocu men ts. Th ey a re
bei ng made publi c fo r t he fi rst tim e in th e ap pe nd ix of th is pr in t. N ec
ess ary deletio ns hav e been ma de fo r se cu rit y reas ons an d are no ted in
th e te xt w her eve r a pp ro pr ia te .
Th e Co mm itte e dec ided at its me eti ng in exec utiv e sessio n on
Fe br ua ry 6 th at t hes e he ar in gs w ith t he p rev iou sly cl assif ied m ater ia l
sho uld be pub lish ed.
J . W. F ulbri ght , Cha irm an.
(V)
CAUSES, ORIGIN S, AND LESSONS OF THE VIETNAM
WAR
TU ES DA Y, MA Y 9, 1972
O P E N IN G ST A T E M E N T
today’s witness es
From my vant age point the central task before t his committee is to
evaluate the Pres iden t’s rati onales on th eir merits , o f course, but also
agains t the lessons we should have learned from 25 years of war in
Vietnam.
LESSONS WE SHOULD HAVE LEARNED
Lesson one concerns the Saigon government and milit ary forces.
They always get b etter, but they never ge t good enough. The curre nt
North Vietnamese offensive, whatever the immediate results, shows
once again tha t the Saigon forces can not defend themselves w ithout
massive American assistance. Regardl ess of w hat can be said about th e
improvement and braver y of the Saigon forces, one simple fact ob
scures all the rest—a N orth Vietnamese force of some 100,000-plus men
are fighting and beatin g a 1 million-plus South Vietnamese armed
force backed up by about 800 tactical air sorties per day. Something is
wrong somewhere. Somethin g always has been wrong.
The lesson is tha t m ilita ry power witho ut p olitica l cohesiveness and
supp ort is an empty shell. With out the legitimacy, witho ut politica l
legitimacy in a government and the quest for it in South Vietnam
seems never ending, the S aigon regime perp etual ly will requ ire Am er
ican support.
Lesson two concerns the Hanoi government. While annual hints
and pre dictions have it th at the N orth Vietnamese are about to expire,
the ir will to fig ht seems undim inished and they keep coming back. It
is n ot necessary to glori fy Hanoi to face this fact. The bru tali ty of
Hano i's methods of war fare have matched, if not exceeded, Sa igon’s,
but something for them always has gone rig ht somewhere.
The lesson, I believe, is t ha t time and determ ination are on the side
of the elemental tide of nationali sm and t ha t th e lea dership in H anoi,
for h istorica l reasons, always has symbolized thi s basic pol itical force.
Lesson three comes back to the n atur e of th e w ar itself. The war in
Vietnam was and is a civil war and a w ar for nationa l independence,
in my opinion. The central question of who shall rule Vietnam would
have been settle d on just these terms long ago ha d it not been for the
interve ntion of outside powers. The reason, I think , is tha t the war
will never end as long as outside powers keep it going. This goes for
Russia and China as well as for the Unite d States. But the Unite d
States has a par ticu lar responsibil ity for prolon ging this war. We
must face the t rag ic a nd bru tal fact and p roba bility th at more Vietna
mese will die by t he continua tion of th e presen t war tha n will die, in
my opinion, from the bloodletting following its conclusion.
We can attr ibu te grea t principl es to our involvement in Vietnam
but these prin ciples can mean only continu ing de ath to th e Vietnamese
and in the end the strugg le will be resolved as it began, by the Vie tna
mese themselves.
A four th lesson rel ated to the others concerns bombing and, I be
lieve, min ing of ports. The lesson is t ha t more bombing and mining
will bring nei ther victor y nor peace.
More bombing and mining in North Vietnam will, in time, some
what curt ail Ha noi ’s pre sent offensive in the south but at the risk of
once again settin g back U.S. relations with Russia and China and at
the price of countless civilian lives.
6
More bombing in South Vietnam will impede Han oi’s offensive at
the expense of killin g and making refugees out of hundred s of t hou
sands of people.
What , then, is the purpose of such senseless slaug hter ?
A fifth lesson concerns domestic dissent. Many people who par tici
pate d in the efforts of the last 7 years to change our policy say
th at they thin k they were was ting the ir time. I do not agree. The ir
opposition and th e potent ial t hre at o f g reate r public opposition was a
constant fact or in the deliberations of American policymakers over
the years.
The lesson is th at dissenters may not have been powe rful but they
were not powerless. Responsible criticism often centered in these cham
bers. played an im porta nt an d honorable role in prev enting worse out
rages from takin g place.
A sixth and final lesson stemming from the others concerns dealing
with dilemmas and ending the war.
DIL EM MA S PRE SEN TED TO UN IT ED STATES BY VI ET NA M
the one I am proposing. There are costs tha t we cannot ru n away from,
but i t is better than persistin g in an endless, hopeless and tragic war.
Tha nk you, Mr. Chairman.
(Mr. Gelb’s prepared statement fol lows :)
Statement oe Leslie H. Gelb on Vietnam : Causes of the War and Lessons
Learned
Mr. Chairman, distinguished members of the committee, I am honored by your
committee's invitatio n to presen t testimony on the subject of Vietnam. The pur
pose of your hearings is history, but with respect to Vietnam, the past and the
present are irrevocably interlocked. The mind-numbing sameness of the war and
the overwhelming fac t t hat thi s w ar is not yet history, compel us to be contempo
rar y histor ians with all the a tten dant risks.
My testimony will deal with (1) the past, specifically the causes of U.S. in
volvement in th e war, and (2) the present, specifically the lessons of the pa st th at
bear on today.
Wars are supposed to tell us abou t ourselves. Are we a wise a nd jus t nation?
Or are we foolish and aggressive? Merciless or humane? Well led or mislead?
Vital or decadent? Hopeful or hopeless? Nations in war and aft er war, win or
lose, try to scratch away at the paste or glue or tradit ions or values tha t held
thei r societies together and see of w hat they are made. I t is arguable whe ther a
society should indulge in such self-scrutiny. Societies are, as Edmund Burke
wrote, “delicate, in trica te wholes” th at are more easily damaged than improved
when subjected to the glare of Gr and Inquis itors.
But in the case of ou r own society and the war in Vietnam, too many people
are seeking an swers and are entitled to them, and many are only too eager to
fill in the blanks. The families and friends of those who were killed and
wounded will want to know whether it was worth it afte r all? Intelle ctuals will
want to know “why Vietnam”? Men seeking and holding political office will
demand to know who was responsible? The answers to these questions will
themselves become political facts and forces, shaping the United States role
in the world and our lives at home for years to come.
I . C A U SE S OF T H E W AR : T H E RA NG E OF EX PL A N A TI O N S
One , Am eri can pa rti ci pa tio n in Vie tna m ho sti lit ies is a ste p th at
cou ld hav e an d sho uld hav e been avo ided . Once beg un, it sho uld an d
cou ld hav e been end ed at sev eral jun ctu res . To day , th is week, is only
th e m ost rece nt o f such jun ctu res .
Two , th e Vie tna m reg ion , an A sia n c oloni al ap pe nd ag e, w as a reg ion
gove rne d so b adl y by its F re nc h colo nial ru ler s fro m th e l at e 19th cen
tu ry th ro ug h 1940 th at Vie tnam ese na tio na lis m an d Vie tna me se com
mu nism la rg ely coalesc ed d ur in g th e s tru gg le ag ain st firs t F ra nc e, t he n
Ja pa n, an d the n Fr an ce ag ain . As a res ul t of such coalescen ce, such
fus ion , th e lea de rsh ip of th e Vie tna me se rev olu tio n fo r ind epe nde nce
an d na tio nh oo d had lar ge ly fa lle n un de r th e co ntr ol of lon g-i nd ige
nous Vie tnam ese Co mm uni sts b y th e m id- an d la te-1 940 ’s. IIo Chi M inh
was the Geo rge W ash ing ton of Vi etn am , wh ate ve r we ma y th in k of
his pol itic s, th ou gh , lik e Geo rge W as hi ng to n, he ha d to str ug gl e
ag ain st loy ali st pr o- Eu ro pe an e lem ents wi th in th e bu rea uc rac y, arm y
an d i nte lli ge nt sia .
Th ree , Vi etn am was, fu rt her a colo nial reg ion in whi ch th e Fr en ch
so d ela yed an d bungled t he o pp or tu ni tie s fo r post-19 45 gr ac efu l w ith
dr aw al th at t he y were ev en tua lly fo rce d o ut by II o Ch i Min h a nd Ge n
era l Gi ap in 1954 u nd er f ai rl y ign om ini ous c ircu mst anc es. Mo reov er—
a sad ly im po rta nt po in t fo r ou r na tio n—t he y were for ced out at a
tim e whe n the Un ite d St ate s ha d been sud den ly tra um at iz ed by the
cold w ar in Eu rop e, th e so-c alle d loss of Ch ina an d th en th e Ko rea n
war .
A fo ur th p o in t: Ag ains t th is ba ck dro p, Am eri ca' s pro gre ssiv e in
vol vem ent wen t th ro ug h sev era l ver y sep ara te stag es. F ir st W as hi ng
ton acqu iesce d in th e Fr en ch r et ur n to In do ch in a an d t he n fina nced the
Fr en ch w ar th ere la rg ely f or re aso ns t h at ha d no th in g a t a ll to do w ith
As ia, bu t, ra th er , a s M r. Ac.heson an d oth ers have r eve aled , as t he pr ice
req uir ed to win Fr en ch pa rti ci pa tio n in We st Eu ro pe an defe nse a r
ran gem ent s. Bv 1951 t h at pri ce to taled n ea rly $4 bil lion . B ut w ith t he
Com mu nis t vic tor y in Ch ina , W as hi ng to n dev elop ed a secon d ra ti on
ale, nam ely , resista nce to wh at was wr on gly per ceiv ed as mo nolith ic
in te rn at io na l com mun ism— Pe ki ng an d Ha no i as mere cre atio ns an d
pu pp et s of Moscow. Suc h a fa lse p erc ept ion was inte nsif ied by the o ut
br ea k of the Ko rea n wa r and C hi na ’s eve ntu al en try int o th at wa r as
Ge ne ral M ac A rth ur m arc hed t o t he Y alu Ri ve r an d th e Chin ese fr on
tie r. Fr om th is poi nt on. W as hi ng to n saw Ch ine se- dir ect ed com mun ism
sp ill in g ou t all over As ia, an d Vi etn am becam e merely one br eak in
the dik e.
15
A fifth po in t: lienee , Washi ngton ’s fur the r blunde r of disasso
ciating the Unit ed States from the 1954 Geneva Accords and gra d
ually moving in to replace the French and help upset those accords,
all on the false assumption of communism’s monolithic natu re and
China ’s e xpansionist aims. We took such moves despite the pate ntly
special n ature and force of Vietnamese nati onal communism, a gra d
ually esc alating commitment on our p art to an historica l, political, and
logistical swamp t ha t any grea t power should have known enough to
avoid.
V A sixth general po in t: Hence, furt her, the compounding of these
initia l blunders throu gh escalatory interven tion by two Adm inist ra
tions in an unfinished Vietnamese civil war from 1961 onward, while
prete nding a ll along tha t it was not a civil war. In conjunction with
v these moves, po licymakers sought to explain such involvement to the
American people by developing a public description of what was a t
stake in Vietnam tha t bore little relevance to realit y but created, de
facto, a new re ality throu gh what one mig ht call rhetorical esc alatio n;
in other words, Vietnam became of supreme importance largely be
cause we said it was of supreme importanc e.
A final po in t: None of this , I would add, was the re sult of crimin al
or malevolent men, eith er in Washing ton or necessarily in Southeast
Asia. Most of it was t he result of ignorance, shortsightedness, fear,
frus trat ion, and fatigue , and the like, thou gh ignorance, sho rtsigh ted
ness, fear, fru strat ion, and fatigu e can, in fact, lead to and have lead to
criminal consequences.
R E JO IN D E R OF S U F F E R IN G I F U N IT E D ST AT ES H A D N O T IN TE R V E N ED
Let me deal at once •with one obvious rejoind er to the preceding cap-
sulized account. Viet nam obviously confron ted American policymak
ers with a sit uation where, if Washing ton had not intervened, a good
many innocent anti-Communists would have suffered in the course of
civil wa r and revolution. But even if i t were arg ued th at we should be
in the business of rescuing oppressed peoples from thei r compatrio ts
on a worldwide basis—a dubious proposition , I would suggest—I
would say tha t infinitely more suffering has been inflicted and con-
* tinues to be inflicted today on people in both Vietnams and in Laos
and Cambodia by our interven tion than would have occurred if we
had n’t intervened. Those who have warne d for years of the i mpendin g
bloodbath must face the grim reality of the daily bloodbath we have
* imposed on Indochina . Here, indeed, is one of the most strik ing cases
in modern histor y of a cure far worse than the disease.
R E JO IN D E R OF DO M IN O T H EO R Y
One has hea rd from men in high positions at each stage of this con
vulsive trage dy tha t no constructive altern ative to escalation was
offered o r available. The fact of the m atter, however, is t ha t at every
stage alterna tives have been offered, both from inside and outside the
Government. All of them were allegedly u npalat able a t the time since
they all r an the risk of a Communist takeover in So uth Vietnam . Yet
all of them were proved progressively more palatabl e in retrospect
once the oppor tunity was missed. There were thing s we could and
should have done a year ago, 2 year s ago, 3, 5, 10 years ago, th at are
substan tially hard er to do today, except perhaps tha t the American
people may at last be learn ing. They were proposed at the time and
they were rejected at each stage because the sh ort-term price of doing
them seemed infinitely highe r than the short-ter m price of no t doing
them and continui ng instead on the same course. But the long-term
price of no t doing them t urn s out, of course, to be compounded daily
and even hour ly.
AD MI SS ION OF ERROR AND FA IL UR E RECO MME NDE D
COM ME ND AT ION OF W IT NE SS
PURPOSE OF COMMISSION
You made an other point, Mr. Cha irman, t ha t I would like briefly to
respond to. I am und er no illusio n th at Presid ent Nixon would accept
the kin d of propo sals th at J im Thomson and I have been talkin g about
this morning and the members of th e Senate h ave been talk ing about
for years. He wouldn’t; he will persist in t his course. I f there is any
chance of ending this before the next election, I think it can only be
ended here in the Congress. Congressmen and Senators have f or years,
M in my judgment , hidden behind the Presi dent on the Vietnam war.
They go along wi th wh atever he was saying an d doing. He knew bes t;
he h ad all of t he facts. If i t went wrong, it would be his fault. Bu t I
thin k as in many occasions in th e past, if the w ar continues, i t will be
* as much the responsi bility of Congressmen and Senators who did not
oppose the Pres iden t as it is the responsibility of the Pres ident.
Mr. T homson. I would hea rtily endorse what Mr. Gelb just said, Mr.
Chairman. The Pr eside nt asked us las t nigh t to su pport the Pre sident.
I thin k a high er oblig ation is to s uppor t the well-being of the co untry,
and here the people can h elp, but the Congress has the majo r responsi
bility between now an d election day.
ACCEPT ABILITY OF CEASEFIRE TO HA NO I SECONDARY
Mr. Gelb. One f urt he r poi nt on ceasefire, sir : One can’t be categori
cal about what Hanoi will do or will not do. We can ’t g et inside th eir
minds and we know very little about how they operate, what the ir
22
politic al processes are. It is possible t hat if in th e course of the next
few weeks North Vietnamese forces captur ed Hue, and Kontum, a
ceasefire m ight be acceptable to the m; we can't know. But the thin g
th at concerns me very deeply is tha t ceasefire is anothe r one of those
reeds, a nother one of those straws, tha t reasonable men in this coun
try —reasonable men grasp at to say, “Let ’s go a little longer; let’s
see if the P residen t can do it this time.” I don ’t th ink we should hing e
our involvement in thi s war or a lack of interest in this war—our more
imp orta nt interests are elsewhere—on whe ther or not Hanoi is goin g
to accept a ceasefire. Th at has got to be a second ma tter to a definition *
of where our own interests really lie.
AREA OF AP PL IC AT IO N OF PROPOSED WI TH DR AW AL
J/
Mr. T homson. I would add tha t Mr. Nixon's exit afte r 4 months
applies, according t o his language, only to Vietnam. He did not say
withdr awal of forces from Indochina. l ie said from Vietnam.
Mr. Gelb. I think he did say from Indochina.
Mr. T homson. My impression is to the contr ary, but we can check
it out.
The Chairman. I th ink it was; he said Vietnam. I don’t believe he
said Indochina, but we can check that .
FAVORABLE RE PL Y FRO M HA NO I NO T LI KE LY
Do eithe r of you think tha t the offer o f a milit ary ceasefire and
retu rn of our POW ’s in retu rn for withdra wal of 4 months is likely
to be received favorably? You do not thin k th at this is likely to induce
a favorable reply from Hanoi ?
Mr. Gelb. Jud gin g from the ir responses to similar kinds of offers
in the past, I would say no.
PO SS IB ILI TY OF UN IT ED STATES AND RU SS IAN AG REE ME NT
Mr. T homson. Mr. Chairma n, you asked what could be done, and we
tossed the ball back int o the laps of th e Congress. I do have one fur the r
suggestion.
The Chairman. I was go ing to come back to tha t, but go ahead.
Wh at is it?
Mr. T homson. And I propose it with some h esitation, as one who
tarr ied in government for a c onsiderable period of t ime afte r escala
tion in the belief tha t if one stayed in government one could keep
worse thing s from happenin g.
My suggestion is t hat an e ffort be made, since this feels very much
like a one-man decision, to encourage men o f conscience within this
Admin istrati on to dep art from the Admin istrati on as would happen
in any parli ame ntary government elsewhere, to break ranks, to leave
the government, to give th eir message to the people. I thi nk tha t with
this kind of disassociation of men of conscience from actions of this
sort could to some degree act as a brake against a besieged Presiden t. I t
could have other effects as well, and tha t is why I propose it with some
trepi datio n—also because so many of us did not do it in the pas t; but
perhaps current incumbents should learn from the past.
The Chairman. Isn 't tha t practice much more common in a par lia
mentary system than in our system? The people in impo rtant posi
tions in th e par liame ntary system are usually men with politic al power
of thei r own, t ha t is, members of the House of Lo rds ; whereas, it is
not true under our Government. The much more impo rtant relat ion
ship t here is tha t the House of Commons can do something abo ut a nv
government.
24
W HA T CONGRESS CAN DO
The Chairman. Are either of you gentlemen fam iliar with the
problem of logistics and supplies? Do you th ink the announced pro
gram will be effective in preven ting substan tial supplies gett ing into
North Vietnam from either China or Russia? Are there any alte rna
tive ways ? Wh at do you think about it ?
26
Mr. Gelb. From my past experience I can make some generaliz a
tions about it, but they will lack th e certain specificity and currency
obviously.
I would guess th at a qu arantin e not only of Haip hong but also of
all dozen or so major and relatively large ports on the North Viet
nam east coast could be pr etty well effective. It would be difficult to
get boats of any size, ships of any size, throug h tha t quarantin e.
The Pres ident also announced—tha t does not mean some cannot get
throug h, in smaller cra ft—the Pres ident also announced tha t he lias
authori zed th e bombing of rail links from China.
Now, on the basis of studies tha t were done in the Pentag on in th e
past, it was estimated tha t even if you bombed those links you would
only reduce throug h-pu t from China into North Vietnam by about
50 percent. I have no independent judgme nt on that . I am just rep eat
ing. Th at means th at if an air strike agains t a r ailway is effective, it
only ta kes the equivalent o f several horn's to fully repa ir or to repa ir
tha t rail link sufficiently to allow trai ns to proceed on it the next
night.
There will be, of course—there are, of course, roads and t rucks and
there are, of course, men and their backs, and the North Vietnamese
have carrie d on under more adverse circumstances than the situation
they are now facing.
It is very d oubtful, in my un tutore d j udgment, t hat th is qua rantin e
can have an effect on the battles immediately in progress in South
Vie tnam ; how much of an effect th e whole campaign tha t Pres ident
Nixon has authorized will have in the coming months remains to be
seen. But I doubt very much tha t it will be sufficient to get North
Vietnam to dro p it s aspi rations in this war.
The C hairman. Do you have any comment on tha t poi nt ?
Air. T homson. No ; t ha t is not an area with which I am famil iar.
SOV IET POW ER TO PE RS UA DE NO RT H VI ET NA M
83-605 —73------3
28
DIFFER ENCE IN NEGOTIATIONS IF GENERAL MI N il REPLACED PRESIDENT
TH IE U
Senator Muskie. W hat effect, if any, would you say t he Pres ident ’s
decision of la st night may have upon the possibility of th e oth er side
accepting such a proposal ?
In other words, what has been the impact of last nig ht’s events
upon our negotiat ing position in Pari s, and the negot iating position
of the Saigon Government in Paris ?
Mr. G eer. There is a study in the Pentagon pa pers, Se nator Muskie,
done by the CIA called th e “Will to Resist.” It was a s tudy done in
1966 and again in 1967. It was the agency’s views of the effectiveness of
U.S. strateg ic bombing in North Vietnam. They concluded t hat not
only was bombing ineffective in bringi ng Hanoi around to accepting
the Uni ted States’ position, but, on the contrary , it increased their will
to resist. I see nothing in the events of the la st 4 years, 5 years, then, to
believe that t hat judgment would be any different today.
Senator M uskie. Is it your conclusion, then, tha t th e events of last
night have diminished the prospect for a negotiated settlement and
early end to the war ?
Mr. Gelb. I think it can only prolong the war, sir.
Senato r Muskie. Is tha t your view ?
31
Mr. T homson. Tha t would be my judgment , Senator Muskie. It
seems to me tha t w hat the Presid ent did l ast ni ght was to put no gre at
addition al pressure on Hanoi other than pressures Hanoi has lived
with, experienced, o r u nder whose shadow it has persisted. It has put
intense new pressures, pressures in terms of a possible humilia tion, on
the Soviet Union.
We have no reason to believe tha t the Soviet Union can call the shots
in Hanoi, so I see no forwa rd progress and I see a good deal of back
ward progress in terms of rhetoric and, of course, in terms of an es
calated thre at of a global natur e rath er than regional containment of
the conflict.
PO SS IBI LIT Y OF US IN G AIR POWE R AG AIN ST SOVIET SH IP PI N G
Senator Muskie. The Presid ent also spoke of his new policy as
including th e i nterdic tion of all movements, I take it—land, sea, and
air supplies—into N orth Vietnam. Does this mean, in your judgment,
an increase in th e possibil ity th at we will use air power against Soviet
shippi ng if it should u ndertake , with the aid of minesweepers, to move
across the mine barrie r ?
Mr. G elb. Well, the Presid ent did say th at he would not only mine
the various harbors but also would take action to interd ict ships tha t
entered Vietnam, North Vietnam ter rito rial waters.
Now. wheth er he would open fire on them, I don’t know, but I don’t
want to see th e Un ited States in a position where we are risking th at.
I see no conceivable objective in V ietnam th at is worth t hat cost.
Senator Muskie. I agree with th at judgment, b ut Ambassador Rush
this morning left open the answer to tha t question as to what would
happen if the Russians were to seek to sweep the mines and move
throu gh the minefield with sweeps and presumably with shipp ing;
he lef t open tha t question and presumably it is open in your mind as
well ?
Mr. Gelb. Ye s; it is.
Senator Muskie. Would you agree with tha t, Professo r Thomson?
Mr. Thomson. I would agree with that.
The Chairman. Senato r Aiken ?
GENEV A ACCORDS OF 19 5 4
Senator Aiken . But you do not favor then the North Vietnamese
demand that we disarm the 17 million South Vietnamese ?
Mr. Gelb. No, I do not, sir.
Senator A iken . Y ou don’t?
Mr. Gelb. I think i f we were to set a date for the withd rawal of all
American forces and carry t hat ou t, t hat th ere would be a process of
political accommodation ta king place among the South Vietnamese, a
natura l process t ha t could lead to the ultimate conclusion of the war.
Senator Aiken . But you do know that tha t is the one term out of two
which the Communists insist upon our accepting as a condition for any
furt her discussion of the other five points ?
Mr. Gelb. Th at is thei r publicly announced barga ining position;
yes, sir.
president' s proposals and mansfield’s proposals
Senator Aiken . Yes, indeed. Let me see. You would consider the
Presid ent’s proposal for peace worthless and unworkable?
Mr. Gelb. T consider them worthless a nd unworkable, yes, I do for
the ending of this Vietnam war.
36
Senator A iken . Y ou have the same opinio n on the Pres iden t’s pro
posals last nig ht. Would you give th at to the Mansfield -Byrd amend
ment which is now before the Senate ?
Mr. G elb. I agreed with th e old Mansfield amendment, Senato r.
Senator A iken . Do you see any difference between t he Pres iden t’s
proposals and the latest Mansfield proposal?
Mr. Gelb. I do. There is no call, so f ar as I unders tand, at least in
the Church-Case bill, for a cease-fire and a cease-fire is a provision-----
Senator Aiken . You mean th e Mansfield amendment does not re
quire a cease-fire?
Mr. Gelb. Does it? Perha ps I am not as fam iliar with it as I
thought.
Senator Aike n . I t looks to me like a clear case of high jacki ng the
Mansfield amendment, and it seems very reasonable.
N O R T H V IE T N A M E SE T A K IN G OF QU A N G TR I
Do you feel tha t the United States escalated the w ar a month ago
and intensified i t when the troops fr om th e nort h came down and took
Quan gtri and are now outside Hue? Do you think tha t we escalated
that war a t that time ?
Mr. Gelb. Not at tha t par ticu lar point in time. no.
Senator A ike n . Do you thi nk Russia was involved in any way?
Mr. Gelb. The Soviet Union is a s upplier to the North Vietnamese
Government just as we are a supp lier to the So uth Vietnamese Govern
ment.
Senator A iken . You would n’t say th at it was a di versionary tac tic
on the pa rt of Russia, would you, to get all attention concentrated ovo”
on that side of the world rathe r than the Middle Eas t ?
Air. Gelb. I wouldn’t think so, in my judgment.
SECURITY IN TI IE MIDDLE EAST
Senato r A iken . I am losing my time. I still say, fra nkly, t hat I don't
thin k tha t the mining of the coast is going to have any immediate effect
on the battle th at is going on over the re now. I f North Vietnam with
draws and tr ies another offensive in a year or two, it might have some
effect, but not righ t now. other than being pa rt of the war of nerves
or the cold war which is going on.
I
37
RUS SIA SUGGESTED AS C H IE F CU LP RIT
But I do believe tha t Russia is the princip al culp rit here because
they evidently have been plann ing this invasion over t here for a year
or two. I am very suspicious tha t it is diversionary.
Why did Russia sail nuclear submarines where th ey were sure we
would see them if it wasn' t to bother us ?
SHO ULD PR ES IDE NT GO TO MOSCOW
Mr. T homson. I ju st wan t to endorse the answers tha t Mr. Gelb gave
to your questions, and I would like to say, sir, that it struck me that one
of th e wisest proposals made for the solution to th is wa r was made by
you und er a previous A dminis tration , namely, th at we declare victory
and go home.
Now, what struck me last nigh t was th at the Preside nt did pre
cisely the opposite of what you so wisely urged a while ago. He de
clared im pending hum iliation and said we will stay.
Senator Aiken . May I ask why it is tha t none of you fellows showed
the sligh test in clination to help me when I trie d to get Pr esident Jo hn
son to withdr aw and why it has been only in the last 2 years tha t a
great many people have shown much interest in ou r g etting out over
there ?
Air. T homson. A lot of us were prayi ng fo r you.
Senator A iken . Why is tha t ? H ard ly an y of you would raise a hand
to help me at tha t time.
Air. Gelb. Senator, I agreed with your proposal at the time you
made it.
Senator A iken . Yes, I say some did, bu t the assistance was not over
whelming by any means. It was not-----
[ Laugh ter.]
Senator A iken (conti nuing ). V ery generous un til about 2 years ago
when everybody said we have a war over there.
TROOP WI TH DR AW AL S
T was told last year bv a high level spokesman for the Admi nistra tion
tha t T or anyone who voted for the McGovern-Hatfield end-the-war
amendment or the Mansfield amendme nt to end the wa r would rue the
day tha t we had cast our votes for them. T cast my votes for them
feeling we should have ended our involvement the end of last vear, tha t
we had the possibility of d oing it at tha t time, an d t hat if Vietnami-
zation was going to work—if they were going to hack it on thei r own—
tha t was the time to do it.
How would you view t hat in perspective now. 12 months later or so,
whether or not tha t would have been the time to have really made a
determined effort to ge t out, Dr. Gelb ?
Mr. Gelb. Well, I thin k the rig ht time to have gotten out was or
were the many occasions prior , 2 years ago, but tha t is hind sight, not
foresight at all.
Most Americans agreed with the aims and goals o f this war until
qui^e late in the war, suppo rted the Pr esidents.
By March, 1968. T th ink most had come to the clear rea lization tha t
there was something wrong somewhere and I thin k at tha t point in
time the decision should have been made to total ly disengage U.S.
forces. Tf we were rig ht in 1968, it was rig ht 2 years ago and it is rig ht
today. The argume nt tha t we can’t get out now because the South
Vietnamese are finally being tested seems to me the final absurdit y
of the positions the Admin istration s have offered over the years.
I t is precisely in orde r to let them test themselves that we said we were
in there for all these years.
DE SI RA BH .IT Y OF E N D -T II E -W A R A M E N D M E N T T H IS YE AR
at, say, a termin al point the end of this year. T he pre sent withd rawal
rate, which is no t drama tic—the Pre sid ent s present withd rawa l rate
is 10,000 a month, about ha lf w hat it has been, but still 10,000 a month
—would pet us out by November 30; so the December 31 date is no t
really drastic. Is tha t correct?
Mr. T homson. T he chairman asked us ea rlier what could be done,
and we both very strongly affirmed our suppo rt for such an end-the-
war amendment. This is one place where action can take place, and
it is more imperat ive than it ever was. I t was impera tive 2 years ago,
10 years ago, and it mig ht as well happen now.
AC TIV ITI ES AND LOCA TION OF RE M AI NI NG U. S. FORCES
Senato r P ercy. W hat are the men essentially doin g now, the 00,000
or so tha t we have left? Six thousand we know are security forces,
fighting forces providing backup security fo r the other 54,000, roughly.
Are the other s essentially advising the So uth Vietnamese forces or a re
they engaged in the decisions as to which equipment will be shipped
back to the U.S. and which will be left for the South Vietnamese?
Wha t a re those forces doing rig ht now an d where are the y located?
Mr. Gelb. Well, they are located throug hout the country and they
are perfo rmin g a variety of functions. They are still giving milit ary
advice to units engaged in combat. Some are providin g security fo r our
own forces. Othe rs are engaged in the universal process of staff opera
tions, and yet others, and I think the bulk, are involved i n logistical
operations. I was to ld by many of our milit ary officers coming back
over the years th at it was always necessary fo r the U nited States m ili
tar y to be involved in logistical operations, in d rivin g truc ks, because
if we didn 't drive tru cks from the docks to the battlefield and the South
Vietnamese did, the supplies would never get there.
SAF ETY OF U. S. FORCES
Senator P ercy. I would like both of you to comment about the safety
of American forces. None of us question the duty and responsibilit y
of the Preside nt to provide for the ir safety. Takin g into account the
present North Vietnamese offensive waged on three front s, can you
give us you r ins ight as to the level of safety those men have and what,
if you were advising the Presid ent, you would advise w ith respect to
the safety of those forces, and what he should do in connection wit h
proposals for withdr awal, say, by the end of this year ?
Mr. Gelb. Well, I am not nearly fam iliar enough with the actual
tactical battlefield situation s to have any judgme nt on t hat. My only
judgme nt would be th at they would be safer if they were not there.
Mr. T homson. I would certainly sup port th e last sentence. I t str ikes
me tha t the determi nation to remove them fast, a d eterminat ion tha t
can be cre dibly communicated to the other side, is a communication
tha t would be welcomed by the other side. They have no intere st in
inflicting th at kind of “hu miliat ion” on us. Th ey know precisely what
a commander-in-chief owes to his forces, and the wisest action we
could ta ke with rega rd to those troops would be to remove them at
once, informing the other side of our intent to do so.
40
LOGIS TICS OF ST EP PI NG T P WI TH DR AW AL
PO SS IB ILI TY OF BLOODBAT H
Gel b ri gh tl y ass erts we sho uld pr ov ide them . Ma ny in betw een will
mak e t he k in d of a ccom mod atio ns th at h ave so of ten b een seen wi thi n
So uth ea st A sia n soc iety o ver these yea rs.
Mr. G elb . Se na tor Pe rcy , coul d I ju st ad d a p os tsc rip t t o th at ?
The p eop le who live i n th e are a we c all In do ch in a ar e ma rve lou s at
ma ki ng acco mm oda tion s.
We al l k now th at So uvann a P ho um a, th e Pr im e M in ist er of th e gov
ern me nt th a t we su pp ort , has ha d a ta ci t ar ra ng em en t fo r ye ars wit h
the N or th Vie tnam ese Go ver nm ent no t to go af te r an d ha ra ss No rth
Vi etn am ese for ces on the H o Chi M inh T ra il, f orce s th at w ere com ing
dow n t he tr ai l to k ill Am eri can so ldie rs. I f th ey ca n mak e t h at k in d of
con ven ien t ag ree me nt, I th in k t he ir po ssib ilit ies are lim itle ss.
E FF EC TI V EN ES S OF SO U T H V IE T N A M E SE A IR FO RC E
Senator P ercy. I have one more question on the withd rawal option
of the Pres iden t’s speech last night , and I should really ask it of a
psychologist rath er than scholars in y our field. I have long felt as an
amate ur with some little knowledge of human nature , but not a
scholarly knowledge, th at th e bombing in th e no rth—while destroy ing
some supplies, some fuel depots, and so fort h—what good it did
for our side was more tha n compensated by the North Vietnamese
reaction to resist the ir enemy from the sky, and tha t it did more
t o solidify the north and cause them to wage this war with an inten
sity a nd ha tred they mi ght not otherwise have had, an d also gave cause
for the ir allies in Easte rn Europe and China to supp ort them with
everythi ng they were asked to provide.
W IT H D R A W A L A ND SO U T H V IE T N A M E S E LO YA LT Y AN D W IL L TO RE SI ST
From the stand point of the morale and fighting spir it of the peo
ple in the South, to which we have tried to contribut e for over a dec
ade, if they now have th at will, is thi s as good a ti me as any to decide
whether anyt hing we could do in the next 3 or 4 o r 5 years would
make the people more loyal to the Saigon Government, to give them
the will to resist and fight, or to weigh the alterna tives and maybe
simply decide th at they can't make it on the ir own? Will we, p ulling
out, make the big difference?
Mr. Gelb. Well, you know there are some Vietnam experts and
many people know much more about Vietnam itself than I do, b ut
there a re some Vie tnam experts who have argued over the years t hat
the only way to get those forces in South Vietnam who do oppose the
takeover from the north , to assert themselves to coalesce, to gain a
common loyalty, tha t the only way to do this is to withdra w the
American presence. Our stayi ng there certainly never has done this.
SE NA TO R A I K E N ’S C O M M E N T CO M M EN DE D
But, to get start ed on t ha t end of the second option the Presi dent
actually worked with, our negotiations with the North Vietnamese
actually began as far back as Ju ne 1964 wit h the Seaborn missions to
Hanoi.
The Pentag on papers and subsequent events showed tha t duri ng
this entire 8-year perio d bot h sides rea lly soug ht mi litar y v ictory and
put littl e fa ith i n negotiations.
83 -6 05 — 73-
44
Did negotiations ever have a real possibility of ending the war anti,
if so, when in your jud gment?
Mr. Gelb. I make a distinction, Senator P ercy, between a political
settlement and a militar y settlement. I n my ju dgment a politica l set
tlement between Diem. Kahn, Ky, Th ieu, group s th at have controlled
South V ietnam under U.S. auspices, political accommodation between
them and the North Vietnamese has never been feasible, th at if we
were to step aside and allow other groups to find thei r own level,
political level, tha t possibly th ere were grounds for such an agree
ment. But in the absence of that, we could do the only thin g at our
disposal and the only thin g in our interest, namely, to step aside from
the conflict itself, withdraw our forces from direct involvement, and
let the political and militar y processes of the civil war work their
way out.
EFF EC T OF U. S. BOM BIN G ON NEG OTI ATIO NS
Senator P ercy. Mr. Chairm an, will members of the Administr ation
be given an oppor tunity to respond to some of these same questions
in this set of hearings, because I am aski ng the same questions I would
be as king them, no different at all. And they a re not loaded questions;
they are the kind of questions I thin k we need objective answers to
and we need it on both sides of the question.
The C hairman. Senator, they are always welcome. The Secretary
of State has been invited, I guess, innumerable times. He has been
a very busy man and has not seen fit to come, but he has a s tanding
invitat ion to come at any time.
If you wish. I will issue a special invita tion to him to come. Our
trouble is not his finding a forum, it is gettin g him to come before
this committee. As you know. Mr. Kissinger has declined to come.
Senator P ercy. The Presid ent havin g called the Secretary back on
an emergency basis would be justification for saying tha t lie himself
personally could not appear, but if the Admini stration would like to
have someone here durin g the course of the next few days or next
45
week, a per son of th ei r own sele ctio n who cou ld be a spo kes ma n fo r
the A dm in ist ra tio n, wou ld th at op po rtu ni ty be offer ed to the m?
I he C hai rm an . O f cours e it wou ld. AYe have i nv ite d Mr . Ki ss in ge r
inn um era ble time s. He ref use d to come on th e gro un ds o f. I gues s, ex
ecu tive pr ivi leg e. He refu ses to come. W e also , I ma y say , in vit ed pe ople
who were fo rm er ly inv olv ed in thi s. We inv ite d Mr. W ill iam Bu nd y.
He dec line d to come. I sta ted all th is at t he be gin nin g of th e he ari ng .
I t is in th e rec ord . We hav e in vit ed tho se who were pa rtic ip an ts in
the stu dy . Th e he ar in g was no t, as th e Se na to r know s, set to disc uss
las t ni ght’s st ate me nt. Th is he ar in g has been set fo r 2 m onth s. I t was
pu rel y c oin cid ent al t h at it too k pl ace th is m orn in g a ft er the Pr es id en t’s
speech. I di dn ’t kno w t he P re si de nt was g oi ng to m ake t he spee ch un til
4 o’clock ye ste rd ay a fte rno on .
Because this keeps recu rring , I want to re ad one parag raph from the
Geneva Accords into the record because members seem to forget it.
This is t he final dec laration of th e Geneva Convention, Ju ly 21, 1954,
and section 6 rea ds:
The Conference recognizes tha t the essential purpose of the agreement rel at
ing to Vietnam is to settle milit ary questions with a view to ending hostilities
and tha t the military demarcation line is provisional and should not in any way
be interpr eted as c onstituti ng a political or t err itor ial boundary. The Conference
expresses its conviction tha t the execution of the provisions s et out in the pres
ent declaratio n and in the agreement on the cessation of hostilities creates the
necessary basis for th e achievement in the near f utur e of a political settlement in
Vietnam.
Then, of course, there are the provisions in the agreement of the
Cessation of Hostilit ies in Vietnam on J uly 20, 1954, which was p ri
marily the milit ary settlement of the war between the French and
Vietnamese. I quote p art of article 1. T his is merely to identif y it for
purposes of people who wish to pursue it :
The provisional milit ary demarcation line is fixed as shown on the map at
tached. So it refers to that. There was no question about the intention of all
the people in Geneva except the United States tha t it wasn’t two countries.
AVIIAT IS AND HAS ALWAYS BEEN WRONG
Arisin g out of one of Senator Perc y’s questions, I meant to ask also
about the present government of South Vietnam. Was General Kv a
member of the French Air Force durin g the war between 1946 and
1954 ? Do you remember ? Do either one of you know ?
Mr. Gelb. I just can’t remember. I t hink so.
Mr. T homson. I can't remember.
I'he C hairman. Where d id General Ky learn to fly an airplane? Did
we train him or did the French ?
Mr. Gelb. I believe the French, but I am not certain.
The Chairman. Do you know whether General Thieu was a n ort h
erner or a sou therner ?
Mr. G elb. I believe he was-----
The C hairman. By b irth?
Mr. Gelb. I believe both Ky and Thieu were northerners.
The Chairman. Were they not both members o f the French Air
Force or the Frenc h A rmy? Armed Forces? You don't know?
Mr. Gelb. T o the best of my recollection; yes.
W AS former president diem a colonial governor?
The C hairman. Was former Presi dent Diem a colonial governor
before the war ?Do you know that ?
Mr. Gelb. I believe he was, sir.
50
H O C H I M I N H ’s PL E A D IN G CA US E OF IN D E P E N D E N T V IE T N A M
FE UD AL T Y P E of U N IT Y I N V IE T N A M
A S S U M P T IO N T H IS IS NO T A C IV IL WA R
Do you recall any other case in the history of the Unit ed States
where i t took th e side of the colonial power to assist i t to retai n con
trol of a colony ?
Mr. T homson. I t doesn’t come to mind, but I might j ust point out
tha t there was an anomaly, Senato r Fulb righ t, tha t grew sadly out
of the death of Pres iden t Roosevelt, because otherwise in Southeast
Asia we elected to u rge our allies, our w artime allies, to divest them
selves of the ir colonial holdings. The plan of Presi dent Roosevelt
had been at one stage of the war to p ut Indoch ina un der i nterna tional
trusteeship. He felt very strongly th at the Fren ch should not come
back and he was suppo rted by the Fa r Eas t Division in the State
Departm ent.
With the Pre side nt’s death, however, in Ap ril 1945, power shifted
within the Depa rtmen t of State —this is bei ng brough t out by docu
ments now being published—power s hifted t o the Europe an Bureau,
and those who felt th at our relations with Franc e must be para
mount prevailed in the advice t ha t was given to Presid ent Truman.
And it was as a result of th is b ureaucra tic power shift , basically, tha t
we did supp ort the Frenc h retur n and then, in due course, financed
the French war.
The Chairman. Y ou know of no similar instance in which this
country has suppor ted a colonial power in such fashion, do you ?
Mr. T homson. It doesn’t come to mind.
The C hairman. It doesn’t come to my mind, either. It ought to come
to your mind if it occurred since you are an historian .
Mr. T homson. I am searching my mind, sir.
The Chairman. We haven ’t had tha t long a h ist ory ; I can’t thi nk
of any case.
Mr. T homson. We did supp ort the Government of P akis tan against
a government in Bangladesh , but it is a fair ly recent phenomenon.
The Chairman. I am not sure you are correct in saving tha t is a
colonial holding. They were created once at the same time as p art of
India . I don’t thin k it was ever commonly regard ed as a colony.
Mr. T homson. Only by the Bengalis.
The Chairman. Only by th e Bengalis is correct. But Vie tnam was
not considered a colony only by the Vietnamese. I t had been acknowl
edged as a colony by everybody for 75 or 80 years or so; had n't it?
Mr. T homson. I thin k tha t is correct.
The Chairman. I don’t thin k tha t is an analagous situation. Be
sides tha t, wha t did we do for the Pakis tanis, if you wish to make a
case for it, ot her tha n to ti lt the rhetoric a little ? We had alr eady given
them the a rms before that . We did noth ing very specific at tha t pa r
ticul ar time.
Air. T homson. Th at is correct.
The Chairman. Whereas, we did a grea t d eal in this case.
52
ACCEPTANCE OF POLITICAL MIS JUDG MEN T OR ERROR
The C hairman. Mr. Gelb, I believe you were there at the time. Could
you tell us what the rational e was for the bombing tha t began in
Febru ary of 1965?
Mr. G elb. I was not in the executive branch of Government at t ha t
time.
The C hairman. Were you, Mr. Thomson ?
Mr. T homson. I was in the executive branch a t the time, sir, and the
rationale, as I remember, was multi ple, as I have suggested. It was
originally to break their will, but with the bombing of the Pleiku
barracks in the first week of Febr uary, an additio nal incentive was,
as I have suggested, to stiffen Saigon's spine. So it began with dual
aims: to break the will of the north and to stiffen the spine of the
south, but eventually there was added to it the hope of inducing the
north into some kind of a conference sit uation—though by t he way
the negotia tory options were phrased at the time, in retrospect, it seems
tha t tha t conference would have been one in which to receive thei r
surrender.
Mr. Gelb. It was also a means of restr icting the flow of supplies
of men from north to south.
Mr. T homson. Correct. The fur the r rationale was to try to c ut the
infiltra tion routes.
R A TI O N A LE FO R 1 9 6 4 S T R IK E ON C IT Y OF V IN H
The C hairman. Wha t was the rationale fo r the strike on, I believe,
the city of Vinh on August 4,1964? Do either one of you know? That,
I believe, was the first overt, su bstantia l str ike. Are eithe r one of you
fami liar with th at inciden t?
Mr. T homson. I don’t have clear recollection of that.
Mr. G elb. Are you ta lkin g about th e Tonkin Gulf incident?
The Chairman. There was an alleged second incid ent on August 7.
What T am asking you is, insofar as you deduct or have found out
from the papers or your personal experience, what was the real rea
son fo r tha t strike, not th e alleged reason?
Mr. G elb. Well, if we look at the papers, and I can’t say th is from
my own firsthand experience, but i f we look at th e papers, I think our
leaders were trying to send Hanoi a message.
Mr. T homson. T he p hrasin g was “to show them we mean business,”
whatever tha t means.
The Chairman. I s tha t what the papers indicate ?
Mr. Gf.lb. Yes, sir.
The. Chairman. I t was to send them a message. We hear th at phrase
in curre nt political statements around the country, tryi ng to send
Washington a message. Some of them are succeeding pret ty well up
to a point, but the message has not gotten through yet.
Mr. T homson. One finds, Mr. Chairman -----
The C hairman. I wondered if you h ad stu died it. You know what I
am talking about, Mr. Thomson : don’t you ?
Mr. T homson. I am not entirely on the track.
54
an d abr oad . I t ma y be co rre ct in its asse ssm ent of th e hom e-si de con
sequenc es, a lth ou gh I d ou bt i t ; bu t I t h in k it is v ery u nl ike ly th a t it is
cor rec t in its asse ssm ent of wo rld -w ide conseq uence s.
EXTENT o r NORT H VIETN AMESE NEGOTIA TIONS FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS
PURPOSES
Senator P ercy. P rofessor Thomson, the Penta gon Pape rs also indi
cated tha t in 1965 the Preside nt’s advisers feared a massive bombing of
North Vietnam would bri ng Chinese intervention. Was th at judgment
a sound judgme nt at th e time?
Air. T homson. We had within the Government at the time, Senator
Percy, some very talented kinds of watchers, part icula rly Allen
Whiti ng, who h ad done a remarkable book on Chinese interventio n
in the Korean war, and such men as Whit ing felt tha t the tripw ire
that would brin g China in would be, as I suggested earlie r, any U.S.
move th at looked as i f it might displace an d ove rthrow th e regime in
North Vietnam, the established state in North Vietnam, and thereby
endanger Chinese borders.
It was also feared, however, th at bombing close to China ’s borde r
and t he doctrine of hot p ursu it m ight bring us in to a situa tion where
Mi G’s were stationed across the border on Chinese fields, and Ameri
can forces would feel compelled to cross that border.
By and large, I thin k the concern over possible Chinese intervention
was appro priate , and I thin k by and large tha t although we came
fairl y close, we played that partic ular game with prudence.
E FF E C T OF LA TE ST AC TI ON S ON P R E S ID E N T ’S C H IN A PO LI CY
Senator P ercy. From the stand point of our relationship with China,
the P reside nt has enunciated a very clear policy of neg otiation rath er
than co nfrontation, and he has gone to extraordin ary efforts to fu rthe r
this objective.
Will Peking be responsive to tourism, to c ultural exchanges? There
have been fair ly large groups which have left from Mexico recently.
Another group went and came back w ith glowing re ports about how
well they had been received, but so fa r as I know—other than the
Pres iden t’s trip , the businessmen, the Scott-Mansfield tr ip and a few
tourists —there has been no fur the r word from Peking.
Wh at effect do you thi nk th is lat est action by the Pres ident is likely
to have on moving us slowly, gradually , cautiously, toward furt her ne
gotiation r athe r than confront ation?
Mr. T homson. Well. I migh t point out tha t withou t much publicity,
small groups of Americans are fair ly regula rly travel ing to China
these days—student groups, Chinese-American scholars and the like.
The dean of China studies in t his country. John Fairb ank, is dep art
ing with his wife for 2 months in C hina t his week, which is something
of a b reakthrou gh. By and large, though, there is no open faucet for
travel or trad e between China and the United States ; and P eking, I am
sure, will tend to keep a very tigh t hand on the closed faucet or the
slim trickle of travele rs and trader s. It is quite clear tha t Peki ng’s
pride, Peki ng’s own sense of its worth as an ally, is engaged in the
troubles we are inflicting on Nort h Vietnam.
It is f urt her c lear that Peking regards t rade and travel and nego
tiations on all such issues as matte rs tha t will be held up until we
shape up, so to speak, from their vant age point. So I can see nothing
but roadblocks to fur the r progress on the Washin gton-Pe king nego-
tiator y fron t as a result o f the moves the Presid ent made last night.
PRO SPEC T FOR NE GO TIA TIO NS W IT H SOVIET U N IO N
Senator P ercy. I)r. Gelb, would you care to comment on the pros
pects for n egotiatio ns on very key, impor tant areas of mutual interest
with the Soviet Union a nd wha t this will do? Is this going to have any
effect? Will it have an adverse effect? Will it have a positive effect?
Mr. G elb. I can' t believe it will have a positive effect. I know there
are many who believe tha t the only way to deal with the Soviet Union
is wi th a bludgeon and a sword, but it has not been clear to me th at
tha t approa ch has proved very successful. I t hink both nations over the
last couple of years have indicated a g reate r willingness to talk to each
other about common interests, even tho ugh conflicting, really conflict
ing interests do exist.
I can’t help but believe th at by pus hing the Soviet Union into this
box, a box which the Presid ent himself feels is ridden with humili ation,
can do nothin g except injure relations between us and the Soviet
Union.
Senator, may I ask a question of my colleague ?
Senator P ercy. Y ou certainly can.
president’s saying nothing about china in speech
Mr. Gelb. The Pres ident gave so much attentio n to the Soviet Union
at th e end of his speech; he said nothing about China. How would you
explain tha t?
Mr. T homson. Well, I am convinced tha t the master planners in
the White House assume t hat P ekin g’s greatest sense of thre at comes
from those nearly 1 million Soviet troops along China ’s 4,500-mile
fron tier with the Soviet Union and from the saber rattl ers in the
Kremlin.
Clearly, Mr. Nixon does not want to jeopardize his relations with
China, but he does feel quite obviously th at he can go fair ly far in
twi tting Moscow without bringin g a th rea t to be ar on Peking.
My f ear, however, is tha t t hey may very much ov erplay and over
estimate Pek ing’s tolerance of o ur actions in Southeast Asia and Pe
king’s obsession with the Soviet Union.
Senator P ercy. Your testimony has been extremely help ful and
though t-provoki ng for us.
58
W E D N E S D A Y , M A Y 10 , 19 72
STA TEM ENT 0E PRO FES SOR AR TH UR M. SCH LES ING ER, JR .,
CI TY UN IV ER SI TY OF N EW YORK
Mr . S chle singe r. T ha nk you, Mr . C ha irm an .
Th e C ha irm an . Yo ur en tir e sta tem en t wi ll be pu t in th e rec ord as
w rit te n an d you ma y do as you plea se—c om me nt on it o r rea d it.
(59)
S3 -6 05 — 73- -o
60
Mr. S chles inger . I will s um ma rize p ort ion s an d rea d portio ns. T he
sta tem en t i s to o lo ng f or a ful l rea din g.
As an hi sto ria n, I wa nt first to com men d th e com mit tee fo r un de r
ta ki ng th is com plex an d difficult inq uir y. I am sur e th a t fu tu re hi s
to ria ns w ill be m ystif ied when , l ookin g b ack a t the 1950’s a nd 1960’s—
even th e e ar ly 1970’s—they t ry to fig ure o ut wh at led success ive A me r
ica n Pr es id en ts to supp ose th at ou r na tio na l in ter es t an d sec uri ty
were so v ita lly in volv ed in the f at e o f a sma ll co un try on the m ain lan d
of So uth ea ste rn Asia as t o ju st ify t he blood, d est ruc tio n, atr oc ity and
ago ny fo r whi ch Am eri can poli cy ha s been resp ons ible . I hav e no
doub t th a t thes e he ari ngs, an d an y conc lusio ns the com mit tee may
dra w, wil l pro vid e m ate ria l of ine sti ma ble i mp ort an ce fo r sch ola rs in
ge ne rat ion s to come.
Le t me also s ay at the s ta rt t h at t he re is , in my jud gm en t, no sing le
ans we r to ou r prob lem. What . T will end eav or to do is dis en tan gle
wh at seem to one hi sto ria n sig nif ica nt th re ad s of th ou gh t an d polic y
th at l ed us to so g ha stl y a cu lm ina tio n in So uth ea ste rn Asi a. L im ita
tio ns of tim e will oblig e me to ma ke my po int s quick ly an d cri sp ly
but , I hop e, wi tho ut un due ove rsim plif ica tion . I mu st ad d th at I am
conscio us th at T my sel f at ea rli er tim es hav e sh are d some of the ill u
sions I wil l disc uss to da y. I onl y wis h th at I ha d un de rst oo d ea rli er
wh at T t hi nk I un de rst an d no w ; an d T ce rta in ly d o n ot seek t o e xem pt
my sel f fro m a sha re, how eve r tr iv ia l, of per son al res po ns ibi lity fo r
going alo ng wi th dir ec tio ns of pol icy whose im pli ca tio ns di d no t be
come e vid en t to me un til th e sum me r o f 1965.
U. S. CON VIC TIO NS ABOU T POSTW AR ROLE
Inst ituti onal messianism : Ideas t end to become embodied in ins titu
tions ; and the instituti ons often survive long afte r the ideas have
become obsolete. I n the fifties the absolutist anti-Communi st philoso-
65
phy took root in a group of governmental agencies—the S tate De par t
ment, purged by Dulles of active dis sente rs; the Defense D epa rtm ent;
the National Security Council; the Central Intelligence Agency—all
of which developed vested institu tional interests in the theory of
milit arily expansionist world Communism. The cold war conferred
power, a pprop riatio ns and public influence on these agencies and by
the nat ural laws of bureaucracies the ir concern for the care and feeding
of the cold war inevitably solidified.
PROCESS OF BUR EAU CRA TIC AGG RAN DIZ EM ENT
Gf all the bureacracies, I would guess the one th at played the l arg
est role, a t least in t he la ter stages, in th e intensification of our role in
Indochina , was the mili tary establishment. Histor ically, this milit ary
influence over foreign policy was something of a novelty. B ut the Sec
ond World Wa r had brough t a gr eat milit ary establi shment into ex ist
ence, the cold war made it permanen t, and over the last generation this
establishment h as had excessive a nd dangerous weight in our councils
of state.
For many years the milit ary have absorbed th e largest portion of
the Federa l budget. Defense cont racts have enlisted large sections of
the business community in the m ilita ry effort. Congress, until recently,
has given the milit ary nearly everythi ng it wanted. Our mili tary
66
lea de rs hav e conn ed bot h the exec utiv e and leg isla tiv e bra nch es of
Go ver nm ent into bu ild in g eno rmo us ins tal lat ion s, inc rea sin gly irre le
va nt in the missi le age, all ove r t he wo rld —an d hav e ins iste d th at , as
the pri ce we mu st pay , we mu st do no th in g to offend such spe ndi d
dem ocr atic cou ntri es as Greece, Po rtu ga l, Br az il an d So uth Af ric a.
Th ey hav e oppo sed agr eem ent s des ign ed to slow up th e arm s race.
Th ey for ev er dem and new sy stem s of offense an d defen se. Th ey invoke
the em otio ns of v iri lit y an d p at rio tis m to r ein for ce th ei r i mp ort un itie s.
Th e fo rw ar d role of th e m ili ta ry ha s been s tri ki ng ly ev ide nt in Vi et
nam . Fi rs t, t he y succeede d in def ini ng the pr oblem i n t he te rm s sta ted
by Ge ner al W hee ler in Nov emb er 1962:
It is fashi onab le in some q ua rte rs to say th at t he problem s in Sou thea st Asia
are prim aril y politica l and economic. I do n ot agree. The essence of t he problem
in Vietnam is milit ary.
Once u nlea sed, th e m ili ta ry m ach ine est abl ish ed its ow n mom entu m.
Th e in sti tu tio na l pre ssu re fo r fu rt he r esc ala tio n, th e in sti tu tio na l de
sir e to tr y ou t wea pons, tac tic s a nd pe rson nel , th e i ns tit ut io na l capa cit y
fo r sel f-de lusi on, de mo ns tra ted mo st rec en tly by Ge ner al Ab ram s,
abo ut th e pro spe cts f or m ili ta ry succes s a nd th e e xiste nce of t hat li gh t
at the end of t he tun ne l—a ll t hi s c ar rie d us fu rt he r an d f urt her into the
qua gm ire.
Le t me add , th ou gh , th at th e m ili ta ry do no t ine vit ab ly cont rol
Am eri can polic y. T he y a re p rof ess ion al men t ry in g t o do a pro fessio nal
job an d ma kin g ex act ly th e arg um en ts th e na tu re of th ei r pro fessio n
req uires. The ir p res sur e is of ten eff ective i n am orp hous sit ua tio ns a nd
wi th irr eso lut e lead ers. Bu t it is fool ish to be su rp ris ed bv the advice
the y give or to b lame t he m f or it . I t is fa r more t o th e po in t to blam e
th e ci vil ian lea der s wh o ta ke th ei r ad vice.
Let me ad d, too, th a t I a m no t ta lk in g abo ut the s o-ca lled mi lit ary -
in du st rial comp lex. Th is fo rm ul at io n imp lies th at th e m ili ta ry are
no th in g m ore t ha n stoog es o f A me ric an cap ita lis m. O nly an old Le ni n
ist lik e Pr es id en t E ise nhow er c oul d believ e th at . I am ta lk in g a bou t th e
m ili ta ry as a qui te ind ep en de nt fa ct or in the fo rm ati on of poli cy, a
forc e in its ow n ri ght op er at in g acc ord ing to i ts own in te rn al im pe ra
tive s an d no t at the bi dd in g of Am eri can busin ess, whi ch ha d nev er
been dee ply com mit ted to the I nd oc hi na w ar an d in rec ent ye ars ha s, I
belie ve, t ur ne d pr ed om in an tly a ga in st it.
EC O N O M IC IM P E R IA L IS M ?
Eco nom ic im per ial ism ?I n th is co nnec tion I sho uld pe rh ap s m enti on
a thesi s pr opo sed in s ome ac cou nts o f ou r in vol vem ent in Vi etn am —the
the sis t h at t he Ind oc hi na wa r was th e re su lt of th e que st of Am eric an
ca pit ali sm fo r wor ld heg emo ny.
I t is tru e th at Am eri can over seas inv est me nts hav e gro wn re m ar k
abl y in th e po stw ar pe rio d, fro m $8.4 bil lio n in 1945 to $78 bill ion in
1970. I t is, of course , h ar d to con ten d th at Am eri ca wen t int o Vie tna m
to ga in m ark ets or pr ote ct inv est me nts in a co un try wh ere we hav e h ad
lit tl e of eit he r. In de ed , we hav e sp en t mor e mon ey on th at wa r th an
Am eri can b usines s c ould ho pe to ge t o ut of Vi etn am i n a c ent ury . Bu t
th e mo re sop his tic ate d exp one nts of th e econom ic ar gu m en t offer a
ki nd of dom ino the sis of th ei r own. Th ey say th at , because de fea t
in Vi etn am would jeo pa rd ize Am eri can ma rke ts an d inv estm ents
throug hout the Thi rd Wo rld, the economic necessities of an expand ing
capit alist order have compelled the American Government to embark
on a course of ruthless counterrevolution.
Close analysis of the figures shows, however, tha t the dependence
of American ca pitalism on the underdeveloped world, in terms eit her
of trad e or of investment, is very limited indeed. Two thirds of Ameri
can exports go to industrial ized rath er than to developing countries.
Sales to the Thi rd World amount to about 3 percen t of our annual
national output. As for American investment in the Thi rd World,
this represents a declining fraction of our total foreign investmen t:
35 percent in I960 and only 28 percent in 1970.
Of Thir d World investment, 40 percent is in petroleum. I f this is
excluded, only about one-sixth of American overseas investment is in
developing nations, and few American businessmen today seem inte r
ested in increasing t he proportion . I nso far as the futur e of American
capitalism depends on th e outside world, it depends on markets and
investments in other industrial ized countries and not on what may
happen in the Thi rd World.
Nor can it be said th at the prosecution of the Indochina war was
necessary for domestic prosperity . Quite the contrary. The economic
consequences of Vietnam have been inflation, balance of payments
trouble and a pervad ing distortion of the economy. Nor need the
termina tion of the war mean depression a t home. At the end of the
Second World War, between 1945 and 1946, governmental purchases
of goods and services declined fr om $83 billion to $31 billion, a sum
equal to almost one-quarter of the gross na tional product. If our econ
omy could absorb a decline of such magnitude then it could easily
absorb a decline in war spending of a bout 2 percen t of gross national
produ ct today.
It must be added tha t the Pentag on pa pers, so far as I know, record
no instances of business in tervention in American Vietnam policy and
tha t any discussion among governmental officials of an American
economic i nterest in south eastern Asia was gla ncing a nd p erfunctor y.
Inso far as our government confronted the question of the American
interest, it saw tha t interest as political, strategi c and symbolic, not
economic.
POSTW AR AM ER ICA N IM PE RI AL IM PU LS E
The fur the r question arises: did these diverse factors render our
involvement in Vietnam inevitable? Were these forces shapin g our
policy so powerful tha t any Admin istrati on in Washing ton would
have been compelled to pursue t he course tha t was, in fact, pursued ?
My answer t o that is no. The Indochina traged y was, in my judg- I
ment, the consequence of national illusions and delusions, not of na
tional necessities. The road to disaster had many turnings.
We could, fo r example, have followed the policy recommended be
fore his de ath by P residen t Roosevelt a nd opposed the restorati on of R
French rule in In dochina. We could have responded to the appeals of
Ho Chi Minh in 1945-46. Given the urgencies in cited by the Korean
war, some measure of American involvement in supp orting the Fr ench
in the early ’50s was probably h ard to avoid, nor was the provision of »
economic assistance to South Vietnam afte r 1954 a necessary cause of
subsequent disaster.
VIE TN AM PO LIC Y OF KE NN ED Y AD MI NIS TR AT IO N
What arc the lessons of Vietnam? To sum up very quickly, (1) tha t
everyth ing in the world is not of equal im portance to us. F or nearly
a decade we have given too large a share o f our atte ntion and resources
to a marginal problem on the mainl and of Asia while our position has
steadily deterior ated in parts o f the world far more vit al to our na
tional security.
(2) Tha t we cannot do everythin g in the world. Vietnam should
teach us tha t in the last h alf of the 20th century armed w hite men can
not decide the destiny of countries in the Thir d World. Let us hope
tha t it will forever chasten what your chairman has well termed the
“arrogance of power.”
(3) Tha t we cannot be the permanen t gua rant or of stabil ity in a
world of turbulence and change. We must reconcile ourselves to an
age of local revolution and local war in which many terrib le things
will take place th at the United States simply lacks the power to pre
vent or the wisdom to cure.
(4) Tha t all problems in the world are not milita ry problems and
tha t milit ary force is not usually the most effective form of n ational
power. So long as we continue to define world problems in milita ry
terms, so long will we strengthe n the influence of our own milita ry
establishment and plunge the nation into fur the r milit ary interve n
tion. We should underta ke milit ary intervention only (a) when the
national security of the United States is directly and indisputed ly
involved; (b) when th e people whom we think we are su pporti ng di s
play a capa city for resistance themselves; and (c) when, in addition,
there are reasonable prospects for success—all conditions rejected and
trampled upon by those who made American m ilita ry policy for Vi et
nam.
(5) Tha t if we must fight, we must rigorously maintain a due and
rational proport ion between our means and our ends. I do not much
like the wholesale distrib ution of moral judgm ents in the realm of for
eign policy, bu t I have no d oubt tha t the Indochin a war became an
immoral war when we began to violate the principle of propor tion
ality, when we began to regar d technology as a sub stitute for policy,
when th e means employed and the destruction wrought grew out of
any defensible relationsh ip to the interests involved and the ends
sought. We will have to live wi th the horro r of Vie tnam for the rest
of our lives.
(6) Finall y, that, forei gn policy is not the private prope rty of the
Executive Branch of government. The Preside nt must stop making
decisions of war and peace without effective consultation with the
American Congress. li e must stop withholdi ng information about
American action a nd policy essential to wise and informed judgment
by the Congress and the electorate. Congress must partic ipate, as in
recent years it has sadly failed to partic ipate, in the control both of
foreign policy and of the government’s secrecy system.
Perh aps the lessons of Vietnam can best be summed up in the state
ment tha t Presi dent Kennedy made in November 1961, a statement
which, in my belief, expressed his t rue views on t his matt er far more
accurately than the grand iloquen t rhetoric of the inaugural address,
whe n h e s ai d;
71
We must face t he fact tha t the United States is n either omnipotent nor omni
scient—that we are only Gpercen t of the world’s population—that we cannot im
pose our will upon t he other 94 percent of mankind—th at we cannot right every
wrong or reverse each adversity—and that, therefore, there cannot he an Ameri
can solution to every world problem.
Than k you.
(Dr. Sc hlesinger’s prepa red statem ent follows:)
P repared Statemen t of Arthu r S ciil esin ger , J r., on th e Origin s of th e
Vietn am W ar
My name is Arth ur Schlesinger, Jr. I have been since 19GG Albert Schweitzer
Professor of the Humanities at the City University of New York. From 19G1 to
19G4 I served as Special A ssistan t to Presiden t Kennedy and, briefly, to Pres i
dent Johnson. Though I have had other stretches of government service, I am
primari ly a write r and historian.
As an historian, I want first to commend the Committee for undertaki ng this
complex an d difficult inquiry. I am sure tha t futu re histori ans will be mystified
when, looking back at the 1950s and 1960s (even the early 1970s), they try to
figure out what led successive American Pre sidents to suppose t hat ou r nat ional
inter est and security were so vit ally involved in the fate of a small country on
the mainland of Southeast Asia as to justi fy the blood, destruction, atrocity
and agony for which American policy has been responsible. I have no doubt t hat
these hearings—and any conclusions the Committee may draw—will provide
mate rial of inestimable importance for scholars in generations to come.
Let me also say at the sta rt tha t there is, in my judgment, no single answer
to our problem. What I will endeavor to do is disentangle what seem to one
histor ian significant threa ds of thought and policy tha t led us to so ghastly
a culmination in Southeast Asia. Limitations of time will oblige me to make
my points quickly and crisply but, I hope, without undue oversimplification.
I must add tha t I am conscious th at I myself at e arlie r times have shared some
of the illusions I will discuss today. I only wish tha t I had understood earli er
what I think I understa nd now; and I certainly do no t seek to exempt myself
from a share, however trivial, of personal responsibility for going along with
directions of policy whose implications did not become evident to me un til the
summer of 1965.
At the end of the Second World War, the tradi tiona l equilibrium of world
power was in disarr ay. In the wake of war there emerged great vacuums of
power—in Europe, in Asia, in Africa. At the same time, the war left only two
nations with the capacity to fill those vacuums of power—America and Russia.
Each came out of t he war with milit ary strength, political and ideological self-
confidence and the hab its of global assessment and global action.
The United States entered the post-war world with two leading convictions
about its futur e world role: the conviction tha t the United States had an
obligation to create and defend a global struc ture of peace; and the conviction
tha t the United States had a democratizing mission to the world. These were
perfectly honorable convictions. However, the pressures and temptation s of the
postwar situation led to the catastr ophic overextension and misapplication of
valid principles—a process tha t culminated horribly in the Indochina tragedy.
COLLEC TIVE SEC URI TY
The foreign policy of the United States since the Second World War has been
in the hands of the generation which came of age between 1914, the sta rt of
the Fir st World War, and 1953, t he end of th e Korean War. Every gene ration is
the prisoner of its own expe rience ; and for this generation the critical inte r
national experience was the defense of the peace system agains t one or another
aggressive power. Peace, it was said, was indivisible; appeasement would only
encourage aggression ; aggression anywhere, if unchecked and unpunished, would
threa ten the independence of nations everywhere. The preservat ion of peace
therefore required the re-establishment of the peace system through collective
action aga inst aggression by the world community.
This was the view of the world envisaged by Woodrow Wilson, the view
implied by the Stimson Doctrine, the view subst antiate d by the failur e of ap-
2
peasement at Munich, the view ar gued by Pr esiden t Roosevelt during the Second
World War, the view reasserte d in the Truma n Doctrine, the view doggedly
reaffirmed by Presiden t Johnson in the sixties and, indeed, the view expressed
by Preside nt Nixon in recent days as he explained his re-escalation of ai r at tacks
on North Vietnam. The United S tates, he said, was “destined” to play a “great
role” in “helping to build a new stru cture of peace.” The North Vietnamese
offensive was “a cl ear case of naked and unprovoked aggression across an inte r
national border.” If it succeeds, “other countries will be encouraged to do ex
actly the samething—in the Mideast, in Europe, and in other interna tional
danger spots. . . . If Communist aggression fails, it will discourage others
to do [from doing?] the same th ing.”
I know t ha t to the young discussion of intern ation al affairs in these formal
istic terms seems so unreal tha t they presume this language mus t be a mask for
other and unavowed motives. But it would be, I think, a mistake not to recognize
that, especially for the generation tha t grew up under the shadow of Hitler,
these words have meaning. Nor, I trust, will we as a nation abandon the objec
tive of collective security.
Yet, as we consider Vietnam, we see th at something obviously went wrong
with the application of the doctrine. Some would d ate the beginning of the de
generation of the collective security idea with the Truman Doctrine of 1947. In
a sense this was so, though I would emphasize “in a sense” because th e inflation
in the Truman period was in words r ath er than in deeds. While Preside nt Tru
man declared tha t “it must be the policy of the United States to support free
peoples who are resisting attempted subjugatio n by armed minorities or outside
pressure,” Truman himself was selective in the employment of this drastic
proposition. He did not himself construe it in a crusading way, applying it
neither to Eastern Europe nor to China as it was applied to Greece and Turkey. 1
Moreover, Truman, afte r carr ying through the greate st demobilization in history
in 1945-46, kept defense spending under tight control. In 1947-50 national-
security expenditures averaged only $13 billion a year. By 1949 the Army was
down to ten active divisions. This was hardly the milita ry posture of a state
bent on establishing a world empire.
The Korean War changed all that, and in the fifties the United S tates govern
ment began to live up to the rhetoric of the Truman Doctrine. The original col
lective security idea had been tha t clearcut acts of aggression by m ajor states
required collective intervention to r estore an equilibrium of power. In the fifties
this idea lost its limitations. It was subtly transform ed into the doctrine tha t
almost any form of foreign trouble, whether caused by large or small states,
whether or not the elements of a balance-of-power si tuation existed, whether th e
trouble was e xternal or infe rnal in origin, required intervention, if necessary, by
America alone. Where P resident Truma n at first applied his Doctrine sparingly,
events, especially Korea, began to generalize it. Secretary of State Dulles car
ried this generalization to the point of absurdi ty and danger, making it a sys
tematic policy to overcommit American power a nd prestige all around the world.
Assuming th at the Soviet Union would exploit sit uations of local mil itary weak
ness everyw'here, Dulles concluded th at aggression could be restrai ned only if
such situat ions were shored up at every point by visible mi litary force. He sought
to do this by setting up NATO-like alliances in the Third World. And he charged
this idea with a righteous moralism th at encouraged the American people to
construe political questions in ethical terms, local questions in global terms and
relativ e questions in absolute terms.
The success of communism anywhere, Dulles felt, would p ut in question the
will and power of the United States everywhere. I t was in this mood that , having
supported the French in Indochina in the years afte r 1948, we began to replace
the French afte r 1954. The National Security Council h ad already in ea rly 1952
declared tha t “communist domination, by whateve r means, of all Southeast Asia
would seriously endanger in t he sh ort term, a nd c ritically endanger in t he longer
term, United States security intere sts.” The reason for this, in the NSC view,
was what would later be termed the domino effect : “the loss of any single coun
try would probably lead to relatively swift submission . . . by the remaining
1 Indeed, the rece nt Nixon-Chou En-Lai communique, in pronounc ing Form osa a pa rt of
mai nlan d China, did not go so f ar as the Tru man stat em ent of Jan uar y 1950 w hich added
th at the United Stat es would remai n ne utr al even if the Chinese Communi sts sought to
take th e i slan d by force.
73
countries of this group.” This remained the perspective in which tlie American
government saw Vietnam. As Presiden t Eisenhower summed up the situat ion
on April 4, 1959, “The loss of South Vietnam would set in motion a crumbling
process t hat could, as it progressed, have grave consequences for us. . . . We reach
the inescapable conclusion tha t our own nation al interests demand some help
from us in sustaini ng in Vietnam the morale, the economic progress, and the
military streng th necessary to its continued existence in freedom.”
If it was hard to argue tha t the thre at presented by the Viet Cong and Ho
Chi Minh was comparable to the thre at presented by H itler in the thirties , our
government responded by inflating the th rea t and contending th at our adversar ies
in Vietnam actually constitute d the spearhead of a planned Chinese system of
expansion in East Asia. This was the NSC view in the early fifties. Preside nt
Eisenhower wrote in his memoirs tha t the conflict “began gradually, with Chin
ese intervention, to assume its true complexion of a struggle between Commu
nism and non-Communists forces rath er than one between a colonial power
and colonists who were intent on attai ning independence.” By 19G7 Vice Presi
dent Humphrey could cr y: “The thr eat to world peace is milit ant aggres
sive Asian communism, with its headq uarters in Peking, China. . . . The aggr es
sion of North Vietnam is but the most cu rren t and immediate a ction of mil itant
Asian communism.”
As he left the White House, Preside nt Eisenhower told President-elect Ken
nedy th at, if the United States could not persuade other nations to join in sa v
ing Laos from communism, then it should be ready “as a last desperate hope, to
intervene unilat erally .” This furt her notion—the notion tha t America, as the
peculiar and appointed g uardia n of world peace, was entitled to act mi litarily on
its own—represented the final and fata l perversion of the original doctrine of
collective security. Soon Presiden t Kennedy was saying in his inaugura l address
tha t Americans “shall pay any price, bear any burden, meet any hardship, sup
port any friend, oppose any foe, in order to assure the survival and success of
liberty.” Four years late r Preside nt Johnson said, “History and our own achieve
ments have thr ust upon us the principal responsibility for prot ection of freedom
on ea rth.” By now a useful and limited idea had been corrupted by messianism,
and America was assuming a role as judge, j ury and executioner for all mankind.
In this messianic spirit , we abandoned any realisti c assessment of our stakes in
Southeast Asia. Nothing is more distressi ng in the Pentagon Papers than the
appare nt failu re of any administ ration, including the present one, to recalculate
the exact natu re of our interes t in Indochina—to consider what, in hard fact,
the consequences would be fo r the United States of the communization of Viet
nam. In retrospect, one can only feel that, if the containment of China were a
problem, a strong communist Vietnam would offer more effective resistance to
Chinese pressures than any of the shoddy regimes we have sponsored in Saigon.
T H E DEM OCRA TIZIN G M ISS IO N
A B SO LU TI ST A N TI -C O M M U N IS T
The delusio n th at America was the appoi nted pro tect or of world freedom re
ceived a ddi tio nal impe tus from the c onviction th at w orld freedom w as thre aten ed
by the ambi tions of the cent raliz ed movement of world communism. Let me be
quite clea r on this. The communism of the fort ies—whi ch for purpo ses of pre
cision we sho uld call Stali nism —was n ot only a c ruel and ugly tyra nny in Soviet
Rus sia but was also a rela tive ly coor dina ted int ern ati onal movement. Anti-
Stalin ism would seem to me a mora l necessi ty for any believer in democracy.
And in the fort ies Stalin ism was a perf ectly genuine th re at in Euro pe—not in
the sense th at the Red Army was likely to i nvad e the west, but in the sense tha t,
given the economic and social diso rgan izati on of Wes tern Europe , Communist
par tie s migh t well have come to power in coun tries like Fra nce and Ital y.
But pra ctic al resis tanc e to Stal inism w as soon enveloped by t he view th at com
munism was a changeless, una ltera ble, monolith ic d octri ne of t ota l discipli ne and
tot al evil. This abso luti st view led to the c onclusion th at e very commu nist par ty
or sta te by definition mus t forev er be the obedien t ins tru me nt of the Soviet
Union. It led Dean Rusk as an Ass ista nt Secr etary of Sta te in 1951 to call the
commu nist regime in Peki ng “a colonial Rus sian gover nment —a Slavic Man-
chukuo on a lar ger sc ale.” It led to the illusio n t ha t gue rril la wa rs could n ot j us t
be local insu rrec tion s in whic h lo cal lead ersh ip respond ed to local grievan ces but
must ra th er repr esen t “wa rs of nat ion al lib era tio n” organiz ed by Moscow to
“tes t the will” of the United State s. Once ag ain a rat ion al idea unde rwen t fat al
expa nsion and perversi on.
Moreover, thou gh th e re ali ty of a ce ntra lize d wo rld com munist movement ha rdly
outlived Stali n himse lf—indeed, had begun to crumble some yea rs before Stal in's
dea th—the Americ an govern ment conti nued for many yea rs to ope rate in terms
of the old stereoty pe. When I served in the Kennedy adm ini str ati on in the early
sixties , I used to implo re the Sta te Dep artm ent to stop going on abou t the
“Sino-Sovi et bloc” when it was abu nda ntly evide nt th at the Sino-Soviet bloc
had ceased to exist, if indeed it ever existe d. Yet people today —in some of his
speeches, Pre side nt Nixon himse lf—stil l tal k abou t communism as if it were
some sor t of undiffer entia ted, cen trali zed th re at to the United State s.
In the contem porary age of p olycent rism, the re is no longer any such thing as
“world communis m.” A commu nist take over no longer means the auto mat ic ex
tensio n of Rus sian or of Chinese power. Every commu nist governm ent, every
commu nist par ty, has been set free to respond to its own nat ion al concerns and
to pur sue i ts own nat ion al inte rest s. Diverg ing nat ion al inte res ts have proved to
be more power ful tha n common ideologies. And this, of course, grea tly tra ns
form s t he n atu re of th e pr oblem th at c ommun ist movements pres ent to American
secur ity. Our fail ure to recognize the rise of polyce ntrism caused us to miscon
ceive the cha rac ter of a local conflict in Indoch ina, to inflate its importance , to
mis repr esen t the degree of Americ an int ere st in its outcome and to ent er th at
wa r wit h a feroc ity out of all prop ortio n to its act ual consequence for our
nat ion al securi ty.
Abs oluti st anti-c onnnunism had an oth er effect which should be noted he re : it
led to the purgi ng from our govern ment of those officials who best underst ood
the penomena of Asian communism. A leadi ng member of the Kennedy and
John son adm ini stra tio ns recen tly rem ark ed to me th at one reaso n the United
Sta tes gover nmen t perfo rmed wit h so much more intelli gence dur ing the Cuban
missile cris is tha n it did dur ing the Indo chin a wa r was th at in the case of t he
missile cris is it had the benefit of the counsel of men like Ambas sadors Thomp
son. Bohlen and Ha rrim an who k new the Soviet Union and could give sound ad
vice abo ut its probabl e purpo ses and react ions. In the case of the Fa r East, we
had no equi vale nt exp erts on China, and the governm ent conseque ntly opera ted
on the ba sis of th eorie s w hich we now' know to hav e been w ildly exagg erated . H ad
not Joh n Fos ter D ulles drumm ed our C hina expe rts out of t he Forei gn Service—
and thi s Committe e recen tly bad the opp ortu nity to see w hat able and pat riot ic
men they are —I cann ot believe th at we would have purs ued the same policy of
arro gan ce and blun der th at got us so deep into Vietnam.
id
IN S T IT U T IO N A L M E S S IA N IS M
83-605—73----- 0
76
fo ol is h to be su rp ri se d by th e ad vi ce th ey gi ve or to bl am e th em fo r it. I t is fa r
m or e to th e po in t to bl am e th e ci vi li an le ad e rs wh o ta k e th e ir ad vic e.
L et me ad d too th a t I am no t ta lk in g ab ou t th e so -c all ed “m il it a ry -i n d u st ri a l
co m pl ex .” T hi s fo rm ul at io n im pl ie s th a t th e m il it a ry a re n o th in g mo re th an
sto og es of A m er ic an ca pi ta li sm . On ly an old L en in is t lik e P re si d e n t E is en ho w er
co uld be lie ve th a t. I am ta lk in g ab o ut th e m il it a ry a s a q ui te in de pe nd en t fa c to r
in th e fo rm at io n of po lic y, a fo rc e in it s ow n ri g h t o p er at in g ac co rd in g to it s
ow n in te rn a l im pe ra ti ve s an d no t a t th e bi dd in g of A m er ic an bu si ne ss , wh ich
ha d ne ve r bee n de ep ly co m m itt ed to th e In do ch in a w a r an d in re ce nt y ea rs ha s,
I be lie ve , tu rn e d pr ed om in an tl y a g a in st i t.
EC ON OM IC IM P E R IA L IS M ?
U .S . PO LI CY OF IM PO SI N G N O N -C O M M U N IS T RE G IM E ON V IE T N A M
V IE T CON G CA PT UR ED N A T IO N A L IS T M O VE M EN T
Les lie Gel b sum ma rize s th e sit ua tio n at the ver y end of the per iod
cove red in th e Pe nt ag on Pa pe rs in alm ost the same wo rds as tho se of
th e St at e De pa rtm en t pol icy sta tem en t of 1948. He says t h at t he V iet
Co ng hav e c ap tu re d t he na tio na lis t m ove ment a nd th at the go ver nm ent
of Vi etn am is in effect a gov ern me nt of Fr en ch co lla bo rat ors , whi ch
is ou ite acc ura te.
One can tak e n ati onal int elli gen ce est ima tes fr om th e F re nc h per iod ,
fo r exa mpl e, 195,3. and int erc ha ng e the m wi th only a few cha nges of
nam es wi th th e ra th er de sp airin g re po rt of Am eri can pac ificatio n
ex pe rts o n, say, Dec embe r 31, 1967. I give ref eren ces i n my sta tem ent .
81
STRATEG Y OF A N N IH IL A T IO N UN DE RT AK EN BY U. S. FORCES
There are a num ber o f consequences to this dilemma. The first con
sequence is the strat egy of annihi lation t hat was und ertaken by U.S.
forces, in a sense, out of m ilitar y necessity—that is, there was no othe r
way to eliminate a powerful p olitical force.
It is impo rtan t to bear in min d th at the main thr ust of the American
milit ary effort has always been agains t South Vietnam, specifically
against t he r ura l society of South Vietnam. Were we capable of apply
ing to ourselves th e stand ards we r ight ly apply to others, we would
say the United States h as been at war with South Vietnam, in effect.
It was necessary to destroy the society, the rur al society, in which the
Communist-led revolution was rooted.
It was necessary, as pacification adviser Robert Komer once said,
to “gr ind t he enemy down by sheer weight and mass,” bearin g in mind
tha t the enemy was in effect the rur al population of South Vietnam.
This dilemma is t he root cause of those m ilitar y measures th at have
caused such revulsion in the Unite d States and abroad—the crop de
struct ion; the delibera te refugee generation, as suggested bv Mr.
Komer; the Phoenix prog ram ; the destruction of v illages; the whole
panoply of horr ors th at you are all fam iliar with.
This politic al weakness of the American-imposed regime was always
quite clearly understood by e xperts in and out of governments. Ber
nard Fall pointed out about 10 years ago that—
It ta ke s all th e tec hn ica l prof icie ncy our sys tem can pro vid e to ma ke up fo r
(he w oef ul l ac k of p op ul ar s up po rt an d po lit ica l sav vy of mo st of th e reg ime s th a t
th e W est h as th us f a r sou gh t t o p rop up.
The Americans, he said, are now coming to appreci ate t his in So uth
Vietnam.
Perha ps a more inte restin g example is an internal memorandum by
Joh n Paul Vann who was Field Operatio ns Coordina tor of the U.S.
Operations Mission at the time and has been for many years a c hief
American adviser in so-called “pacification.”
GO VE RN ME NT OF VIE TN AM IIA S NO POP ULA R PO LIT ICA L BASE
like most of the ARVN top command, served with the French in the
battle against the independence of th eir own country. This is in effect
a Q uisling regime: it is a regime of the wealthy and the corr upt: no
one will fight for it. The ARVN collapse last week is a good example.
U .S . O PP O SI TI O N TO PO LI T IC A L S E T T L E M E N T
CO NS EQ UE NC ES OF PO LI T IC A L W E A K N ES S OF U .S . PO SI TI O N IN V IE T N A M
To a large extent, the debate over the war counterposes the opti
mists, who believe tha t with persistence we can win, to the pessimists,
who ar gue t hat the U.S. cannot, at reasonable cost, guarante e the rule
of the regime of its choice in South Vietnam. This opposition between
the optimists and the pessimists appears as well in the first of the
Nixon-Kissinger papers released by th e Washington Post a few days
ago. The optimists felt tha t we could win in 8.3 years from early 1968;
and the pessimists felt tha t it would take, I believe, 13.4 years to beat
the Vietnamese into submission.
There is a t hird position which, unfortun ately, is bare ly represented
in policy making so far as the do cumentary record indicates, namely,
tha t the U.S. executive should abide by the supreme law of the land
and r efrai n from forceful intervention in the interna l affairs of others.
OB LI GA TI ON S OF U .S . U N D E R U .N . CH AR TE R
I
87
DIST ING UIS HIN G BETWEEN TWO KIN DS OF ANT I-CO MM UNI SM
At one crucial point in the plann ing to escalate the war in 1964,
William Bundy raised the question whether it would be possible to
carry ou t the prefe rred escalatory option “under the klieg l ights of a
democracy.” I think he is quite righ t to raise this question, t hough
not exactly for the reasons he gave. Secrecy and deceit a re essential
components of aggression. The visibility of th e American war of a n
nihilat ion in South Vietnam was undobtedly a factor in tu rnin g much
of the populat ion to protes t and resistance, much to the credit of Amer
ican society. The social costs of empire, in a healthy democracy, would
impede imperial planners. But a system of centralized power, in
sulated from public scrutiny and operat ing in secret, possessing vast
means of destruction and hampered by few constr aints will n atura lly
tend to commit aggression and atrocities. Tha t is th e prima ry lesson
of the Pentag on his tory, to my mind, althou gh I th ink we hard ly need
this valuable and illum inatin g record to establish the fact.
Wha t is worse, I th ink very little has changed. Even many opponents
of tlie war pretend to themselves tha t others are to blame for the catas
troph e of Vietnam. In a stron g editorial statement against the war,
the New York Times last Su nday s tat es:
This is not to say th at Americans , includ ing the politi cal and mili tary com
mand s and the GI’s themselves, did not origi nally conceive th eir role quit e
hones tly as th at of libe rato rs and allie s in the c ause of f ree do m; but such idea l
istic motives had litt le chance to prev ail aga inst local lead ers skilled in the ar t
of man ipul ating th eir foreign prote ctors . May 7,1972.
Once again we have the image of the American political leadership,
noble and virtuous, bewildered and victimized, but not responsible,
never responsible for what i t has done. The c orruption of the inte llect
and th e moral cowardice revealed by such statements defy comment.
Whet her the U .S. will withdr aw from V ietnam short of tr ue geno
cide and perhap s even the serious thr eat of interna tional wa r is, I am
afrai d, an open question. There is, un fortun ately, sufficient reason to
suppose tha t t he same grim story will be reenacted elsewhere.
(Dr. Chomsky's prepa red s tatement follow s:)
P repared Statem ent of N oam C hom sky on th e Origin s of th e Vietn am W ar
Reviewing the record of American interve ntion in Indochina, one cannot fail
to be struck by the continuity of basic assumptions through successive admin
istratio ns. Never has there been the slightest deviation from th e principle t hat a
non-Communist regime must be imposed and defended, regardles s of popular
sentiment. The scope of the principle was narrowed when it was conceded, by
about I960, tha t North Vietnam was irretrie vably “lost”. Otherwise, the prin
ciple has been maintai ned without equivocation. Given thi s principle, the stren gth
of the Vietnamese resistance, the militar y power available to the United States
and the lack of effective con straints, one can deduce with precision the strate gy
of annihilati on th at was gradually undertaken.
On May 10, 1949 Dean Acheson informed U.S. officials in Saigon and Pari s t hat
“no effffort [should] be sp ared” to assu re the success of the Bao Dai government,
since there appeared to be “no other altern ative to est abl ishm ent ] Commie
patte rn Vietnam”. lie furt her urged tha t this government should be “truly
represent ative even to extent including outstandin g non-Commie leaders now
supporting Ho”. A State Departm ent policy stateme nt of the preceding Sep
tember had noted tha t the Communists under Ho Chi Minh had “captur[ed ]
control of the nation alist movement”, thus impeding the “long-term objective”
of the United States, “to eliminate so far as possible Communist influence in
Indochina”. We a re unable to suggest any practicable solution to the French, the
report continued, “as we are all too well aware of the unpleasan t f act tha t Com
munist Ho Chi Minh is the strongest and perhaps the ablest figure in Indochina
and tha t any suggested solution which excludes him is an expedient of uncertai n
outcome.” But to Acheson, Ho’s popularity and ability were of no gr eater moment
than his natio nalis t cre den tials : "Question whether Ho as much natio nalist as
Commie is irrelevan t.”
In May 1967, J ohn McNaughton presented a memorandum which the Pentagon
historia n takes to imply a significant modification of policy tow ards a more lim
ited and conciliatory stance. The Saigon government, he urged, should be moved
“to reach an accommodation with the non-Communist South Vietnamese who a re
under the VC b anner ; to accept them as members of an opposition political party,
and, if necessary, to accept their individual particip ation in the nationa l gov
ernment . . .” (Gravel Edition, Pentagon Papers, vol. IV, p. 489). E xactly Ache-
son’s proposal of 18 years earlier, restrict ed now to South Vietnam.
In a summary of the situati on aft er the Tet offensive of 1968, the director of
the Pentagon Study asks w hether the U.S. can “overcome the appare nt fact tha t
the Viet Cong have ‘captur ed’ the Vietnamese natio nalist movement while the
GVN has become the refuge of Vietnamese who were allied with the French in the
battle agains t the independence of their nati on?” (ii, 414). His question expressed
the dilemma of the State Department 20 years before, and properly so. The bi-
ogrophies of Tliieu, Ky and Khiem ind icate the continuity of p olicy ; all served
with the French forces, a s did most of the top ARVN officers. “Studies of peas
ant attit udes conducted in recent years have demonstrated tha t for many, the
struggle which began in 1945 agains t colonialism continued uninterrup ted th rough
out Diem's regime : in 1954, the foes of nationalists were transform ed from Fran ce
and Bao Dai, to Diem and the U.S. . . . but the issues at stake never changed”
(I, 295). Correspondingly, the Pentagon considered its problem to be to “deter
the Viet Cong (fo rmerly called Viet M inh)”—May, 1959. The Tliieu regime today
has a power base remarka bly like Diem’s, and subst antia l segments of the urban
intelligentsi a—“the people who count,” as Ambassador Lodge once put it (II,
738)—now speak out aga inst U.S. intervention.
An NIE of June, 1953 discussed the gloomy prospects for the “Vietnamese
government” given “the failu re of Vietnamese to rally to [i t] ”, the fact tha t the
population assist the Viet Minh more than the French, the inability of “the
Vietnam leadersh ip” to mobilize popular energy and resources, and so on (I,
391f). With hardly more than a change of names, th is analysis might be in ter
changed with the despairing report from MACCORDS on December 31, 1967,
deploring the corruption of t he GVN, the ever-widening gap between t he people
and the GVN, and its growing weakness. With these words, th e record of U.S.-
GVN relations ends (II, 406-7).
90
One may, perhaps, argue tha t the popular mood counts fo r less than in earlier
years, now tha t the U.S. has succeeded, partia lly at least, in “grinding the enemy
down by sheer weight a nd mass” (Robert Kom er; 11, 5(5 ), and now tha t North
Vietnamese forces have increasingly been drawn into the war, as a direct and
always anticipa ted consequence of American escalation, so tha t the American
war against the rur al society of South Vietnam now increasingly takes on some
thing of the aspect of a regional conflict, as had been alleged in Administr a
tion propaganda—quite falsely—many years ea rlier.
The Pr esiden t state s tha t “The Communists have fa iled in t heir efforts to win
over the people of South Vietnam politically” (April 26, 1972). That is quite
true, lie did not add, however, tha t these efforts were blocked by American
force. Because the Communists appeared capable of gaining a political victory,
the Diem regime could not tolera te democratic struc tures in 1954 (as Joseph
Buttinger, for one, has pointed out) and was forced to resort to violence and
repre ssion; U.S. troops were introduce d in support of combat operations in the
early 1960's; furt her escalation was planned in 1964; the U.S. sought to avoid
“premature negotiations” until the enemy had been destroyed by force; all of
Vietnam was subjected to massive bombardment, and the South, to a direct
American invasion, in early 1965. The programs of deliberate refugee genera
tion (as advocated explicitly by Robert Komer; IV, 441), t he destruction of the
rura l society, t he Phoenix program of assas sinatio n and terr or—all were un der
taken to overcome the “clear and growing lack of legitimacy of the GVN”, a
constant refra in in the documentary record, and to prevent a Communist polit
ical victory. The refusal to accept a political accommodation in the South today
derives from the same consideration. It m ust be emphasized t ha t this is the cen
tra l issue standing in the way of a negotiated settlement, as it has been
throughout.
On Janu ary 6, 1965 William Bundy wrote tha t “the situatio n in Vietnam is
now likely to come ap art more rapidly than we had anticipa ted in November . . .
the most likely form of coming apa rt would be a government of key groups
start ing to negotiate covertly w ith the Liberation front or Hanoi,” soon asking
“tha t we get out”. The preceding August, Ambassador Taylor had explained
Communist str ate gy : “to seek a political settlement favorable to the Commu
nists”, passing through neutralis m to “the technique of a coalition government”
(II I, 531). Intelligence concurred, estimating tha t “it was the Communist in
tention to seek victory through a ‘neut ralis t coalition’ rath er than by force of
arms ” (II I, 207; a naly st). The President, in March, 1964, ha d warned Ambassa
dor Lodge to “knock . . . down the idea of n eutrali zation wherever it rears its
ugly head”. Neutralism, as Ambassador Taylor noted, “appeared to mean throw
ing the intern al political situatio n open a nd thus inviting Communist partic ipa
tion” (II I, 675), for obvious reasons an intolerable prospect.
The dilemma noted in 1948 was never resolved. The politica l weakness of the
U.S.-imposed regimes—Quisling regimes, in effect—forced t he U.S. to take over
the w ar an d ultima tely to devasta te the rur al society. On occasion, it was difficult
even to obtain formal GVN author ization for U.S. escalation. At one crucial
moment, the new program of escalation of February , 1965 was received “with
enthusiasm ” by Ambassador Taylor, who then “explained the difficulties he faced
in obtaining authent ic GVN concurrence ‘in the condition of virtu al non-govern
ment’ which existed in Saigon at th at moment” ( II I, 323).
The problem was always unders tood by experts on the scene. John Paul Vann,
USOM Field Operations Coordinator, circulate d a repor t in 1965 based on the
premise tha t a social revolution was in process in South Vietnam “primarily
identified with the National Liberation Fro nt” and tha t “a popular political
base for the Government of South Vietnam does not now ex ist”. The U.S. must
therefore ta ke over. In the early 1960’s Bernard F all w rot e:
Why is it tha t we must use top-notch elite forces, the cream of the crop of
American, British, French, or Au stralia n commando and special warfar e sch ools;
armed with the very best t ha t advanced technology can prov ide; to de feat Viet-
Minh Algerians, or Malady “CT’s” [Chinese terror ists] , almost none of whom can
lay claim to simila r expert traini ng and only in the r are st of cases to eq uality in
fire power?
The answer is very simple: It takes all the technical proficiency our system
can provide to make up for the woeful lack of popular support and political savvy
of most of t he regimes tha t th e W est has t hus far sought to prop up. The Ameri-
91
ca ns who ar e now fig htin g in So uth Vie t-N am ha ve come to ap pr ec ia te th is fa ct
ou t of firs t-h an d exp erie nce . (S tr ee t W ith ou t Jo y, 1964, p. 372.)
A dec ade la te r, the sam e an al ys is hold s. Th er e is ev er y rea so n to sup pos e th a t
it w ill c ont inu e to app ly in th e f ut ur e, an d no t on ly in So ut he as t As ia.
Th e m ajo r pr em ise of th e Am eri can in te rv en tio n ha s al w ay s bee n th a t we
m us t “bu ild a na ti on ” in th e So uth to co un te r th e Co mm uni st Vie tna me se, who
seem ed to be alo ne in th ei r ab ili ty to mob iliz e th e po pu lat ion . Th e ene my ha s
fou nd “a da ng ero usl y cle ver st ra te gy fo r lic kin g th e Un ite d St at es ”, th e di re ct or
of Sys tem s An aly sis wa rn ed . “U nles s we reco gni ze an d co un te r it now, th a t
st ra te gy may become al l too po pu lar in th e fu tu re ” (IV , 46 6). Th e st ra te gy wa s
to wag e a w ar of na tio na l lib er at io n bas ed on th e as pi ra tio ns of th e Vi etn am ese
pe as an ts fo r inde pen den ce an d soc ial jus tic e.
Th e ou tsi de pow er wa s ne ve r abl e to com pete. Th e U.S. cou ld ma im an d kill ,
dr ive pe as an ts fro m th ei r home s, de str oy th e co un try sid e an d org ani zed soc ial
life, bu t no t “bu ild a na ti on ” in the app rov ed imag e. We h ad ta ke n on a soci ety
th a t wa s sim ply no t fit fo r dom ina tio n. Th ere fo re, it ha d to be des tro yed . Th is
wa s wo rse th an a crim e, it wa s a blu nde r, as th e re al ist ic ex pe rts now sob erly
exp lai n.
Am eric an am ba ssa do rs pro pos ed th a t the U.S. sho uld infl uen ce th e GVN to
ad op t a pro gra m “to give th e new gov ern me nt an ide al ist ic ap pe al or phi los oph y
wh ich wil l com pete w ith th a t dec lar ed by th e VC” (B un ke r, Aug ust, 1967 ; II ,
40 3), or to “S at ur at e the min ds of the peop le w ith some soc iall y con scio us and
at tr ac ti ve ideolo gy, wh ich is sus cep tib le of bei ng ca rr ie d ou t” (L od ge ; mid-1964,
II , 530 ). Someho w, th es e con cep ts nev er suc cee ded in ove rco min g th e “i de ali sti c
ap pe al ” of th e N LF in r u ra l Vien am.
Fa ili ng to sa tu ra te th e min ds of th e peop le w ith a suff icie ntly at tr ac ti v e ide ol
ogy, the Ad m in ist ra tio n tu rn ed to th e ea sie r ta sk of sa tu ra ti ng th e co un try w ith
tro op s an d bomb s an d de fo lia nts . A St at e De pa rtm en t pa pe r obs erv ed th a t “S at
ur at io n bom bing by ar ti ll er y an d ai rs tr ik es . . . is an ac cep ted t ac tic , and th er e is
pro bab ly no pro vin ce wh er e th is ta ct ic ha s not been wid ely em plo yed ” (en d of
1966; IV, 39S). Th e only obj ect ion rai se d is th a t it mi gh t be mor e*p rof itab le to
pla ce gr ea te r em ph asi s on wi nn ing s up po rt fo r th e Saig on regim e. T ha t U.S. for ce
sho uld be dev ote d to wi nn ing su pp or t fo r its cre ati on , th e Saig on regi me, ap
pa re nt ly seem ed no mo re str an ge to the au th or of th is st at em en t th an th at the
U.S. sho uld be con du cti ng s at ur at io n bom bing o f al l pro vin ces in So uth Vie tna m.
Th e ma in th ru st of th e Am eri can w ar ha s been ag ai ns t the p op ula tio n of So uth
Vie tna m, fro m th e ea rly 1960’s, an d wi th a va st in cr ea se in 1965 w hen a vi rt ua l
occ upy ing ar my wa s depl oyed an d th e “bas ic st ra te gy of pu ni tiv e bom bing ” wa s
in iti at ed in the So uth (W est mo rel an d. Ma rch , 1965; II I, 464 ). It is re ve ali ng to
inv es tig at e th e dec isio n to un de rta ke th e ma ssi ve ai r at ta ck on Sou th Vie tna m.
“It ta ke s tim e to m ak e ha rd dec isio ns, ” Mc Na ugh ton w ro te : “I t took us alm ost
a ye ar to ma ke th e dec isio n to bomb No rth Vi etn am ” (IV , 48) . Th e deci sion is
stu di ed in pa in sta ki ng de tai l. L itt le is sai d, how ever , ab ou t the deci sion to bomb
So uth Vie tna m a t mor e th an tr ip le the in te ns ity by 1966. Th is wa s the fu nd am en
ta l poli cy dec isio n of ea rly 1965. As B er na rd Fa ll poi nte d out no t long af te r,
‘ w ha t cha nge d th e ch ar ac te r of th e Vie tna m w ar wa s no t th e dec isio n to bomb
No rth Vi etn am ; no t th e dec isio n to use Am eric an gro un d tro op s in sou th Vie t
nam ; bu t th e dec isio n to wa ge un lim ite d ae ri al w ar fa re ins ide th e co un try at
the pr ice of lit er al ly po un din g th e plac e to bi ts ”. Bu t of th is deci sion , we lea rn
ver y lit tle in th e Pe nta go n his to ry , an d only a few sc at te re d re m ar ks ind ica te
th e effe cts of t he bom bing.
Th e co nt ra st bet we en th e at te nt io n give n to th e bom bin g of the No rth and
th e fa r mo re de st ru ct iv e bom bing in So uth Vie tna m is sti ll mo re re m ar ka bl e in
th e lig ht of th e fa ct th a t So uth Vie tnam , fro m ea rl y 1965, w as su bje cte d not only
to un pre ced ent ed ae ri al at ta ck bu t also to ar ti ll er y bo mb ard me nt wh ich ma y
well hav e been even mo re de str uc tiv e. In Ja nu ar y, 1966 Se cr et ar y Mc Na ma ra in
tro du ce d int o Co ngr ess ion al tes tim on y pa rt s of a “M oti vat ion an d Mo rale s tu dy ”,
st ill oth erw ise sec ret , wh ich ind ica ted th a t ar ti ll er y bo mb ard me nt ma y be even
mor e effe ctiv e th an a ir at ta ck in ca usi ng vil lag ers “to move wh ere the y will be
sa fe fro m suc h at ta c k s” , ‘reg ar dl es s of th ei r at ti tu d e to th e GVN” (S en at e Arm ed
Ser vice s and A pp ro pr iat ion s Com mit tee He ari ng s, Ja nu ar y, 1966) . Th e s tud y wa s
op tim isti c, con clu din g th a t suc h me tho ds wou ld hel p dr y up th e po pu lar sea in
wh ich th e gu er ill as swim . In la te r yea rs, W est mo rel and an d oth er s we re to
po int to th e de ni al of re cr ui ts f rom po pu lat ed ar ea s in the So uth as th e cau se for
in fil tra tio n of re gu la r No rth Vi etn am ese tr oop s, fir st conf irme d on a sm all sca le in
la te A pril , 1965.
S 3 -6 0 5 — 73
92
The reason why the bombing of the North was given such meticulous atten
tion, while the far greate r attack on the South was undertak en as a matte r of
course, seems clear enough. The bombing of North Vietnam was highly visible,
very costly to the United States and extremely dangerous, with a constant and
perceived thre at of general war. The fa r more savage attac k on the South was
merely destroying the rur al society, and therefore—so the documentary record
indicates—did not merit the attention of the planners in Washington.
The moral level of planning is strik ingly revealed by this contrast. It is furth er
illust rated on the rare occasions when some qualms are expressed about the
bombing. When B-52 bombing began in mid-1965, William Bundy noted one and
only one problem : “we look silly and arouse critici sm if these [B-52 raids] do not
show significant results” (IV, G12). If th e B-52 raids do show significant results,
we may tu rn out to be mass murde rers, since in the n ature of the case, there can
be at best parti al information about the t arget s of these weapons of mass terro r
and destr uction ; but tha t appears to be no problem at all. W ithin a few months,
B-52 raids were reported by Bernard Fall and others in the populous Mekong
Delta, with devastatin g effects on the civilian society, a patt ern repeated else
where in South Vietnam, and recently, in the North as well.
There is, to my knowledge, no record of any hesitation about the use of an y
militar y tactic except on grounds of the potential cost to the decisionmakers and
the int erests they represent.
The concern for law is ful ly comparable. The supreme law of the land clearly
prohibits the thre at or use of force in interna tional affairs, except in the case of
collective self-defense a gainst armed attack . The record shows plainly tha t tha t
American use of force agai nst the population of South Vietnam alwa ys preceded
anything attri butab le to the DRV and was always vastly great er in scale—putting
aside the question whether the DRV was entitled to come to the aid of th e South
ern NLF a fte r the di smantling of the Geneva Accords by the U.S. and the regime
it institu ted in t he South, aft er the extensi ve use of te rror by t his regime, which
fa r exceeded the subsequent counter-violence of the indigenous resistance.
In fact, the Administration never reg arded itself as bound by the law. To cite
one case, immediately af ter the Geneva Agreements, the NSC adopted NSC 5429/2
(August 20,1954), which recommended covert operations and other pressures and
prepa ration fo r direct use of U.S. mi litary force in the event of “local Communist
subversion or rebellion not co nstitutinff armed attack " (my emphasi s), including
use of U.S. m ilitary force “against the extern al source of such subversion or re
bellion (including Communist China if d etermined to be the sour ce)”. The recom
mendation tha t force be used in the absence of armed attac k is in clear and
explicit violation of law. Fur the r recommendations were: “Conduct covert opera
tions on a large and effective scale” throu ghout Indochina, in parti cular , to “Ex
ploit availab le means to make more difficult the control by the Viet Minh of North
Vietnam”, to defeat Communist subversion and influence, to maintai n non-Com-
munist governments elsewhere in Indochina, and “to preven t a Communist victory
through all-Vietnam elections”. These proposals not only express an open con
tempt for solemn trea ty obligations (the U.N. Charte r in par ticu lar) , but also
indicate a cle ar commitment to sub vert th e Geneva Accords. I might add tha t the
contents of this document and the events of the nex few yea rs are, in my opinion,
presented quite inadequately in the Pentagon Papers history.
In a parod y of the law, planners repeatedl y insisted tha t “After, but only after,
we have established a cle ar p atter n of pre ssure” could peaceful means be consid
ered (William Bundy, August 11,1964). The Pentagon historia n notes t hat Pre si
dent Johnson’s “ini tiativ e” of April 7, 1965, “was in accord w ith the ‘pressures
policy’ ration ale tha t had been worked out in November, 1964, which held tha t
U.S. rea diness to negotiate was not to be surfaced until a fter a series of ai r strikes
had been carried out agains t import ant target s in North Vietnam” (II I, 356).
“Significantly”, the peace ini tiative was preceded by intensive bombing. Repeat
edly in subsequent years, apparen t negotiations opportunities were undercut by
sudden escalation of bombing (IV, 135, 205). The Pentagon histo rian regards this
as “inadve rtent ” or “u nfortu nate coincidence”. It is possible, however, th at each
incident i s an example of the “pressures policy”, the general policy of application
of force prio r to efforts tow ards peaceful s ettlement of disputes, in exp licit con
tradic tion to the law. Cf. U.N. Charte r, Articles 2, 33, 39.
The “pressures policy” rationa le was inevitable, given the commitment to a
“non-communist regime” and the re alization t ha t a settlem ent based on indigenous
political forces would probably not achieve this objective. The political weakness
93
of the U.S.-imposed regimes led to the strate gy of ann ihilation, out of “milita ry
necessity” ; it also led to reliance on force in advance of and in place of t he peace
ful means prescribed by law.
The essence of the U.S. government position is revealed by public stateme nts
explaining the concept of “aggression”. Consider, for example, the fair ly typical
remarks of Adlai Stevenson before the U.N. Security Council, May 21, 1964 (I II ,
715-6). He observed tha t “the point is the same in Vietnam today as it was in
Greece in 1947.” In both cases the U.S. was defending a free people from “in terna l
aggression”. What is “intern al aggression”? It is “aggression” by a mass-based
indigenous movement agains t a government protected by foreign power, where the
“intern al aggression” has the kind of outside support tha t few wars of liberatio n
have lacked (the American revolution, to cit e one case). In the case of Greece, as
of Vietnam, the Administr ation has insisted tha t the “interna l aggressors ” were
merely agents of a global conspiracy directed by Moscow or “Peiping”, in both
cases, in defiance of a vailable evidence, though even if it were true, U.S. inte r
vention would no t have been permissible without Security Council author ization.
As noted, the Government in effect conceded tha t the intervention was illegiti
mate, by insistin g upon its a uthor ity to inter vene in the case of local subversion
and aggression not constit uting armed att ack, th at is, “inte rnal aggression”.
The JCS in February, 1955, foresaw three basic forms in which aggression in
Southeast Asia can occur: a) Overt armed attac k from outside of the area, b)
Overt a rmed atta ck from within the area of each of t he sovereign st ates, c) Ag
gression other th an armed, i.e., political warfare, or subversion.
The concept of overt armed a ttac k from within a sovereign stat e is Ambassador
Stevenson’s “interna l aggression”. In defining “political warf are” as a form of
aggression, the Join t Chiefs reveal tha t they comprehend with precision and
insight the funda mental position of the U.S. executive.
Many o ther examples can be given, from the Pentagon history, to illus trate the
same concept of “interna l aggression”. Indigenous forces are carryin g out “in
terna l aggression” ag ainst regimes chosen to rule by foreign force, and protected
from their own population by this foreign force (allegedly acting in “collective
self-defense” again st this “aggression”). Ultimately, force is draw n into the con
flict in support of the indigenous rebellion, and we hea r cries from Washington
about the perfidy of the Nortli Vietnamese aggr essors and their allies. To cite
only the most obvious case, consider the talks of “North Vietnamese aggression”
today, aggression tha t is taking place in area s t hat were invaded an d occupied by
the American m ilitary seven years earlier, and devastat ed in American militar y
operations. I need not spell out the facts, which hav e been described in ample
detail else where.
The Pentagon Papers provide evidence of a criminal conspiracy of long dur a
tion to engage the United States in aggressive war. One may debate the suffi
ciency of the evidence, but hardly its existence. I t i s na tural , if somewhat ironic,
tha t the Justic e Department, instead of i nvestigatin g the possible cr iminal con
spiracy exposed by the Pentagon Papers, has chosen rath er to investigate and
prosecute those who have revealed these ac ts to the public. Senator Fulbrig ht has
stated, in a different but related connection, th at : “I and some of my colleagues
have almost been reduced to the situatio n where it makes no difference w hat is
put into law, the admin istrati on will not abide by it.” He has also expressed his
hope tha t some day “this country will re turn to its senses and we will then have
an opportunity to r esurrec t the basic principles of law on which this country was
founded” (Congressional Record, October 4, 1971). I should only like to add
tha t thousands of dra ft resist ers and deserters and others have reluctan tly un
dertaken civil disobedience on the basis of concerns that are, in my opinion, ra the r
similar. Having called off t he game of obedience to law, the Administration has
forfeited its auth ority to enforce the rules.
The Administration atti tude toward Congress and the public is of a piece
with its concern for legal obligations. The unending record of deceit illus trat es
a good deal of contempt for Congress and the public, in my opinion. F or example,
Secretary Rusk, testifyi ng before this Committee on Janu ary 28, 1966. stated
tha t by J anuar y, 1965 the 325th Division of the North Vietnamese Army had been
moved to South Vietnam, an act that constituted “agression by means of an
armed atta ck” and entitled the U.S. to respond under Article 51 of the U.N.
Charter. He requested this assertion in testimony on Februar y 18. 1966. On this
crucial matt er the Pentagon Papers tell a different story. The first reference to
94
reg ula r PAVN uni ts app ears in a CIT -DI A memora ndum of Ap ril 21, 1965 whic h
‘ r eflected the accep tance into the enemy ord er of ba ttle of one regime nt of the
325th l’AVN Division said to be locate d in Kontum pr ovin ce” (I II , 438). Cheste r
Cooper, who was responsi ble for pre par ing the ma teri al on infi ltrat ion, writ es
th at by the end of April “it was believed” th at one bat tali on of reg ula r PAVN
troop s were in South Vietnam at t his time (Th e L ost Crusade, 1970, p. 276-7).
Evid ently thi s and la te r repo rts were not too pers uasiv e. On Ju ly 2, in a memo
rand um to General Goodpaster, Joh n McNaughton st at es : “I am quit e concerned
about the increa sing proba bility th at the re are reg ula r PAVN troo ps eith er in
the II Corps are a or in Laos dire ctly acros s the bord er from II Corps ” (IV, 291,
277). On Jul y 14, the JCS included one regim ent of the 325th PAVN division in
th eir esti mat e of 48,500 “Viet Cong organi zed combat un its ” (IV, 295), and a
SNI E of Jul y 23 pre dicted th at if the U.S. increa sed its stre ngt h in South Viet
nam to 175,000 by November 1, then in ord er to offset thi s increa se, the Com
mu nis ts would probably intro duce a PAVN force tota llin g 20,000 to 30,000 men
by the e nd of 1965 (I II , 4S4f.).
For compari son, note th at on April 21, 1965 S ecre tary M cNam ara repo rted th at
33,500 U.S. troops were in-count ry in add itio n to 2,000 Kore ans who had been
disp atch ed on Ja nu ar y 8, 1965 (I II , 706; II I, 139). He fu rth er repo rted the
una nim ous recomm endation of the Honolul u Meeting of the prece ding day th at
U.S. forces he raise d to 82,000 supple mente d with 7,250 Kore an and Au str alia n
troop s—the day before the “ominou s” CIA -DIA repo rt. On J ulv 1, plann ed U.S.
deploy ments were 85,000 t roops (I II , 475). In mid-Ju ly, when the JCS repo rted
one PAVN regimen t in the South, the Pre sid ent approv ed the requ est th at the
U.S. troop level be rais ed to 175.000 in 1965, with ano the r 100,000 recommended
for 1966, and an estim ated U.S. killed- in-action of 500 per month (I II , 396, 416;
IV. 297. 299). Recall th at the U.S. troop level had reach ed 23,000 by the end of
1964 (II , 160) and th at U.S. force s had been direc tly engaged in combat oper a
tions fo r th ree years, a t t ha t poin t.
The contem pt f or the pu blic is of th e same order. Fo r e xample, on F eb rua ry 26,
1966 t he Pre sid ent st a te d : “We do not have on my desk at the moment any u n
filled requ ests from Gen eral We stm orel and ” (New York Times editio n of the
Pent agon Pap ers, p. 467) . In fact, the re was at thi s time a req ues t to double the
troo p commitm ent, and the Pre sid ent had on his desk a Memora ndum from the
Sec reta ry of Defense sta tin g th at with the deploym ents recommend ed (400.000
by the end of 1966 and perh aps more tha n 600,000 the following ye ar ), U.S.
killed -in-act ion could be expected to reach 1,000 per m onth (IV, 309, 623-4). The
Adm inis trat ion view was acc ura tely expre ssed by Will iam Bundy, when he st ate d
th at if policies are to be modified, then “a condi tionin g of the U.S. publi c” is
nece ssary (he added th at wher e th is c ann ot be done with sufficient rap idit y, the
exec utive may find its elf trap ped by its ear lie r mis repr esen tati ons —IV, 611). It
goes w itho ut sayin g th at gover nment officials ha ve no legal au tho rit y to misre p
res ent ma tte rs to the public, or—un der a reaso nable int erp ret ati on of the Fi rs t
Amendm ent—to pro secute the expos ure of the ir dec eit.
The gene ral att itu de tow ard s Amer ican democracy is revea led in a stri kin g
way du ring the de libe ratio ns of 1964. Pl ans fo r t he Fe bru ary 1965 es calat ion were
und erta ken with an awa ren ess of the necess ity for wa itin g un til the Pre side nt
had a Congres sional ma nda te and a pop ular manda te. The plan ning t hrou gh 1964
places “D-Day” shor tly af te r the elections. Afte r the Tonkin Gulf incid ent and
the Pre sid ent ’s “smash ing victor y at the polls”, his “feas ible options incr ease d”,
the Pent agon his tori an re la te s: “Pr esi den t Johns on was now arme d wit h both a
pop ular man date and broa d Congr ession al aut hor iza tio n” and could ther efor e
proceed (I II , 4f. ). Dur ing the Septem ber delib eratio ns, “uni ty of d omestic Amer
ican opinio n” was rega rded as preco nditi on to escal ations , but “du ring the
November debate s, thi s is no long er an imp ort ant fac tor ”. In the inte rim , the
Pre sid ent ha d been elect ed “with a n overwhel ming ma nda te” (I II , 113-6).
It is rem ark able t ha t nowhe re does anyon e t ake n ote of the fac t th at the Con
gressio nal supp ort was obtaine d in a ra th er dubious f ashion , an d th at th e p opul ar
ma nda te was not to escala te. The obvious conclusion to dra w from thi s hist ory
is th at peace-minded people should have voted for Sen ator Goldw ater, so th at
the “p opular ma nda te” wo uld h ave been les s ove rwhelming, since e viden tly it was
onlv its scale and n ot it s c har act er t ha t m atter ed.
To a larg e exten t, the deba te over the wa r counte rposes the “opti mis ts’ , who
believe t hat w ith persi stenc e we can win, to the “pess imis ts”, who argu e th at the
U.S. c anno t, at reaso nable cost, gu ara nte e the rule of the regime of its choice in
95
South Vietnam. There is a thir d position which, unfortun ately, is barely repre
sented in policy-making so far as t he docum entary record i ndicates : namely, tha t
the U.S. executive should abide by t he supreme law of the land a nd refra in from
forceful intervention in the intern al affairs of others. It appears that successive
Administr ations believed tha t Vietnam was the victim of a Kremlin-directed
conspiracy in 1950, tha t there was “Aggression from the North” a decade l ater,
and so on. They had the legal aut hori ty to express these beliefs and to appeal to
the Security Council of the U.N. to deter mine the existence of a thre at to peace.
Tha t they did not do so is self-explanatory. The U.S. executive h ad no auth ority
to back French colonialism, to impose a terro risti c regime (or even a benevolent
democracy) on South Vietnam, to engage in clandestine war throughout Indo
china, or to carry out a full-scale invasion of South Vietnam in 1965, demolishing
* the peasant society, or to wipe o ut the Plain of Ja rs and much of rura l Cambodia
under Preside nt Nixon, or to bomb Haiphong, or to carry out any of the other
actions tha t have led to mass r evulsion in this country and throughout much of
the world. Had the U.S. executive been stric tly bound by its legal obligations,
which in my opinion do express reasonable principles of i nternat ional behavior,
► we would never have found ourselves in the Indochina war.
Why, then, did the U.S. become so deeply engaged in this war? In the early
period, t he documentary record now avai lable presents a fairly explicit account
of rational, if cynical, purs uit of perceived self-interest. The U.S. has strate gic
and economic interest s in S outheast Asia t hat must be secured. Holding Indochina
is essential to securing these interests . Therefore we must hold Indochina. A
critica l considerati on is J apan , which will eventually accommodate to the “Soviet
Bloc” if Southeas t Asia is lost. In effect, then, the U.S. would have lost the Pacific
phase of World W ar II, which was fought, in part, to prevent Japa n from con
struct ing a closed “co-prosperity sphere” in Asia from which the U.S. would be
excluded. The theoret ical framew ork for these considerations was the domino,
theory, which was fo rmulate d clea rly before the Korean war, as was the decision
to support French colonialism.
It is fashionable today to d eride the domino theory, but in f act it contains an
impor tant kernel of plaus ibility, perhaps truth . National independence and revo
lution ary social change, if successful, may very well be contagious. The danger
is wha t Wa lt ltostow, writing in 1955, called the “ideological thre at”, specifically,
“the possi bility t ha t the Chinese Communists can prove to Asians by progress in
China tha t Communist methods are better and faste r than democratic methods”
(An American Policy i n Asia, p. 7). Similar fears were expressed by t he State
Departme nt and the JCS in 1959 (Government edition of t he Pentagon Papers,
X, 1198, 1213, 1220). S tate therefo re urged th at the U.S. do w hat it can to reta rd
the economic progress of the Communist Asian states (ibid,., 1208), a decision th at
is remarkabl e in its cruelty. A similar concern for Chinese “ideological expan
sion” was expressed in the planning for escalation in the fall of 1964 (II I, 218,
592). F ear was ex pressed tha t “the rot would spread” over mainland Southeast
Asia, and tha t Thailan d (always “the second line of defense” ) would accommo
date to Communist China “even with out any marked militar y move by Communist
r China” (I II, 661). The “rot”, in these cases, is surely the “ideological th rea t”.
Recall tha t in this period there was much talk of a competition between the
Chinese and the Indian models of development. In this context, fear of Chinese
“ideological expansion” gave substance to the domino theory, quite apa rt from
any speculation about Chinese aggression or Kremlin-directed aggression by the
» Viet Minh.
It is interestin g tha t the domino theory was never seriously challenged in the
available record, though its more fan tastic formulati ons were discounted. R ather,
there was debate about timing and probability. Stripped of fan tasies, the theory
was not implausible. Successful social and economic development in a unified
Vietnam, Communist-led on the Chinese model, might well have posed a “thr ea t”
to other developing countries, in tha t peasant-based revolutiona ry movements
within them might have been led to follow this model instead of relying on t he
indus trial powers and adaptin g their patte rn of development to the needs and
intere sts of the indu stria l powers. This might very well have led to Japane se
moves to accommodate in some fashion to the “closed societies” of East Asia,
with a possible impact on India, ultimately even the Middle E ast, as t he domino
theory pos tula ted: not by invasion, which was most unlikely, b ut by “ideological
expansion”, which was not so improbable. In the Kennedy period, Vietnam was
elevated to the stat us of a “test case”, and, I think it is fair to say, a degree
96
of hys teri a was introd uced into plann ing. Bu t neve rthel ess the rat ion al core of
policy-m aking remaine d. Developing nati ons must be ta ug ht a les so n: they must
observe the ru les, and not und erta ke “na tio nal lib era tio n'’ on th e “do-it- yourse lf”
Chinese model, w ith mass mobiliza tion of the popul ation and a focus on in ter nal
needs an d res ources.
Possibly the th re at has now diminis hed, with the va st des truc tion in South
Vietnam and elsewhere, and the ha tre ds and social dis rup tion caused by the
Ameri can inter vent ion. It may be, then , th at Vietna m can be lost to the Viet
names e wit hou t the dire consequences of social and economic prog ress of a sor t
th at mig ht be qu ite m eanin gful to t he A sian poor.
The docum entatio n for the pre-Ken nedy perio d gives sub sta nti al supp ort to
thi s int erp ret ati on of U.S. motives. Fo r example, NSC 48/1 (Decembe r, 1049)
warn ed th at Sout heas t Asia “is the t ar ge t of a coor dinate d offensive direc ted by
the Kre mli n” (th is is “now clea r” ). The ind ust ria l pla nt of Ja pa n and such
stra teg ic m ate ria ls as I ndone sian oil mu st be denied to t he “St ali nis t bloc ”, which
migh t other wise att ain global dom ina nce ; they mus t be kep t in tlie Wes tern
orbit. Ja pa n is the cruc ial prize in Ea st Asia. Commun ist pre ssu re on Ja pa n
will mount, because of pr oxim ity, the indigen ous Jap ane se Commu nist movement
which might be ab le to expl oit cul tur al fac tor s and economic har dsh ip, and “the
pote ntia l of Communis t China as a source of raw ma ter ial s vit al to Ja pa n and
a ma rke t for its goods”. Ja pa n requ ires Asian food, r aw ma teri als, and ma rke ts;
the U.S. sho uld encour age “a consid erable incre ase in Sout hern Asia tic food and
raw ma ter ial exp orts ” to avoid “pre pon der ant dependence on Chinese sources”.
Analogous consi derat ions hold of Ind ia. Fur the rmo re, thes e ma rke ts and sources
of raw ma teri als should be developed for U.S. p urposes. “Some kin d of region al
assoc iation . . . among the non-Com munist coun tries of Asia migh t become an
imp orta nt means of developing a favo rab le atmo sphe re for such tra de among
ourselv es an d w ith oth er p ar ts of the w orld. ”
The gene ral lines of th is ana lysi s p ers ist th rou gh the Tru ma n and Eisen howe r
Adm inis trat ion s (cf. NSC/64, NSC 48/5, NSC 124/2, etc .). To cite one case, an
NSC staf f stu dy of Fe bru ary , 1952, wa rned t h a t:
The fall of Sout hea st Asia would und erli ne the app are nt economic adv anta ges
to Ja pa n of assoc iatio n with the comm unist-d ominat ed Asian sphere. Exclus ion
of Jap an from tra de with Sout hea st Asia would serio usly affect the Jap ane se
economy, and incr ease J ap an ’s dependence on United Sta tes aid. In the long run
the loss of Sout hea st Asia, especially Malay a and Indon esia, could res ult in such
economic and politica l pre ssu res in Ja pa n as to make it extr eme ly difficult to
prev ent J ap an ’s even tual accommo dation to th e Sov iet bloc. (1 ,375)
We know from othe r sources th at t he U.S. put p ress ure on Ja pa n to put a stop
to its “accom modati on” with China, offering access to Sou thea st Asia as an
expl icit inducem ent. Vietna m was rega rded as “the Keysto ne to the arch, the
finger in the dike” (Jo hn F. Kennedy, 1956—the termino logy is cha rac teri stic
of th e pe riod ).
It is often argue d th at U.S. inte rve ntio n was moti vate d by “blind an ti
comm unism ” and othe r erro rs. It is neces sary, however, to dist ing uish between
tw o kind s of “anti-com munism ”. Oppositio n to indigeno us movement s in Asia
th at migh t purs ue the Chinese model of development is not “blind anti-com mu
nism ”. Ra the r, it is rat ion al impe rialism , which seeks to pre ven t any nibbling
away at are as th at provide the Wes tern ind ust ria l powers (an d Ja pa n) with
free access to mark ets, raw ma teri als, a cheap labor force, the possib ility for
export, of pollutio n, and opp ortu niti es for investm ent. On the oth er hand, ref er
ence to a “coord inated offensive dire cted hy th e K rem lin” a gai nst Sout heas t Asia,
with the Viet Minh as its agent, is indeed “blind anti-co mmun ism”, th at is, p ure
ideology, unsup porte d by evidence, bu t extre mely usefu l as a pro pag and a device
to rall y domestic supp ort for mi lit ary inte rven tion ag ain st indigen ous com
munist -led movements. The Ru ssia ns behave no diffe rentl y when they invade
Czechoslovakia. They stat e, and per hap s even believe, th at they are doing so to
pro tect the Czech people from the mac hin atio ns of Wall Stre et, the CIA. and
the West Germa n aggress ors. In fac t, the y are seeking to pres erve the Russ ian
-empire from erosion f rom w ithin.
Adm inis trat ion spokesmen have held to the view th at by destr oyin g Vietnam
we ar e somehow s tand ing firm aga ins t Chinese o r Russ ian aggressio n. As George
Car ver of the CIA once put it, our objecti ve is : “Dem ons trat ing the ster ile
fu til ity of the mi lita nt and aggres sive exp ansi onis t polic y a dvoca ted by t he pre s
ent ru ler s of Communi st Chin a” (IV, 82). One searc hes the recor d in vain for
97
evidence of t his policy. The Pentagon h istoria n observes th at Chinese Communist
activity in Southeast Asia a ppeared “ominous” to Washington in late 1964 (HI ,
267), but he cites as the factu al basis only “Suka rno’s abrup t withd rawal of
Indonesia’s parti cipatio n in the U.N.”, which led to various speculations. In
earli er years, there were determined efforts, always unavailing, to establish a
link between the Viet Minh and Moscow or Peking, though th is fa ilure in no way
shook the belief, virtua lly a dogma, tha t the Vietnamese revolutionar ies must
be Chinese or Russian agents. The intellectua l failur es of th e "intelligence com
munity” are revealed by the fact tha t the Pentagon histor ians were able to dis
cover only one staff paper, in a record of more than two decades, “which trea ts
communist reactions primaril y in terms of the separa te nationa l intere sts of
Hanoi, Moscow, an d Peiping, rath er than primarily in terms of an overall com
munist strateg y for which Hanoi is acting as an agent” (II , 107; a SNIB of
November, 1061). Even in the “intelligence community”, where the task is to get
the facts stra ight and not to proclaim tha t Franc e is defending the terr itor ial
integri ty of Vietnam from the Viet Minh and the “Commie-dominated bloc of
slave stat es” (Acheson, October, 1950; I, 70), it was apparentl y next to impos
sible to perceive, or at least to express th e simple t rut h tha t North Vietnam, like
the Soviet Union, China, the U.S., and the NLF, h as i ts own interests, which are
often decisive.
The record makes clea r tha t the U.S. did not e nter the Indochina war because
it had discovered the Viet Minh to be Russia n or Chinese agents. Nor did it re
peatedly escalate this war because i t found tha t the NLF was a puppet of the
North (or China, or Moscow). Quite the opposite was true. Fir st came the in
tervention, for entirely different reasons, and then the effort to establish the de-
endence and control tha t was required for propaganda purposes, and also, no
doubt, for the self-image of the policy-makers. It is, afte r all, psychologically
much easier to destroy agents of Chinese aggression than those who had
captured the nation alist movement of Vietnam. One form of anti-communism
motivated U.S. inte rve ntio n: namely, opposition to indigenous communist-led
movements, under the assumptions of the domino theory. A second form of
anti-communism was invoked to ju stify the intervention, publicly and interna lly :
fea r of a Kremlin-directed conspiracy or Chinese aggression—as fa r as we
know, the figment of imagination.
Much the same ha s been tr ue elsewh ere: e.g., in Greece in the 1940’s and in the
Caribbean, repeatedly. A serious defect of the Pentagon study, inheren t in Sec
reta ry McNamara’s guidelines, is its failu re to relate U.S. policy in Vietnam to
developments elsewhere, even in Southeast Asia. Had the historia ns been able
to spread a somewhat wider net, they would have discovered, fo r example, t hat
the domino th eory was ex pressed by S ecretary of S tate Marshall with regard to
Greece in 1947—in thi s case, th e Middle Easte rn countries, not Japa n and Indo
nesia, were the “fart her dominoes” tha t concerned him. They would also have
discovered int riguing simila rities between U.S. intervention in Indochina and in
Korea from 1945-50. They might have noted tha t the U.S. escalation of clandes
tine activities in Vietnam and Laos in late 1963 and 1964 apparen tly coincided
with a similar escalation of attac ks on Cambodia by t he Khmer Serei, traine d
and equipped by the U.S. Special Forces and the CIA. They would have ob
served th at from 1948, th e U.S. was deeply involved in Thai affairs, supporting a
corru pt and at times savage milita ry dictatorsh ip, at first under a Japan ese col
laborator. They would have determined, in short, tha t the U.S. has not been a
confused victim of events, but an active agent, pursuing policies tha t fell within
a rath er coherent global str ate gy : to carve out and stabilize a system of “open
societies”, societies in which, in partic ular, U.S. capital can operate more or
less freely. Though th is is far from the sole operativ e f actor in U.S. policy, still
it is surely the beginning of wisdom to recognize its crucial role.
It is often argued tha t the costs of such intervention demonstrate th at there
can be no underlying imperial drive. This reasoning is fallacious, however. In
the first place, the “costs” a re in large measure profits f or selected segments of
American society. It is senseless to describe stat e expenditures for je t planes
or cluster bombs or computers for the automate d air war simply as “costs of
intervention.” There are, to be sure, costs of empire tha t benefit virtu ally no
one within : 50,000 American corpses, or the deterio ration in the stre ngth of t he
U.S. economy relative to its indust rial rivals. But these general costs of empire
are social costs, while t he profits a re again highly c oncentrated. Senator Church
noted in recent Congressional H earings t ha t the U.S. has expended over $2 billion
98
in aid t o Bra zil since 1964 t o protect a “fa vora ble investm ent clim ate” for a tota l
invest ment of about $1.7 billio n. Th is comes as no surpr ise to any student of
modern histor y. In many respects, the same was true of the Br itis h empire, aft er
the origi nal rape of Ind ia. The costs of empire are distri buted over the society
as a who le; its profits revert to a few withi n. In this respect, the empire serves
as a device for inter nal consolida tion of power and privile ge, and it is quite ir
relev ant to observe tha t its social costs are often very grea t.
It should also be noted tha t planner s cannot uner ring ly calc ulat e costs in
advan ce. They cannot begin all over agai n if plans go awr y. Thou gh it is pos
sible tha t the planners of the past 25 years would not have underta ken the effort
to dominate Indochi na had they known the consequences, they did not have the
lux ury of advance knowledge. On the assumptio ns of the domino theory, in its
more real istic versions, the origi nal calcu latio n was not an unreaso nable one,
what ever one may thin k of its moral basis or its stat us in law . As I have ind i
cated, I personally think it was deplorable on such grounds, but tha t is a differ ent
mat ter entirely . Furth ermo re, by the early 1960’s, it is my impress ion tha t other
and more irra tion al fact ors had come to predominate, a mat ter which is of some
inter est in itse lf, but which I wil l not explore here.
At one cru cial point in the plan ning to es calat e the war in 1964, W illia m Bun dy
rais ed the question wheth er it would be possible to car ry out the prefer red
esca lator y option “ under the klie g ligh ts of a democra cy” ( II I, 648). I thin k
he is quite righ t to raise this question, though not exa ctly for the reasons he
gave. Secrecy and deceit are essenti al components of aggres sion. The vis ibil ity
of the Americ an war o f ann ihila tion in South Viet nam was undoubtedly a fac to r
in turn ing much of the populatio n to protest and resista nce, much to the cred it
of Ame rican society. The social costs of empire, in a heal thy democracy, would
impede imperial planners . Bu t a system of centr alized power, insul ated from
publ ic scrut iny and opera ting in secret, possessing vas t means of destructi on
and hampered by a few const raint s will nat ura lly tend to commit aggressi on
and atroc ities. Th at is the prim ary lesson of the Penta gon histo ry, though
we hard ly need this valu able and illum ina tin g record to establ ish the fac t,
foreseen by Thomas Jeff ers on, for example . There has, in the past gener
ation , been a contrived inat tent ion to foreig n policy on the par t of the public.
Govern ment secrecy has been a cont ribut ing fact or, fa r outweighed, in my opin
ion, by the intense indo ctrin ation of the postwar period tha t has rendered th&
publ ic iner t until quite recen tly. It comes as no surprise, under these circu m
stances , tha t Jeffe rson ’s predictio n was fulfil led. I f citizen s “ become inat tent ive
to the public aff air s,” he wrote, then the government “s hall all become
wolve s,” a perceptive remar k and an accu rate predictio n. Success ive admi nis
tra tio ns “ became wolves ,” inte rnat iona l predators, arch itect s of one of the most
horrendou s catastr ophes of modern histor y.
Wh at is worse, perhaps, very lit tle has changed. Eve n many opponents of the
war pretend to themselves tha t others are to blame for the catast rophe of Vi et
nam. In a strong edito rial statem ent aga inst the war, the N .Y . Tim es editors
w ri te :
“ Thi s is not to say tha t Amer icans , "including the poli tica l and mil itar y com
mands and the G .I .’s themselves, did not orig inal ly conceive thei r role quite hon
estl y as tha t of liber ators and allie s in the cause of fre ed om ; but such idea listi c
motive s had litt le chanc e to preva il aga inst local leader s skille d in the art of
man ipu latin g the ir fo reign pro tector s.” (Ma y 7,197 2).
Once agai n we ha ve the image of the Amer ican poli tica l leader ship, noble and
virtu ous , bewildered and victim ized, but not responsible, never responsible fo r
wha t it has done. The corruptio n of t he i ntel lect and the moral cowardice r evealed
by such s tatements defy comment.
Whe ther th e U .S . wil l with draw from Viet nam short of true genocide and per
haps even the serious thre at of inte rnat iona l war is, I am afr aid , an open
question. There is, unfo rtun atel y, sufficient reason to suppose tha t the same grim
stor y w ill be re-enacted elsewhere.
The C hairman. Dr. Chomsky, that is a very inter esting an d provoca
tive statement.
DOMIN O THEO RY
The Chairman. T hat , toget her with your emphasis upon the eco
nomic aspects—you jus t sa id th e op portu nity for exploita tion by our
selves an d our allies—seems to be a difference between your view and
101
Yes. on the second point, this question o f the economic inte rpre ta
tion of Am erican policy a fte r th e wa r, obviously Mr. Chomsky and I
have very sharp differences. There is a school of thoug ht in American
diplomati c histori ans which argues tha t, since the 1890’s, A merican
foreign policy has been determined by t he purs uit of an “open door”
for th e export of American surplus goods and cap ital; and t hat, while
this policy has occasionally involved tactical differences within the
rulin g elites of the Unite d States as to how best to secure the open
door; practic ally everyth ing in our foreign policy can be reduced to
the quest fo r the open door.
In fairness to Mr. Chomsky he says this is not the sole operative
facto r in U.S. policy. I would say in certain situation s where there
are not imp orta nt milit ary, political and strategic considerations in
volved, then th e desire to seek profits fo r American business may play
a role, and a most deformi ng one, in U.S. foreign policy. This is par
ticul arly true in the case of L atin America. I thi nk t here is l ittle more
shaming t han Presid ent Nixon’s direc tive in Jan ua ry tha t we should
not only suspend all aid to L atin American countries t ha t na tionalize
American-owned firms without adequate compensation but tha t we
should try to preven t intern ationa l agencies, like the IAD B (Inte r-
American Development Bank) and The World Bank, from making
loans to those countries. This sets up th e U.S. government as a collec
tion agent for U.S. business.
However. I thin k t his kind of concern plays only a marg inal role in
our general f oreign po licy : nor do I thin k there is any necessary con
nection between the purs uit of the open door, fo r example, a nd oppo
sition to Sta linism.
102
As one looks for the concept of the open door in the writin gs, for
example, of American post-wa r leaders, I foun d only one very notable
quotation which I will read to you :
“We cann ot permit the door to be closed aga inst our t rade in Ea st
ern E urope any more than we can in C hina. We must insist on an open
door for trad e through out the world.” Well, this did not come f rom
Presid ent T ruman , Dean Acheson or one of those wicked fellows. This
was a quotation from H enry A. Wallace in th e Madison Square Gar
den speech of September 12. 1946, a speech tha t led to his dismissal
from the Trum an Cabinet. T his shows very clearly the disconnection
between the search for the open door, on the one hand, and any pa r
ticu lar policies toward Russia, on the other. In other words, the open
door idea is perfec tly compatible with the Wallace policy of accommo
dation o r appeasement of the Soviet Union as well as with the Trum an
containme nt policy; and, therefore , it cannot be said to have deter
mined any pa rtic ular course of policy.
Moreover, it is impossible to under stand on this open door thesis
why, say. the democratic socialists of Eu rope were unhapp y about the
thre at of communism in the 1940’s. Why should the Briti sh Labor
Government, why should Atlee and Bevin, why should the Frenc h
Government under Leon Blum, why should Europ ean social demo
crats in general have been apprehensive about the Soviet Union? Why
should they have become quite critica l at times of American policy in
this period as inadequately responsive to what they considered the
Soviet thre at ? Obviously they were not anti-Soviet in the interest of
expa nding American capitalism.
U .S . EC O N O M IC IN T E R E S T I N T H IR D WO RLD
Mr. Chomsky may be too much of a ratio nalist. Both as a histo rian
and as occasional part icip ant in Government, I have concluded t ha t
very much of what takes place in Government is a produ ct of igno r
ance, improvisation and mindlessness. I thin k th at stup idity is a more
helpfu l facto r in inte rpre ting our policy than conspiracy.
The Chairman. Do you wish to comment on th at ?
Mr. Chomsky. May I comment on that ? [Laugh ter.]
You see I am very—and perhaps 1 am too much of a ratio nalis t
and I have never worked in th e Government.
The Chairman. I did not h ear tha t, speak up.
Mr. Chomsky. I am certain ly a kind of a ration alist I guess, and
I have never worked in the Government so I cannot speak from in
tern al knowledge.
Mr. S chlesinger. Was not readin g the Pentagon Pape rs enough?
Air. Chomsky. B ut I want to say t he Pentagon Paper s give an ex
tremely ration al, also an extremely cynical justification, up to about
1960, for an immo ral or illegal interventi on th at would have su pporte d
long-term American interests. I do agree afte r 1960 thing s became
somewhat different with the test case rh etoric and so on and so forth .
SO-CALLED ERRORS HAVE SYSTEMATIC QUALITY
t Now, on the matt er o f the open door, I do not really agree. Fi rst of
all, let me make clear, there is, I thin k, one point of agreement be
tween us. I am not main tainin g in any written testimony or what I
stated today tha t the U.S. tried to conquer, I guess tha t is th e righ t
word, Indoch ina merely because o f its direct interest in access to the
thi rd world. Rath er, 1 insist it was Jap an that was probab ly a pr i
mary motive. We were concerned from the beginning tha t the work
shop of the Pacific would not carve out once again an independent
closed co-prosperity sphere as it threaten ed to do in th e late 1930’s,
possibly even accommodating to what has been called the “Sta linis t
bloc,” perha ps posing a very serious milita ry thre at to us and cer
tainly , of course, closing oil' a vast segment of potential expansion
for the then projected American economic domination of the world.
So Ja pa n was p robably the prim ary factor, and the e xamples I have
quoted from the National Security Council memoranda and so on I
thin k indicate that.
AM ER IC AN IN VE ST M EN T IN TH IR D WORLD CO UN TR IES
Senator P ercy. Mr. Ch airman, I did not h ear the answer to a very
impo rtant par t of your question, and 1 t hink it should be clarified f or
the record. A par t of the question th at you asked is whether or not
there is a policy th at our Government has adopted tha t we would
permit a Communist government to take over throu gh the elective
process, and I t hink f or the record-----
The C hairman. Any process.
Senator P ercy. And I thin k for the record, it should be clarified
tha t Dean Rusk made tha t eminently clear and this admini stratio n
no
has made it eminently clear t hat we would accept a Communist gov
ernme nt if it were imposed bv the elective process, but not by force.
Mr. Chomsky. If I may comment on that.
The C hairman. You may clarif y it. I myself had inter prete d it
to mean we would not accept it.
Mr. C homsky. Yes.
Senato r P ercy. Statements have been made.
Mr. Chomsky. Sta tements have been made but with some interest
ing conditions; namely, t ha t this victory by the Communist govern
ment has to be within the constitutio nal framework of Vietnam, which
happens to exclude communism, and within a system of laws which
happen to rega rd certain kinds of pro-communist activiti es as a crime
punishable by death.
In fact, it is laws of tha t sort which are the legal basis for the
Phoenix progr am of assassination and “neutra lizatio n,” so-called, of
Viet Cong infra stru ctur e or political representa tives of the XLF.
Obviously, und er those laws. Dean Rusk can sav very easily tha t he
will perm it a Communist victory, namely, within a constitutional
framewor k which does not permit them to fun ction or talk even with
out being sentenced to death.
The Chairman. Ifow do you express it ?
Mr. S citlesinger. I n th e first place, T am doubtful as to what extent
national elections, western style elections, express the historical and
cultural processes of Vietnam. It has never seemed to me th at this is
necessarily a useful way of solving these problems unless it reflects
customs and tradi tions of the country.
In addition , looked at practic ally, the system of repression and
control which General Thieu has preserved and expanded in South
Vietnam would make any such elections as much of a farce or a
trasredy as the last election.
The C hairman. I had assumed you both agreed tha t an election
completely free of our or the present government's control, would not
be acceptable. This has been the sticking point all along. I assumed.
Perh aps i t is well that you clarified it.
C O M M U N IC A T IO N S B E T W E E N CO NG RE SS AN D EX EC U TI V E ON FO RE IG N PO LI CY
Air. S chlesinger. May I add one thi ng, I think the action of the
Democratic caucus in supp orting the appr opria tions cutoff is some
thin g th at should be pressed. Also Henry Kissinger developed theories
of nuclear war in the fifties but abandoned them or recanted in the
sixties.
Senato r J avits. I t should be bro ught out th at before the Democra tic
caucus acted this committee acted in a completely bipa rtisa n way f or
a funds cut off.
The Chairman. Senat or Symington.
TH EO R Y OF F L E X IB L E RE SP ON SE
Senator P ercy. Mr. Chairm an, I would like to comment first on the
quality of the hearing s we hav e h ad and the testimony. I thin k both
papers make a great contribut ion to our unde rstand ing of this prob
lem, and certainl y I thin k the staff and the C hair i n call ing these hea r
ings at this parti cula r ti me, not knowing how im porta nt they would
be, h ad a great deal of foresight.
W H E T H E R V IE T CO NG W ER E IN D IG E N O U S
Profes sor Chomsky, you describe the V iet Cong as indigenous. Was (
not the Viet Cong organized by people who we nt nort h afte r 1954?
Altho ugh they obviously had local sup port, was not the control ult i
mately from Hanoi ?
Mr. Chomsky. Well, in the years up to 1959 there was no retu rn, ,
to anyone’s knowledge, of any southern regroupees. The southern
regroupees according to American intelligence, began retu rnin g in
1959. A ccording to the Penta gon Pape rs history, questionable in my
opinion, it was determined bv a meeting of the Central Committee
of the Communist Pa rty of North Vietnam in May 1959. However,
in March 1959, Pr eside nt Diem a lready said t ha t he had an Al gerian
war on his hands and, in fact, the level of insurgency was extremely
high at that, poin t. Lot me. rath er than go on with this, just simply
refe r to what is pr obablv the most ou tstand ing source on it, a recent
study by Jef frey Race, “W ar Comes to Long A n,” the most extensive
study on this matte r, which shows quite clearly th at t he insurgency
was very much in progress, an indigenous war, in 1959; tha t the south-
115
crn regroupees then gave a good deal of substance to it as they returned
to thei r own areas and took pa rt in the insurgency, which I see no
way of objecting to frank ly, and then by 1965 t he North Vietnamese
camo in. Roughly, tha t is the picture .
IIO C II I M I N I l’s OFF ER TO U. S. OF ECO NO MIC ROLE IN VIE TN AM
Senator P ercy. I presume both of you would sup port the in itiatives
being tak en now to expand trad e wi th t he C ommunist world.
Mr. Chomsky. Yes.
Mr. S chlesinger. OK by me.
U. S. PO LIC Y TOWARD CUBA
Senator P ercy. H ow did they explain, with this grea t d ispa rity of
forces, the inabi lity of the South Vietnamese to cope with the
situat ion ?
Mr. S ciilesixger. Well, they never did e xplain it because there were
differences withi n the Kennedy admin istrati on on tha t point. The
first send ing of American advisers took place in 1962, and for a time
the policy seemed to be working. Even the Communists called 1962
Diem's year. There were those like Har rima n, Roger Hilsman , and
Michael Forr esta l in the White House who were very dubious as to
* the depth of th is success and very dubious about the strateg ic h amlet
program. They felt the problem was essentially political rat her t han
militar y. But this was the year of th e Cuban missile crisis and many
other things, a nd the P entag on was handl ing Vietnam. It was a g reat
I mistake to perm it the question to be defined as a milit ary question.
DI EM regime
Senator P ercy. Can you give us an insigh t as to discussions tha t
» might have been car ried on at the time within the admini stratio n as
to the strength ens and the frag ility of the regime th at Diem had im
posed on the country ?
Mr. Sciilesixger. Ha rrim an and Hilsman were v ery skeptical of
the s treng th of th e regime. Our general and our ambassador, General
Hark ins a nd Ambass ador Nolting , were very confident of the st rengt h
of the regime. The n ewspaper stories were fa r more accurate than the
top secret cables, and I have often believed our Vietnam policy would
be much bette r off i f duri ng the Kennedy admin istrat ion no one h ad
ever opened a top secret cable from Sa igon and instead read the New
York Times and Newsweek. I have been skeptica l every since about
Vietnam intelligence.
Senator P ercy. Can you add anyt hing to the charac ter of the pop
ula r suppo rt or the viabil ity of the Diem regime in your own j udg
ment at tha t time?
Mr. Sciilesixger. I do not thin k so. I thin k I was as much in
fluenced by Governor Har rima n and also by Ambassador Galbr aith,
who stopped over a t Saigon from time to time, and T was absolutely
r persuaded they were rig ht in th inki ng the regime had a very insecure
basis and tha t it was not democratic in any sense. However, t hat case
did not have the conclusive visible proof it required until the Bud
dhists riots in the spri ng of 1963. at which point it was suddenly
r recognized th at the Ha rrim an analysis was more correct tha n the
Pentago n analysis.
WH ETH ER IIIST ORIA XS WERE CALLED L’POX
Senator P ercy. We have called upon the histori ans now in hin d
sight to give us a perspective of what went on. Preside nt Kennedy
had a gre at i nterest i n hi story and a knowledge of it. Can you tell us
from your own knowledge the inp ut th at was called upon, whether his
torian s were called upon, to give an insight to the admin istrat ion at
tha t time when we were makin g policy decisions as to the v ery n ature
of the Aietnam situat ion—whether they had an insurgency or civil
war situation on the ir hands?
120
Mr. Schlesinger. So f ar as I know—I do not know a bout the in
telligence branch of the CIA b ut so fa r as I know—no sch olars were
called upon to give th eir ideas abou t it. Indeed, there were very few
courses given in American universities about V ietnam ; very few peo
ple knew about Vie tnam; very few people ha d experience in the conn- >
try. I thin k decisions were taken in an atmosp here of inv incible ig nor
ance compounded by the fact, as I mentioned earlier, tha t the State
Depar tment had been purg ed of those people who at least knew China
very well, and who would have served as the equivalen ts of o ur people
like Bohlen, Thompson and Har rima n with re gard to the Soviet Union. i
As I say, T thi nk th e inte llectual presumption involved in o ur V iet
nam interventi on was extra ordin ary, and our ignorance was invin
cible and inexcusable.
W HE N HAVE WESTERN POWERS SUCCEEDED I N SITUAT IONS LI KE VIETNA M ?
One final question, request for comment really, I noticed in the press
over the weekend there was a meeting of histori ans unde r your
auspices an d tha t in examining the causes of the Vietnam Wa r-----
Mr. S ciilesinger. The cold war.
Senator P ell. I am sorry, the cold war. I was wondering if you
could capsulize the opinion of that, group of scholars.
Mr. S ciilesinger. I do not thin k t here was any consensus. I t was a
group consisting of both former Government officials and historians.
A number of the histor ians were revisionists. To make a very quick
summary, I thin k tha t the revisionists had a certain impact on th e
others by makin g it necessary to see much more s ystematicall y tha n
we have in the past how the situat ion looked from the poin t o f view
of the Soviet Union. When one does t ha t it is possible t o see th at
acts which each side undertook on what it considered defensive
grounds were perceived by the other as intolera bly offensive and
threat ening , and th at it was tha t kind of misconception and mis
perception tha t played a large role in the tran sform ing what had
been a conflict of strugg le among nations into a holy war.
On the othe r hand, I thin k the revisionist economic thesis—that,
for example, we u ndertook the cold war in order to get investment
opport unities in Eas tern Europ e—is so mething for which they pro
vided no evidence and which was ge nerally rejected.
Senator P ell. Tha nk you.
Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
The Cttatrman. Senat or from New York.
Senator J avits. Tha nk you.
IS U.S . REALLY PUL LIN G OUT OF WAR?
Senator J avits. One othe r thin g I would like to ask you, as I was
not here when you may have developed it and you both know my deep
interest, of the role tha t Congress can play.
It has always seemed to me if the war powers bill were law we
would have even in this situati on a position if an extension of the
present strug gle was so grea t as to constitute a new order of hos tiliti es;
i.e., an invasion of t he no rth, for example, and t hat may st ill be. If we
had the bill on the books a very strong case could be made t ha t the
mining of Haip hong Har bor is really new, a new war, but in the
absence of this law, and considering th e fact th at climatically, as you
have said, Profes sor Schlesinger, the war powers bill does not seem
to have convinced the Pr eside nt th at he had better pay some attention
to its procedura l philosophy now even th ough it is not the law. Do
you feel tha t, and again in ligh t of historica l experience a nd prece
dent, th at the fund cut-off route is the only route open to us, except, as
you said, an appeal to the country or in the election campaign? But
from the point of view o f the Congress, is there anyt hing else th at
either of you can see, o ther than the fund cut-off route, absent some
generic law like t he war powers bill or some a daptat ion of it?
Mr. Schlesinger. I do n ot know what happens when members of
this body are invited to the White House for a briefing.
The Chairman. They are not. [Lau ghter. ]
Mr. Schlesinger. I do no t know wh at would h appen if a deputa
tion of this committee of senior Senators requested a meeting of
the Pres ident and said in the most urge nt and sombre way you are
concerned about these matt ers.
The C hairman. Will the Senato r yield ? I will explain tha t remark .
The day before yesterday at the Democratic caucus the leadership
voted unanimously to i nstru ct th e m ajorit y leader to ask the relevant
chairman and ranki ng members of the committees and the minorit y
leader, Se nator Scott joined, to send a l etter requesting a meeting with
the Presiden t. Th at meeting did not take place until immediately
before the broadcast. There was absolutely no consultation, none
whatsoever.
Senato r J avits. Y ou know, if the P resid ent will not see us, no mat
ter how eminent our delegation, we will have to find some way of
dealing with tha t, but give us your opinion as to what you see we
125
can do, even though, as our c hairman p roperly says, perhap s we t ried
it and it has not worked but, nonetheless, the full catalog of what
you see we can do could be very valuable to us.
Mr. Chomsky. Well, look, I thin k there are a lot of things tha t
Senators can do, up to civil disobedience, for tha t matter.
president’s APPEAL for unity
I thin k the Pres ident appeale d in his speech for unity of ther
American people. Th at is necessary f or t he bluff he is tryi ng to carr y
off and inc identally , I am n ot su re i t is a bluff. I mean, 1 do n ot know
what he will do if Russian ships sta rt loading a nd unloadi ng 2 miles
away from Haip hong on the beach. I thin k you have to show him
tha t unity is not the re but there is a real commitment to stop it, and
th at kind of commitment can be shown in many ways. If tha t com
mitment is not shown I do not thin k he is go ing to pay any atten tion
to congressional resolutions.
president’s disregard of legislation
In fac t, I was int erested to notice t ha t Ch airman Fu lbr igh t pointed
out on the floor of the Senate back on October 3rd or 4th, I think , and
Senato r Symingt on agreed, as I recall, t ha t one mig ht actually raise
the question of w hether th ere was any po int in being a Se nator of th e
United States if the Presid ent is simply going to disreg ard explici t
legislation. The context at tha t time was th e bring ing of Thai mer
cenaries to Laos. Aft er a hea ring of the Senat e Armed Services Com
mittee, which I found most astonishing, in which Alexis Johnso n
testified tha t the Government int erpre ted t he law l imitin g forces th ere
to local Lao forces, he in terpr eted the law as pe rmitt ing Aust ralian s,
Cambodians, Tha is, anybody the y could bri ng in. They were all local
Lao forces. I th ink it is a small incident but a reve aling one. I t means
tha t unless th ere will be some kind of demonstration, and I do not
know what kin d to suggest, a real commitment to insist upon the ob
servance of congressional legislation, and to respond to the popular
will as reflected in Congress or, for t ha t mat ter, outside, then the coun
try will continue to go throu gh what in a sense amounts to a series of
executive coups, rejection of popula r opinion, of congressional opinio n,
even of explicit legislation in certa in cases.
PR OP OS ITI ON TH A T 70 PE RC EN T OF CO UN TR Y BACK S PR ES ID EN T’S AC TIO N
Now, un fortu natel y, take the case of the Pe ntagon Pap ers as a st rik
ing example. The Justi ce Depa rtmen t had a choice: it might have
gone a head, as it did, to try to prosecute the release of the papers,
or it had an altern ative, to try to investigate the possible criminal
conspiracy to engage th e coun try in an aggressive w ar th at is revealed
by the papers.
Now it is very stri kin g tha t in the case o f inform ation tha t was
released giving evidence—we can debate its sufficiency but not its
existence—but givin g some evidence of really criminal acts, th e Ju s
tice Depar tment proceeded not to investigate and perhaps prosecute
the criminal acts, let alone termina te them, but to prosecute the release
of those fa cts to the public. This is a case where the system re ally has
failed. I mean, clea rly the Justic e D epartm ent will pro tect the inher i
tors of policies rat her than try to prevent, to prosecute possible cri mi
nal acts tha t were conducted by them. Here I think anoth er forum
is needed, a forum to investigate the question w hether the American
interventio n in Vietnam since 1960, certai nly since 1965, and certainl y
now is not, stric tly speaking, criminal.
HAS SYSTEM BROKEN DOWN AND FAILED?
Let me. just to complete this, say tha t the matt er of inform ation
which I thin k you mentioned, or Profess or Schlesinger mentioned, is
very impo rtant now. There are secret studies which do not by any
stret ch of t he imaginatio n have anyt hing to do with the n ational de
fense, which probably would shed a g reat deal of li ght on the possible
criminal acts of the Executive and the n ature of the war. Fo r example,
there is a Band Motivation and Morale Study, sections of which actu
ally were in troduced by Secretar y McNamara into congressional tes
timony back in 1966, which were very revealing. They imply , I believe,
a conscious effort to force population removal, for example. This study
is alleged to be very large, very extensive. I t deals with the attitude s
of Vietnamese peasants and defector s back in the lat e sixties. How can
tha t h ave any thing to do with nation al defense? I t could have a lot to
do with determin ing w hat went on i n th at war and why, and I thin k
probably if one looked beyond you could find many cases of thi s sort,
and somehow Congress ou ght to try to find a way to make th at kind
of informa tion public.
Senator J avits. Prof essor Chomsky, we are tr yin g to deal with the
infor mati on issue, if you have been watching the Senate’s proceedings.
Ou r own committee has been a real loader. AIv time is up but I just
129
wanted to ask you to complete any other suggestion you have for us,
any other thi ng th at you think , any other altern ative we could have
othe r than those a lready outlined.
Mr. S ciilesinger. I do not thin k there is any gimmick.
Senat or J avits. N o, anything.
AWA KEN ING PEOPLE TO WH AT HAS BEEN GOING ON
Mr. Sciilesinger. I thin k democracy is esse ntially a process of po
litic al education and in the end you can do thin gs only th at the
majo rity of the people are persuaded ought to be done. The com
mittee has done an extra ordin ary job i n t hese hea rings in awakening
the people to wh at has been going on in Vietnam. I believe they ought
to do ev erythi ng they can i n the way of scatte ring around the coun
try mak ing speeches about the situation. In the end the people have to
decide.
Senato r J avits. Profes sor Chomsky, do you wish to add anythi ng?
Mr. Chomsky. I also do n ot know a gimmick. I th ink the Sena tors
have to go to the people. They have to try to s et up forums. I thin k
a senatorial filibuster mig ht be a reasonable act, again as a symbolic
act. I t hin k one has to find methods of exp ressing a film commitment
and serving as a rall ying po int for th e p opul ar movement of opposi
tion to the war which is unfocused, leaderless largely, and which
should have many centers of leadership , many places w ith which it
can associate. I thin k somehow tha t is the job of po litical leadership.
Now. I ju st do not know specifically what this means.
Senat or J avits. Th ank you.
Than k you, Mr. Chairman .
ACCESS TO PUBL IC MIN D
The Chairman. Ju st a comment or two. Profes sor Schlesinger,
you reminded me of this question o f access to the public mind. The
use of television as it is used now by the Presi dentia l office is an
obstacle th at is almost impossible fo r Congress to overcome. I intro
duced a bill on th is; it go t nowhere. B ut how can all of us, if we do
anyth ing here in our regu lar duties, compete w ith t his kind of access
to the minds of the American people when the Pres ident can go on,
as he did the other nigh t, and I suppose practi cally everyone who
has a television set sees him because it occupies th e whole spectrum.
It is a technological development which seems to me to co ntribu te to
the underm ining of the congressional power or influence or educ ating
the mind. There is h ardl y any way tha t you can compete that I know
of. Indiv idua l Senato rs can never command t ha t kind of attention.
Mr. Chomsky. Can Congress pass appro priat ions to perm it Con
gressmen to buy time ?
The Chairman. As I say, I tried to introduce a bill but t he process
has gone so fa r tha t it is very difficult, i f not impossible, to reverse
it. There has been noth ing but a negative response to th at effort,
which was to provide some form of equal time.
I have one or two things I want to pu t into th e record, Mr. Re porter ,
and because I thi nk i t is relev ant to the questions asked by the S enator
from Illinois , I w ant to include a quote fr om th e memoirs o f Charles
130
Senator P ercy. After the decision was made to send forces out there,
was there any discussion that you recall w hether th is would be a long
term commitment, as to how’long o ur commitment w’ould be, what the
ultima te cost would be ?
Mr. Schlesinger. There was none.
Senator P ercy. H ow we saw’ the end of it ?
Mr. S chlesinger. Ind eed the impression was thi s would be a v ery
shor t commitment because of the preponderance of forces on t he side
of the Saigon Government was so great. As I say, our intelligence
« estimate was th e total number of Viet Cong at the end of 1961 was
about 15,000 and it was thou ght this w as manageable.
The Pentago n Pap ers do tell at considerable length about the Mc
Namara plan fo r the phasin g out of American forces, a plan w hich was
developed, as I recall, at the end of 1962 and which implied to tal with
drawal of American forces sometime in 1964, 1965. I thi nk tha t was
the estimate. It was based on i gnora nt and mistaken analysis, but it
showed tha t our original intensions were limited.
TT.S. IN TE LL IG EN CE ES TIM AT ES
Senator P ercy. Ts there any foundat ion to the oft repeated claim
that Vietnam was and continues to be a real test of Unite d States
credibility of U.S. determination to stick by our commitments?
Mr. S chlesinger. I f th at was a te st, we have fail ed th at t est abomi
nably because all we have done by all these years in Vietnam is to show
our incapacity to deal with a gu errilla movement. T th ink our persist
ence in e rror has done far more to destroy American c redibil ity t han
withdrawal would have done. T might add this whole notion of this
kind of promiscuous test of cre dibility is wrong. The pro position t hat
if we pull out of Vietnam, other countries will expect us to pull out
from part s of the world where ou r direct and vital interests are con
cerned is not very convincing. The idea th at, because we won’t carry
out an absurd policy in Vietnam, our adversaries will conclude tha t
we wouldn't defend Western Europe, for example, makes no sense.
By tha t argument, afte r the Soviet Union pulled its missiles out of
Cuba, we could have done any thing we wanted to in Ea stern Europe .
But it is ridiculous because you ha ve to draw a distinction between
zones of vital interest an d zones tha t don't promote interest.
No one is going to deduce from our failure to fight to the end in a
hopeless and terrib le war in a zone of no vital interest to the United
States, t ha t we will th erefore not pers ist in an area which we consider
vital to us. any more th an we would have supposed, as T say, t hat , be
cause th e Russians pulled out of Cuba, they had lost all inter est in
Easte rn Europe. This is t he fallacy in Presid ent Nixon’s argument.
Senator P ercy. Did any allies at any time specifically raise with us
the issue as to the necessity of our suppo rting Vietnam to maintai n
our cre dibility with all o ther allies?
Mr. S chlesinger. Not to mv knowledge, but th at would have become
an issue aft er I left the Government. You know the n umber o f troops
we had in Vietnam at the end of 1963 was about 16,800. considerably
less than the number of American t roops in Korea, West Ge rmany o r
a number o f other places. P resid ent Joh nson did not mention V ietnam
in his first state of the U nion ad dress; in his second state of the Union
address in Jan uar y 1965 he gave it 100 words.
I thin k there is a dange r in readi ng back into earlie r periods the
magnitude s of the period afte r we Americanized the war. T say t his
not in defense of the Ke nnedy admini stration , because, as T have said
a number of times. I t hin k the K ennedy adm inistrat ion policy in Viet
nam was mistaken.
139
Senator P ercy. Professor Chomsky, just a few final questions for
you.
D E T E R M IN IN G CO UR SE OF D EV EL O PM EN T I N T H IR D WO
RLD
To w hat extent was the American insistence on having its own way
in dete rmining a course of development in the T hird Wor ld the reason
behind the Vietnam episode ?
Mr. Chomsky. I would say to an overwhelming ex tent in Vietnam
and in all the other cases I have mentioned, of course, ad ding to t ha t
the fact t ha t i t was not prim arily th e T hird W orld tha t concerned
there, but the indu stria l center of Ja pa n and the American efforts us to
insure Frenc h supp ort for our plans for Western Europe. But, of
course, it was a lways argued, and with some justice, t ha t a keystone
to th at p lan was the m aintenance of Southe ast Asia within the Am
can orbit and tha t if Indochin a was lost to the popul ar movemeri
there this very w’ell might lead to fur the r “ideological successes,”ent to
fur the r im itation elsewhere in Sout heast Asia.
DID U .S . H A V E VI TA L IN T E R E S T I N V IE T N A M ?
S P H E R E OF IN F L U E N C E
83 -6 05 — 73 ------10
140
American re lations t hat some sort of arrangem ent is going to be made
eventually with Ch ina and tha t th e U nited States might end up with
gran ting to China the influence in an area tha t you mig ht call its
sphere of influence th at we have r eally long sought as an item ?
Mr. Chomsky. Again, I am not in the least convinced t ha t had we
left Vietnam to its own people, this would be a Chinese sphere o f in
fluence. On the contrary, I th ink i t is very likely tha t there would have
been a more or less Titoi st development.
VIE TN AM ESE STRON GLY A N TI -C H IN ES E ►
T H U R S D A Y , M A Y 11 , 19 72
U n it ed S ta tes S e n a t e ,
C o m m it te e on F or eig n R el a ti o n s ,
Washington, D.C.
The committee met, pursu ant to notice, at 10 a.m., in room 4221,
New Senate Office Buildin g, Senat or J. W. Ful bri ght (cha irma n),
presiding.
Pres ent: Senators Ful brig ht, Jav its, and Percy.
The Chairman. The committee will come to order.
O P E N IN G ST A T E M E N T
port both durin g and aft er the war. He said tha t he admired the
Unit ed States for its anticoloniali st policy and he s ought our diplo
matic supp ort and economic aid. Fo r reasons th at I hope we can dis
cover today, we ignored these overtures and supporte d the French
in thei r efforts to regain control of their colony.
BACKG ROUN D OF WI TN ES SE S
We are very fortu nate today to have as witnesses two men who
were eithe r involved in the decision-making process at the time these
events occurred or who observed the unfol ding of both our policy
and the situation in Indochina.
Mr. Fra nk M. White is a former majo r in the Office of Strate gic
Services or OSS which was the predecessor, in a sense, o f our early A
CIA, and a former repo rter for Time magazine. As an officer in the
Secret Intelligence Section of OSS, M ajor Whi te spent several months
in Hanoi in 1945 and 1946. Th ere it was his job to repo rt on the gen
eral situation and to become acquainted with the leaders of the new
Democratic Republic of Vietnam. As a repo rter for Time he has
covered not only th e more recent war in Vi etnam b ut also other post
colonial wars around the world. He thus offers us n ot only valuable
informat ion about early postwar Indoch ina but also a unique per
spective on the course of events in th at troubled pa rt of the world.
Mr. Abbot Low Moffat has likewise led two distinguish ed careers.
Fo r 14 years he was a member of th e New York State Assembly and
for 17 years af ter tha t he served in the Depar tment of Stat e. He offers
the committee valuable insigh t into the period we are studyi ng be
cause he was Ch ief of the Division of Southeas t Asian Affairs in the
Stat e Depa rtmen t from 1943 to 1947, the years when the foundation
of our cold war foreign policy was laid. Throug hout this time the
formul ation of our policy toward Frenc h Indochin a came part ly
under his supervision.
Mr. Moffat also has the distincti on of being the l ast American diplo
mat to talk with Ho Chi Minh.
I think i t is extremely ti mely and fortu nate tha t we have two such
qualified witnesses on the origin of what I thin k is the greatest
traged y in the his tory of t his country, with the exception of our own
Civil War. While we have heard many distinguish ed scholars and
observers, I don’t know of anyone who could bring to the committee
and to the attenti on of the public a more realistic and convincing
account of the early days of the creation of Vietnam and its inde- «
pendence—and more signific antly for us, th e early days of our own
involvement. The traged y of this involvement and the trage dy of
the mistakes of a grea t people, of the United States o f America,
comes t hrou gh from the testimony of such men bette r than in any
testimony that I have heard about.
Mr. White , you have no t prepa red a formal statement but if you
would, in effect, sort of reminisce for the benefit of the committee
from y our personal experiences and observations of Mr. H o Chi Minh
and t he circumstances th at surrounde d th e bi rth of the pres ent policy
th at finds us in virtua lly a conf rontatio n with the two o ther greatest
powers in the world.
As you know, this morni ng I just heard on the radio as I came down
here an account of a very tough response by the government of Russia
145
to the latest initia tive of our own government. It couldn’t be more
timely th an we now study how it is tha t we starte d and how this whole
matte r began.
I wonder if you could do tha t? Say a littl e about your personal
relations t here, more than I did, an d then tell us wh at you know about
the beginning of this ex traor dinar y policy th at the United Sta tes has
been following.
STATEME NT OF FRA NK M. WH ITE , FORMER MAJOR, OFFICE OF
STRATEGIC SERV ICES; FORMER REPO RTER, TIME MAGAZINE
Mr. White . Mr. Chairm an, I certainly will-----
The Chairman. Pu ll t ha t microphone in. We have a v ery inefficient
and weak system of public address here so you will have to pull it in
rat her close because the audience cannot hear you.
Mr. W hite . F irs t o f all, Mr. Chairm an, it is a grea t pleasu re to be
here and I do hope t ha t t he kind of ba ckground tha t Mr. Moffat and
I can give you will be of help to the committee.
M R . ’W H IT E ’S E X PE R IE N C E S
I would like to stat e in the first place tha t this goes back quite a long
time and one’s memory does get somewhat rusty b ut I have followed
the events in Indoch ina since tha t time f airl y closely in a r ath er pro
fessional way.
I arriv ed at this p oint in time as an officer in OSS. I h ad been on
operations i n South east Asia.
The Chairman. W hat was this time period ? W hen d id you arriv e ?
Mr. W hite . I went t o Southeas t Asia in the first pa rt of 1943 and
1944.
The Chairman. 1944?
Mr. W hite . Yes.
The Chairman. 1943 ?
Mr. W hite . T he mission of O SS—there were a number of missions
of OSS at th at time in Southeast Asia, but I was m ainly involved in
those guerrillq operations behind Japa nese lines.
The C hairman. In N orth Vietnam?
Mr. W hite . My par ticu lar opera tions did not take me to North Viet
nam but some of ou r other operations did. OSS did send missions in
and met Ho—this is pa rt of the record—before the Japan ese
surrendered .
My own operation s were mainly i n Burma and Tha ilan d; but ju st
aft er the bomb exploded—we had moved for ward to Rangoon which
had been cleared of Japa nese forces—and OSS wanted then to send
what we called at the time “city teams” into all those capit als of
Japane se occupied Southea st Asia because it was clear, ap paren tly, t o
our superiors in Washi ngton and elsewhere t ha t there would be no
other intelligence group sending any kind of reports t o Washi ngton
or to the S tate Depar tment or to the Dep artme nt of Defense—the War
Depart ment a t tha t time—because obviously there were as yet no State
Depar tment officers the re ; th ere were no cons ulates: nobody was th ere
represen ting U.S. interests in tha t p art of the world.
In any event we were all invited, or those of us were invited to
volunteer if we wanted to and were selected out for various cities.
146
I volunteered and selected out for Saigon because prim arily they
wanted someone who had had professional repor ting experience and
before the war I had been a correspondent for the United Pres s; and,
secondly, they wanted people who at least, according to th eir records,
spoke French , and it app eared on my record, ra ther inaccurate ly, th at
I spoke F rench. And so T was with a team tha t went. We were pr e
pared, actually, to paratro op into Saigon but, as a mat ter of fact,
when we flew over the field we could see the Jap anese below and they
were perfectly prep ared to permit a plane to land. So instead of j ump
ing in, rath er cavalier fashion, we landed in rath er more orthodox
fashion.
The Chairman. What was the date of that ?
Air. W hite. This was the day after the bomb.
The Chairman. You are talk ing about th e atomic bomb here or in
Hiroshima ?
Mr. White . T am talk ing about the first one.
The C hairman. Yes.
Mr. W hite . And T can 't real ly tell you the precise day o f the month
because T have forgotten.
The Chairman. Tt, was in August of 1945 ?
Mr. W hite . Yes, it was the second or thi rd week in August some
time.
The Chairman. Th at’s right, 1945.
Mr. White . Th at’s right.
The Chairman. And you landed in Saigon ?
Mr. W hite . Right.
The C hairman. Go ahead.
witness’ mission as liaison
Mr. W hite . Then, t o ge t more d irectly to the point where I believe
the committee’s interests lie, I stayed in Saigon on various missions
I was—we were—divided up with functions among the several offi
cers w ithin this group. Among o ther things, T was to be liaison with
both th e F rench and the Britis h when they arrive d on the scene. The
Britis h were the occupying—were responsible for the occupation of all
Southeast Asia below the 16th parallel . A Brit ish general was the
normal commander of t his o pera tion ; Lo rd Mountb atten was the chief
commander; he delegated tha t p art of the world to a Bri tish Lt. Gen
eral Gracev, and the French were then soon to be rep resented by Ad
miral D’Argenlieu, and then, later , by Field Marshal LeClerc. So
my nominal role was to do the liaison between my group and those two
commands as they were fleshed out.
I should remind you tha t we got th ere very ea rly in th e game. The
Briti sh came with an initial delegation, a hal f dozen officers; the
French came and the Bri tish came on in force later.
Anyhow, at the end of October, the 1st of November, approximately,
we had noticed a t Saigon th at a numbe r of things were trans piri ng and
there was a request t ha t I be sent with a small group to Han oi, which
was a rath er complicated affair t hen because there were a lot of ju ris
dictional problems between the two thea ters o f ope ration s; so I had to
go and clear my mission with General Mac Arthu r’s headqu arters
in the Philip pines and then late r en route to—it was t he long way
147
around to Hanoi, but I went by Manila and then subsequently to
Shangha i.
In Shangh ai I was provided with Air F orce tran spor tatio n for me
and my group to Hanoi an d we arrive d in Hano i around the—my recol
lection is—the middle of November.
ACCOUNT OF HA NO I
Two th ings were then in the process of happ ening : Well, perhaps,
at this junctu re, Mr. Chairma n, I had occasion t o write a dispatch
many years l ate r for publication in Life magazine and this was sent
actually from Indoch ina because I was t here as a correspondent.
The C hairman. Why do n’t you read those. I thin k-----
Mr. W hite . Would tha t be proper?
The Chairman. Certain ly.
Mr. W hite . I will tr y.
The C hairman. Th is is an account afte r you arrive d in Hano i ?
Mr. W hite . This was an account of those days in Hanoi th at I was
to write some 20 years l at er :
In December, 1945, Hanoi was a stran ge and stricken town, restive, covered
with a film of red dust raised, more often than not, by crowds of tense demon
stra tor s moving in the streets. Most of the demonstrato rs carried streamer s
identifying them as “Viet Minh” but there was also a profusion of non-Commu-
nis t groups, less numerous and less well-organized, marching in counterdemon
stration s. Whateve r thei r political identification, the processions invariably
headed fo r a dark red building then called “Le Palai s du Gouvernement” inside
of which lived-----
The Chairman. Please re ad t ha t a little slower so we can get it. We
don’t have copies of it, so read it so I can hea r it clearly.
Mr. White (r eadin g) :
* * * processions invariab ly headed for a dark red building then called “Le
Pala is du Gouvernement” inside of which lived a frail, lonely man named Ho
Chi Minh.
The C hairman. This was your first meeting ?
Mr. W hite . Thi s was my first meeting.
Late in 1945 Ho had proclaimed the independence of the State of Vietnam
“within the French Union.” In discussions with French represent atives i n Hanoi,
notably with Sainteny, who was Chief of the French mission, Ho was trying to
iron out precisely what the term “independence with in th e French Union” really
meant. The negotiations were not going well. For one thing, the French them
selves dis agreed on the whole question of independence. Saiteny and his group
proposed to give Vietnam something akin to “commonwealth sta tus ” with sub
stan tial autonomy in many fields, including i ts own army.
The arri val of the first French troops December 19th and the way they
arrive d fur the r darkened the scene. Under the Yalta agreement, Britis h troops
from the Indian Army constitu ted the Allied Occupation Force in the south
of Vietnam, below the lGth parallel. In Tonkin the Chinese had been given
the occupation assignment. The Chinese, u nder Marshal Lu Han, who was also
called t he “other Chinese Gimo,” had devoted themselves to looting the country
systematically of everyt hing of value they could find.
I was tryin g, s ir, in th is dis patch, t o p ortr ay the way Han oi looked
at tha t time. The French had not been authorized as yet to retu rn in
any str en gth ; Ho was runn ing a precario usly organized provisional
government and the Chinese were t he main occupation force at the
time, and they were bu sy looting t he country. I t was curio us to see
148
they were ca rryin g everythi ng off from out of Hanoi on th eir backs
like ants leaving an anthill. I t was an extra ordin ary scene. Thi s was
the situati on when I arr ived at that time.
w it ne ss ’ mi ss io n
At the epicenter of all this sat Ho Chi Minh who invited me t o call on him
shortly afte r the French lan ding a t Haiphong.
Ho received me late in the afternoon. Save fo r a doorman, he a ppeared to be
alone i n the big palace. I sat with him in the main “salon” in the fron t of the
building, both of us side by side in straight backed chairs, a small ta ble between
149
us. We were undistur bed for the next two hours. There were no i nterruptio ns,
no secretaries, no telephone calls, no messengers. This by itsel f was strange,
given the conflict and tumu lt outside. At one ju nctu re a male servant produced
tea and left. Ho wore the trad ition al high-buttoned tunic, floppy pant s of the
same khaki material. His beard was then wispy and his manner curiously
detached. I was unprepar ed for a person so slight.
I began t he conversation, explaining th at I had come to repo rt on events th en
happening in Vietnam and to t rans mit wh atever messages he might want passed
to U.S. autho rities in Washington. I can’t remember th e conversation in detail,
of course, but the general burden of his remarks are still with me. The con
versation began in French but he l ate r switched to English. He begged my par-
» don, saying tha t he would like to use his English which he rarely had occasion
to do. The fa ct was t ha t his English was be tter than my French.
He had no specific messages he wanted to transm it, but he said he w as glad
tha t there was inter est in th e Un ited States in w hat was tr anspi ring in this fa r
away corner of the globe.
> Ho wondered if Americans knew how st rongly the Vietnamese people desired
independence. He went back to the history of early Chinese invasions, then
reviewed t he French occupation an d finally t he past five yea rs under the Jap a
nese. In grea t detail he developed h is theme, the burden of which was th at no
mat ter who the occupier, the Vietnamese people had always been determined
to resist. At no junc ture in this recital did he refe r in any way to himself or
even to the Communist Party , although he was to mention the lat ter lat er on.
The second p art of t he conversation had to do with the present situat ion and
what it implied f or the futu re of the country. For a man who had spent most
of th e las t five y ears hidden in the jungles of no rthwest Tonkin with a price on
his head, he passed over the Japan ese invasion of recent history with littl e
comment.
Ho talked at grea ter length about the Chinese who were still streaming out
of the city. The hards hip and destruction they had caused in thei r relatively
brief s tay br ought him, i t seemed to me, very close to tears, especially the ir bru tal
trea tmen t of Vietnamese women.
But wliat Ho really wanted to talk about wasn' t the pas t but his country’s
prospects f or the future. He re ferred to the past mainly to underscore the resil
iency and determin ation of the people. Having made his case f or the will of the
Vietnamese to be independent, he then began to discuss what they would need
to realize a bette r future . It was mainly in this context th at he mentioned France,
the Soviet Union—and, la ter th e United States, in tha t order.
As for France, Ho sa id tha t in many ways the French had been helpful to the
country and tha t a special “sympatliie” existed between the French and “our
people.” He continued by saying t ha t he felt tha t many French recognized finally
tha t time s had changed and tha t t he t radi tiona l colonial form of rule had to end.
He believed tha t men like Sai nteny and others understood this and were p repared
to cede re al independence to Vietnam over a period of years. However, he could
not be sure. He could not be ce rtain th at the arrangem ents he was rea ching with
French represent atives in Hanoi would be honored either in Saigon or in Paris.
Only time would tell that. Nor, he continued, could he be sure th at many of h is
own people would be willing to tru st the French or abide t he delays th at might
occur in the negotiations.
• He asked me if I had seen the crowds in the streets. When I said t ha t I had but
was not sure what they meant, he replied, “For many of ou r people, patience has
come to an end.”
IIO C H I M IN H ’s CONV ERSAT ION
He then brought up the Soviet Union. It was only at this junc ture tha t he
mentioned any thing about himself personally. He referre d to his young days as
an “id ealist ” and his resultin g trou bles with French police. He mentioned t ha t a
sister had been maltr eated and imprisoned in th e Pen al Colony a t Poulo Condor.
Tha t is the one where the cages were to appea r in more recent
times—as a result of her activ ity and his.
Eventually he ha d gone to the Soviet Union, he said, and s tudied the teaching
of Marx and Lenin. He did not dwell on this much except to say th at he believed
tha t revolution had benefited the Russian people and tha t he had become a be
liever in Communism. But he went on to say tha t he did not believe t ha t the
150
Soviet Union eith er could or would make any kind of a real con trib utio n to
build ing of wh at he called a new Vietnam .
And let. me make an aside here, not from my notes, bu t I do also
recall at tha t time th at one of the peculia rities of Ho was his enormous
curiosity. He wanted to be told abou t everythi ng and thi s was not only
a tr ai t th at I found myself in tal kin g to him bu t I ha d a colleague in
the British intelligence there at the time, well known, Colonel T revor
Wilson, who stayed on in Hanoi for many, many years both under
cover and above groun d; and he, also—I have seen him since in the last
several years and he had tha t same recollection t ha t Ho was always
deeply curious as to what was going on. H o knew, fo r e xample, th at
there had been la rge destruction by the German invasion of Russia.
He knew th at the re had been some reconstruction but he had no idea—
he asked me wh at went on in 'Stal ingrad. Of course. I had not seen
Stali ngra d either but I had seen more recent newspapers and I had
read them and T could give him more of an account than he had, since
he had been so isolated. You have no idea wh at li ving five years in a
jungle in a remote northwestern corner is.
H O C H I M I N I l ’s CO RR ES PO ND EN CE W IT H G A N D H I AN D N E H R U
He was most destitute of knowledge, and dur ing thi s period. I learned
from his conversations but also from my British colleague friend,
tha t he engaged in long correspondence with Gandhi and Nehru;
people he would just write out of the blue and ask them for thei r
views of wha t was going on and they responded to him. So th ere was
a voluminous amount of what must be fascinatin g correspondence,
someplace, of all thi s correspondence, (Ho) trv ing to recover from his
ignorance of what was going on in th e world.
Vie t n a m ’s n e e d fo r in v e s t m e n t s o f m o n e y a n d m a c h in e s
It was in thi s con text th at he asked me if I had seen any of the Vietnam ese
coun trysid e. I co nfessed I had seen hut l itt le of the south and none of the north.
Then he wen t into a length y desc riptio n of the economy of the count ry, par tic u
lar ly stre ssin g its dependence on rice. W ha t we really need, he said, is larg e in
vest men ts of money an d machines, at f irst to rep air an d improv e o ur dike system
and then lat er, when we ar e s elf-sufficient in food, the means to ma ke u s a nw lem
count ry in the ind ustr ial sense. Then he asked me if I tho ugh t the Rus sian s at
pre sen t could make such a cont ribut ion. I said I was not in any positio n to
know.
Then he answ ered his own questi on by descr ibing his und ers tan din g of the
dest ruct ion th at the wa r had caused in the Soviet Union, and concluded tha t
the Rus sian s would have th ei r han ds ful l for the n ext decade in rebu ildin g thei r
own coun try.
The Uni ted State s, Ho said, was proba bly in the b est positio n to aid Vietnam
in the pos tw ar years. He said th at we h ad emerged from the w ar wit h enormous
power and pres tige in the world. He also mention ed th at America was a Pacific
power and the refo re would logically have a pa rti cu lar int ere st in the area . He
also dwelled a t some leng th on the disp ositi on of Americ ans as a people to be
sym path etic to self-d eterm inati on of na tio ns and genero us in mak ing con trib u
tion s to less fo rtu na te stat es. Bu t here aga in he doubted th at the United Stat es
Govern ment could he counted on to come to the aid of Viet nam—in a massiv e way.
He said he fel t th at the U.S. Govern ment would find more urge nt thing s to do.
He said somet hing to the effect tha t, af te r all. Vietnam is a small cou ntry and
fa r away. Vietn am could not be expected to loom l arg e in the preoc cupa tions of
the U nited State s.
[Laug hter.]
Mr. W hite [Readin g] :
In short, he was sayi ng th at he hoped America would int ere st its elf in Vietnam
hut he d idn ’t believe, in th e fin al an alysi s, we would.
It was qui te da rk when I lef t the palace. He had given me no specific messages
or requ ests to tran sm it. I ret urn ed to the Metropole. We had made no firm p lans
to m eet a gain .
RE CE PT IO N GIV EN BY HO I N PAL ACE
Thu s it came as a sur pri se to receive a message from Ho ju st a few moments
af te r ret urn ing to th e hotel. The message said th at he reg rett ed the s ho rt notice,
hu t would I car e to come to a recepti on he was givin g th at same evenin g at the
Pal ace ? The inv itat ion sounded qui te casu al and extem poraneo us, hut I changed
unif orm s a nd was back a t the pa lace by 7 :00 p.m. I t tur ned o ut to he an e xtr ao r
din ary evening.
Ther e w ere thr ee oth er gues ts w ith Ho wh en I was ushe red into the sam e sa lon
we’d met in t ha t a fter noo n before .
All th ree w ere Vietnam ese. Two w ere e lderl y men in ma nda rin robes a nd head-
pieces. The t hi rd was much yo unger. He wo re wh ite s hor ts a nd an open neck w hite
shi rt. The la tt er was intr oduced to me a s “The Prov ision al Min ister of Nati onal
Defens e.” He was Nguyen Van Giap—the genera l. At th at time the name held
lit tle significance, nor could I engage him in much conv ersat ion eit he r in Fren ch
or English . The two elde rs tur ne d out to be prov ision al min iste rs also—of educ a
tion a nd cu ltu ral a ffair s, or some such. At the ti me I f elt t ha t I was simply being
given an opp ortu nity to meet some of Ho’s ofiicial fa mil y infor mall y. Rose wine
was served.
Then sudden ly oth er gues ts b egan arr ivin g. Thro ugh the double doo rs of th e big
room bu rst Gene ral LeClerc gripp ing his wh ite malaco n cane, followed by Gen
era ls Valluy and Sala n, Sain teny and finally Colonel Mirma nbeau , LeClerc ’s
Chief of Staff. T his w as th e fi rst te am—
As I expl ained e arlier, as I was a liaison officer, I knew al l of them
well—
Although my assoc iatio n wit h LeClerc had alwa ys been cordia l, the Fre nch
neve r concealed th eir irr ita tio n and di str us t of OSS.
LeClerc was v isibly dis tressed to see me there. He had no ide a t ha t
Americans were there , and it is not mentioned in this par ticu lar dis
patch because i t wasn’t perti nent bu t General LeClerc ha d been very
unhap py with the activities of the Frenc h OSS unit in the south of
the border as well as those in the north.
The Chairman. You mean the Americans ?
Mr. W hite . Yes, sir ; I am sorry.
The C hairman. The A merican OSS?
Mr. W hite . Yes, our activities.
The C ttatrman. Yes.
Mr. W hite . And indeed the first detachment commander in the
south was a young American colonel called Pet er Dewey, and the
French ha d succeeded, in ways t hat were never explained to us, in ef
fecting Colonel Dewey's recall, and indeed it was ironic and rath er
tragi c th at Colonel Dewey was assassinated in Saigon the nigh t before
he was to have been rec alled; and it was r ath er unclear to all of us
there at the time who did th e assassination. I persona lly saw the assas
sination h appen because it happened very close to where we were stay
ing and T could actual ly see the people shooti ng the guns at him. so it
could be determined w hether it was a native Annamite, non-Caucasian,
if you will, but who ordered the assassination was never cle ar; but it
was clear tha t the French were very pleased to have Dewey recalled.
Next in order of arriv al came the Field Commander o f Lu Han 's
Chinese army and his Chief of Staff. The greetings exchanged on all
152
sides were glacial and, finally, repre senting th e Br itis h Commander in-
Indochin a, came Lt. Colonel Trevo r Wilson, the Chief of Ml -5 in
Hanoi, the one whom I r eferr ed to earlier.
ANECDOTE REGARD ING DI NN ER
We did not make a cozy group. When din ner was announced, I wasn’t prepared
for tha t either. At first I wasn’t su re t hat I was invited for dinner. Ho’s note to
me had only mentioned a “reception.” Befitting my relatively modest rank of
Major, obviously among four-st ar generals and above, I held back until all the
others had found their places at the dinner table and were seated. If there
hadn’t been an empty chair I was prepared to slink away but th ere was an empty
chair and it was next to Ho’s place, and I could see tha t there was an invitati on
and the inv itation c arried my name.
The dinner was a horror. The French confined themselves to the bares t mini
mum of conversation and scarcely spoke to the Chinese. For their part, the
Chinese got drunk,—really wildly drunk, and at one point Ho spoke to me
very quietly and I turned to him and I said, “I think, Monsieur Le President
there is some resentment over the seating arrange ment.” I meant my place, of
course, next to him as the seat of honor. “I can see th at, ” said Ho, “but who else
would I have to ta lk to?" he replied.
I think it was a r ath er te lling anecdote. I hope so, because he did at
tha t point in time, give the whole impression of a man very much iso
lated, very much defensive and very much on the reserve.
I saw Ho Chi Minh several other times in the course of the weeks I stayed
on in Hanoi but none of these encounters were terribly memorable.
HO' S LEAVING FOR PARIS FOR NEGOTIATIONS W IT H FREN CH GOVERNMENT
There were plenty of developments to report to Washington including Ho’s
decision to go to Paris to finish his negotiations with the French government.
And then, of course, in March—tha t was the conclusion of this
dispatch tha t I was to write for Life —Ho did go and I will leave
to others who r eported to this committee ear lier on w hat trans pired
in Paris.
My own tour was finished there. Ho left. When I last saw him before
he left for Par is and his discussions, he was hopeful but not part ic
ularly confident tha t they were going to work out. He felt, as he
originally suggested to me, tha t extremists on both sides, his own as
well as French public opinion, would make it very difficult for him
to come to a meaningful agreement in achieving a real measure of
independence for his cou ntry.
Obviously, he was more tlian propheti c in some of the thing s he said.
Then I return ed to Saigon and stayed on in the theate r somewhat
longer on other missions, and then came home.
WITN ESS IN VIETN AM BEFORE, DURING TET OFFENSIVE
The Chairman. But he did th ink the United States would be sympa
thetic to his striv ing for independence?
Mr. White . Yes.
The Chairman. Did he know any thing abou t F ran kli n Roosevelt’s
views?
Mr. W hite . Yes, he did. He wanted to know more.
The Chairman. D id he believe tha t our Government would assist
him, i f not mate rially a t least m orally, th at we would be in sup port of
it or not?
160
Mr. W hite. Yes, he said th at he felt t ha t as a young cou ntry st rug
gling for its independence, t ha t Vietnam would find sympathy from
the American people and from the U.S. Government.
The Chairman. Being as well-infor med, a ppare ntly, as you say he
was striv ing to be, he still did not think tha t Vietnam would ever
att rac t the attenti on of the Unite d States ? He was afra id Vietnam
would not attr act atten tion; the U.S. would not take intere st in it?
Mr. W hite . Th at’s right. He said tha t he fe lt it ranked well down
on the list of U.S. preoccupations.
The Chairman. li e was not a very good prophet, was he?
[Laug hter.]
The C hairman. I thin k it is extremely interes ting and so con
vincing as to how completely misguided we were.
availability of reports
There h ad been many hopes a nd gene ralities uttered about the post
war world including no t least the Atla ntic Char ter, and the colonial
powers from time to time spoke vaguely of more self-government for
the ir colonies af ter the war. As we considered the prewa r na tional ist
movements in Southeast As ia an d studied such repo rts as we then had
from the area, we reached the conclusion tha t natio nalist sentiment
was becoming an im port ant force in Southeast Asia. We felt tha t not
only to accomplish self-government which t radi tion al American pol
icy has always favored, but also to cap ture the natio nalist movements
in behalf of the war effort our allies s hould be u rged to be specific
in what they proposed to do aft er the war.
BRIEF ING PAPER FOR PRESI DENT’S USE AT SECOND QUEBEC
CONFEREN CE
Our division prepa red, therefore, a briefing pape r for the Pre si
dent’s use at the Second Quebec Conference in September 1944,
which was in itiale d by all the appr opria te divisions and offices and
was signed by the Secreta ry o f St ate, Mr. Hull , on September 8.
I would like to quote fro m t ha t memorandum as i t appears in Mr.
Hu ll’s memoirs because i t states our government’s goal at tha t time
and because of its reference to truste eshi ps:
In thi s memoran dum we sugge sted the val ue of “early, dra ma tic and con
certe d announ cement s by the nat ion s concerned maki ng definite commitm ents
as to the fu tur e of the regio ns of Sou thea st Asia. ” We ad ded : “It would be
especi ally helpf ul if such conce rted anno uncem ents could include (1) specific
da tes when independ ence or complete (domi nion) self-gove rnment will be ac
corded, (2) specific step s to be t ake n to develop n ativ e c apac ity for self-ru le, and
(3) a pledge of economic auton omy and equ alit y of economic t rea tm en t tow ard
oth er nation s.
Such annou nceme nts migh t well be accompa nied by . . . a pledge to esta blis h
a regio nal commission. The value of such concert ed announ cement s would be
stil l fu rth er enhanc ed if each of the colonial powers concerned would pledge
a form al dec lara tion of tru ste esh ip und er an int ern ati onal org aniz atio n for
the perio d of t ut el ag e; but it m ight be unwi se for t he Unit ed Sta tes to att em pt
to ins ist upon such a dec lara tion of tru ste esh ip by one coun try if sim ila r dec-
163
lar ati ons could not be secured from the other s. In add itio n to th ei r gre at value
as psychological wa rfa re, such annou ncem ents would app ear to be dire ctly in
line with Ame rican pos twa r in ter est .”
Althou gh Mr. Hul l wrote t he memorandum, the Presiden t warmly
approved the idea th e S ecretary presented , so f ar as I know, no effort
was made to seek such concerted announcements, presumabl y because
of the implacable opposition o f Mr. Church ill to the trusteeship p rinc i
ple and to any discussion of British terr itorie s.
GROUNDSWELL OF NATIO NALIS M ENG ULFIN G S.E. ASIA
While the Europ ean Divisions had initi ated the memorandum
because, I believe, of its importan ce in psychological warfa re, I did
not feel th at they were entir ely happy with the more basic objective.
From then on and as more and more inform ation was received, one of
our major tasks durin g the whole time tha t I was with the Division
of S outheast Asian Affairs was to ti y to convince the E uropea n D ivi
sions of the mounting groundswell of nationalism which was engulf
ing all Southeast Asia and, indeed, before I l eft the division, South
ern Asia as well.
Thei r concern, o f course, focused on our relations with the major
Europe an pow ers; rat her natur ally they tended to consider the colonial
problems in Southeast Asia as of relatively m inor importance.
I well recall one senior officer ask ing me one day. “Why are you
concerning you rself with Indonesia ? I t’s only a Dut ch colony.” There
seemed to be little unders tandin g of what was h appen ing in South
east Asia. Time and again the natio nalist movements were char acter
ized as s imply the effect of Japane se propag anda. There was also, I
felt, l ittle concept of th e effect on the people of Southeast Asia of see
ing the Europe ans driven from the area bv the Japanese , and no
thoug ht seemed to be given to the effect o f th e massive, indeed to tal,
dislocation of the economic and social life of these people under the
impact of the changes wroug ht by the war. We felt strongly tha t t he
colonial powers could not pick up where they ha d been forced to leave
off or even with an allowance fo r 4 years of pol itical development.
We became convinced t ha t duri ng the 4 years of war natio nalis
tic sentiment had progressed faste r and far the r tha n it would have
evolved during 20 or more years of peace.
pr esi de nt roosevelt’s vie w on in do ch in a
As is well known, Pres iden t Roosevelt during 1943 and the first h alf
of 1944 expressed frequent ly th e view t ha t Ind ochin a should be taken
from the F rench at th e end of the war and pla ced un der int ernati onal
trustees hip pendi ng full independence, a nd I migh t say at my level
we never got—I don’t thin k we had any memories of tha t conversa
tion—of those conversations—at all tha t the Pres iden t had, but th is
next one became our bible, I migh t say.
As late as Febr uary, 1944, the depar tment in a memorandum to the
Presid ent proposed to proceed on the assumption tha t Frenc h armed
forces would be employed to some extent in mi litar y operati ons to free
Indoch ina from the Japane se, and th at it would be desirable in the
civil affairs admin istrati on of the country to employ F rench nationa ls
164
These and other facts were called to the Presi dent ’s attentio n in
November, together with an OSS statement th at the Brit ish and
Dutch had arrive d at agreement regar ding the futu re of Southeast
Asia and were now about to brin g the French into the picture. The
Presi dent reacted sharply. American approva l must not be given to
any Frenc h m ilita ry mission, he di rect ed; all our people and also the
Britis h, Dutch and Fren ch must unders tand th at we expected to be
consulted on the futur e of Indoc hina; and the n the significant rem ark
insofa r as trusteesh ip was concerned: “We have made no final deci
sions on t he futu re of Indoc hina.”
The conference a t Yalta took place some weeks late r and on April
3 th e Secreta ry of State issued a statement with the Pres ident ’s a p
proval tha t th e Unit ed States, as a res ult of the Yalta talks , looked to
trustee ship as a postwar arrang ement only for terri torie s ta ken from
the enemy an d such terr itori es as migh t volunta rily be placed under
trusteeship . As the Fren ch clearly had no intention of volunta rily
placing Indochi na under trust eeship, Mr. Stettin ius’ stateme nt marked
the public end of Mr. Roosevelt’s earlie r hope for a trustee ship for
Indochina .
FRE NC H PRESSED FOR U.S. HE LP IN RECOVERING IND OCH INA
While both Mr. Grew, who was A cting Secretarv of Stat e in the
absence of Mr. S tettin ius in San Franci sco, and Mr. Ph illip s who
acting as head of the Eur opean Office fo r Mr. Dunn, agreed with was the
policy pape r which we su bmitted, Mr. Grew gave instructions
a new pa per must be dra fted on which b oth the Europ ean Office tha and
t
the F ar Eas tern Office would agree. My frien d, the late Samuel Reber,
represented EU R duri ng the ensuing discussions and I represented
FE .
The compromise pap er was a sincere a ttemp t to reach a policy on
which all could agree as we both recognized tha t the Departm ent
could have only one policy to ward Indochina , n ot two.
168
Basically, we agreed tha t the Preside nt should be furnishe d pert i
nent facts which eith er EUR or FE thoug ht imp orta nt; but instead
of conditioning nonopposition to the return of Indochina to France
upon the receiving of assurance on five major points, we recommended
tha t we appr oach the French, explain our interest and concern, and
ask the French to give some positive indication of thei r intentions
with respect to each of the five points.
It was certa inly my view tha t if we had these answers we would be
in a much better position to determine futur e policy, and tha t this
technique would a lert the French to our interest but withou t thre at
or promise. I think it must have been a good compromise paper. My
own staff was horrified that I h ad abandoned all we had struggled for,
while Jimmy Dunn sent a scorching wire fro m San Francis co w hither
Bill Phil lips h ad forwarded the dra ft, totall y repud iatin g any pa rt
of the compromise. The suggested inquiry was never sent to the
French.
S IT U A T IO N I N IN D O C H IN A CH A N G ED W H E N JA P A N SU RR EN DE RE D
A few weeks late r Jap an surrend ered and the situatio n in Ind o
china changed rapidly. The Vietnamese tried to take over all Viet
namese t errit ory and disarm the Japane se before the Allies should
arrive in Indochina. They were successful in establishin g a working
admini stration in the tw o n orthe rn provinces of Tonkin and Annam,
but facti onal dissension among various independence groups in Cochin
China minimized the effectiveness of the ir admini stratio n in tha t
province. Nevertheless, fo r 20 days the Provisiona l Vietnamese Gov
ernment ruled all the terr ito ry inhabite d by Vietnamese. Then the
Brit ish placed the Frenc h back in power in t he area they controlled
south of the 10th par allel. In the nort h the Vietnamese remained in
power by arrangem ent with the Nationali st Chinese who were there
to secure t he disarm ing of the Japane se north of the 10th parallel.
N EG O TI A TI O N S B E T W E E N F R E N C H AN D V IE T N A M E SE
Wit h Frenc h forces back in Indochin a and with all po tential lever
age gone, there was littl e tha t the United States could do to alter
the outcome. Wo watched the negotiations between French and Viet
namese fr om the sidelines, encouraged when a t times it seemed as if
a libera l arrangem ent would be worked out, sorrowful ly when both
sides would breach agreements th at had been made and when it gra d
ually became appa rent tha t as the French broug ht more milita ry
forces into the country thei r willingness to concede self-rule corre
spondin gly decreased. I thin k both EU R and FE hoped that the
Fren ch would reach an effective agreement with the Vietnam Pr o
visional Government ; but late in 1946 a concern about Communist
expansion be gan to be evident in the Departmen t.
We are reapin g today, in my opinion, and so are all Vietnamese,
Laotians, and Cambodians, the tr agedy of our fixation on the th eory
of monolithic, aggressive communism tha t began to develop a t this
time and to affect our objective analyses of certain problems.
I have always been convinced tha t if the French had worked sin
cerely w ith Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam would have evolved with a Com-
169
munist regime that , it is true, but a regime t ha t followed the interests
of Vietnam first. There would have been no domination by China
afte r China became Communist and cooperation with the Soviet Union
would have been primari ly as an instrum ent to offset Chinese pressures.
I have never met an American, be he militar y, OSS, diplomat, or
journa list, who had met Ho Chi Minh who did not reach the same
belief: tha t Ho Chi Minh was first and foremost a Vietnamese n a
tionalist. He was also a Communist and believed t ha t Communism
offered the l>est hope for the Vietnamese people. But his loyalty was
to his people. When I was in Indoch ina it was str ikin g how the top
echelon of competent French officials held almost unanimously the
same view.
Actually, there was no alterna tive to an agreement with Ho Chi
Minh or to a crushin g of the natio nalist groundsw ell which my owm
observations convinced me could not be done. An y other government
recognized by the Fre nch would of necessity be puppets of the Frenc h
and incapable of holdin g t he loyalty of the Vietnamese people.
CONCERN ABOUT COM MUN IST DOMINAT ION OF VIETNAM ESE GOVERNMENT
On my re tu rn to th e D ep ar tm en t in m id -F eb ru ar y, I fo un d th at a
tel eg ram h ad been se nt t o Pa ri s e ar lie r t h at mo nth in a n e ffor t to ex ert
influ ence to wa rd se cur ing a se ttle me nt wi th th e V ietn amese. T hat tel e
gr am ha d, how ever , spo ken sh ar pl y ag ai ns t th e da ng er of Ho Chi
M inh ’s “ di re ct C om mu nis t c onn ect ion ” an d ou r op po sit ion t o seei ng a
colo nial a dm in ist ra tio n su pp la nt ed by a n ad m in ist ra tio n con tro lled by
th e Kr em lin . Th is was imp ecc able the or y wi th wh ich one cou ld no t
qu ar re l, bu t it w as a pr e ju dg m en t of t he fa cts fo r wh ich I cou ld find
no su pp or t. So fa r as I w as aw are , n o e vide nce t o su pp or t t he a ssu mp
tio ns o f a dir ec t t ie to th e K re m lin h ad e ver bee n r ece ived a nd i t com
ple tel y d isr eg ard ed Ho Ch i M in h’s inten se na tio na lis m.
TELEGRAM OP MA T 13 , 19 47
83 -6 05 — 7: ■12
172
to Go ve rno r Gis wol d an d la te r lia iso n betw een the c iv ili an si de of th e
miss ion an d Ge ner al Va n F lee t.
I ha d no fa rt h er res po ns ibi lity in con nec tion wi th Ind och ine se a f
fa ir s or per son al kno wle dge of sub seq uen t dev elopm ents, exc ept as
I occ asio nall y ran i nto pe ople.
(M r. M off at’s pre pa re d st ate me nt fo llo ws :)
Statem ent by A bbot L ow Moffat, former C h ie f , D ivis ion of Southea st Asian
Affa irs , D epartm ent of State
I have been asked to pres ent a sta tem ent of my recolle ctions of the han dlin g
of the Indo china problem in the Dep artm ent of Sta te dur ing the imme diate
post war period, 1945-1947, at which time I was Chief of the Divisio n of Sou th
east Asian Affairs.
I would like to con gra tula te the Committee on the excel lent Study No. 2
prep ared by Robe rt M. Blum of you r staff. The two pap ers in the Study ar e
extrem ely compete nt summa ries, it seems to me, and I doub t th at I can add
any thin g except perh aps to place a slig htly diffe rent emph asis on cer tain points.
i t is not possible to und ers tan d some of the develop ments in 1945 wit hou t
knowledge of wh at happene d before. Unt il the spri ng of 1944 the Office of Fa r
Ea ste rn Affair s had no jur isd ict ion over those are as of the F ar Ea st which
were colonies of Euro pean coun tries , imp ort ant thou gh those colonies mig ht
be in F ar Eas tern policy questi ons. The Br itis h Commonw ealth desk and the
We ster n Euro pean desk in the Office o f Euro pean Affair s hand led the problems
and policies concerni ng all Bri tish , Fren ch, Dutch, and Port ugu ese colonies as
int egr al pa rts of rela tion s with the mot her countr ies. In the spri ng of 1944,
however, t her e was estab lishe d in th e Office of Fa r E ast ern Aff airs a new D ivision
of South west Pacific Affairs, the name of which was la te r change d to Division
of Sou thea st Asian Affai rs as our ma jor act ivit ies clea rly rela ted to Sou thea st
Asia oth er tha n the Ph ilipp ines. To thi s Division was give n p rim ary j uris dic tion
of ma tte rs rela ting to Th ail and and c onc urre nt juri sdi ctio n wit h the ap pro pria te
Eur ope an desk of m att er s rel ati ng to the Euro pean colonies in Sout heas t Asia
and in the Pacif ic Ocean. The signif icant word in th at s tate me nt is “concu rren t”.
I t me ant th at ne ith er the Eur ope an nor the Fa r Ea ste rn Divisi ons had the
power to ac t wit hou t the concur rence of the oth er so th at which ever Division
mig ht be opposed to affirmat ive or innov ative action could prev ent such ac tio n;
and in prac tice moreover it proved almo st impossible to rais e conflicting views
for resol ution at h igh er levels as we w ere direc ted to agre e before c onsid eratio n
would be given to our recomm endatio ns.
Lawr ence Salis bury was name d chie f of the new Divisio n and on his resi g
nat ion from the D epa rtm ent abo ut two mont hs la te r I was de signa ted to su cceed
him and served in th at capa city un til July , 1947.
The re ha d been man y hopes and gen eral itie s utt ere d abo ut the p ostw ar wrorld
inclu ding not lea st the Atl ant ic Ch arte r, and the colonial powers from time to
time spoke vaguely of more self-gov ernmen t for the ir colonies af te r the war.
As we considere d the pre wa r na tio nal ist movements in Sou thea st Asia and
stu died such rep orts as we the n had from the are a, we reach ed the conclusion
th at na tio na lis t sen tim ent was becoming an im porta nt force in Sout heas t Asia.
We f el t th at n ot only to accompl ish self-gov ernmen t which tra dit ion al America n
policy ha s alw ays fa vored , but al so to cap ture the na tio nal ist movements in b ehalf
of the wa r effort our allie s shou ld be urged to be specific i n wh at they proposed
to do af te r the war. Our divisio n prepa red, there fore, a briefing pap er for the
Pre sid en t’s use at t he Second Quebec Conference in September, 1944, w hich was
ini tia led by all the ap pro pri ate Divisio ns and Offices and was signed by the
Sec reta ry of State , Mr. Hull , on Septemb er 8. I would like to quote from th at
memo randu m as it app ears in Mr. Hu ll’s Memo irs becaus e it sta tes our govern
men t’s goal at th at time and becau se of its refer ence to trus tees hips .
“In thi s [mem orandum ] we sugges ted the valu e of ‘earl y, dram atic , and con
cer ted annou nceme nts by the nat ion s concerne d mak ing definite commi tments
as to the fut ure of the regions of Sou thea st Asia ’. We ad de d:
‘“ It would be especial ly h elpfu l i f such c oncerte d annou ncemen ts could i nclude
(1) specific dat es when independ ence of complete (domin ion) self-gove rnment
will be accorded, (2) specific steps to be ta ken to develop nat ive c apaci ty fo r self-
rule, and (3) a pledge of economic auton omy and equ alit y of economic tr ea t
ment tow ard oth er nation s.
173
“ ‘Such annou ncem ents might well be accomp anied by . . . a pledge to e stab lish
a region al commission. . . . The value of such concer ted annou ncem ents would
be s till fu rt he r enha nced if each o f the colonial powers concerned would pledge
a form al dec lara tion of trus tee shi p und er an inte rna tio nal org aniz ation for the
period of tu tel ag e; bu t it migh t be unwise for the United Sta tes to att em pt
to insi st upon such a dec lara tion of t rus tee shi p by one coun try if sim ila r d ecl ara
tions could not be secu red from the othe rs. In add itio n to the ir gre at value as
psychological wa rfa re, such anno unce ment s would app ear to be dir ect ly in line
with Amer ican pos twa r int ere st. ’ ”
So fa r as I know no effort was made to seek such concert ed annou ncem ents
presum ably because of the implac able oppositio n of Mr. Ch urchil l to the tru ste e
ship princ iple and to any discussi on of Br itis h ter rito ries . Yet as Mr. Hu ll
explains,
“I t might be tho ugh t th at we were presu mpt uous in seeking to pre sen t our
idea s to the B riti sh, Fren ch, and Dutch Govern ments as to wh at they should do
with the ir own Pacific possessions. We had, however, two righ ts to tak e such
action. One w as the f ac t th at the libe rati on of those poss essions would not have
been achieve d—and possibly never could have been achieved—ex cept by the
Unite d Sta tes forces. The oth er was our int ere st in seeing th at peace in the
Pacific, rest ored by o ur forces, should continu e. And we could not help believing
th at the indefi nite con tinu ance of the Bri tish . Dutch, and Fren ch possessio ns in
the Orien t in a sta te of dependence pro vided a numb er of foci for f utu re troub le
and per hap s war. Per ma nen t p eace could not be ass ure d unless th ese posse ssions
were sta rte d on the roa d to independen ce, af te r the examp le of the Phili ppin es.
We believed th at we wer e tak ing the long-ra nge view, and th at a las tin g peace
in the Pacific was of g rea ter u ltim ate benefit to Br ita in, Fran ce, and t he N ethe r
land s—as well as to the whole world—t han the possible imme diate benefits of
holding on to c olonies.”
While the Eur ope an Divisions had ins tall ed the memora ndum because, I be
lieve, of its impo rtan ce in psychological wa rfar e, I did not feel th at they were
enti rely h appy with th e more basic obje ctive. From th en on and as more an d m ore
info rma tion w as received, one of our ma jor task s, dur ing the whole time th at I
was wit h the Divisio n of Sou thea st Asia n Affairs, was to try to convince th e
Euro pean Divisio ns of th e moun ting groun dswel l of nati ona lism which was en
gulfing all Sou thea st Asi a and indeed, befor e I le ft the Division, Sou ther n Asia
as well.
The ir concern, of course, focussed on our rela tion s with the ma jor Eur ope an
powe rs; ra th er n atu ral ly they tended to c onsid er the colonia l p roblem s in Sout h
eas t Asia a s o f re lati vely m inor impo rtance . I well reca ll one sen ior officer ask ing
me one d ay “Why are you concerni ng you rsel f with Ind on esi a; its onl y a Dutc h
colony?” Ther e seemed to be lit tle under sta ndi ng of wh at was happ enin g in
Sout hea st Asia. Time and aga in the nat ion ali st movement s wer e ch arac teri zed a s
simply the eff ect of Ja pan ese pr opag anda . The re was also, I felt, lit tle conce pt of
the effect on th e people of Sou thea st Asia o f seeing t he Euro pean s dri ven f rom the
are a by the Japa nese , and no th oug ht seemed to be given to the effect of th e m as
sive, indeed tot al disloc ation o f t he economic and soc ial l ife of th ese people u nde r
the impac t of the ch ange s w roug ht by th e war. We fe lt stron gly th at th e col onial
powers could not pick up wher e they had been forced to leave off o r even wi th
an allowan ce for fou r yea rs of politi cal development. We became convinced th at
dur ing the fou r year s of wa r na tio na lis t sent imen t had progr essed fa ste r and
fa rth er t han i t would have evolved dur ing tw enty or m ore ye ars of pe ace.
As is well known Pre sid ent Roosevelt dur ing 1943 and the fir st ha lf of 1944
expres sed freq uen tly the view th at Indo china should be tak en from the Fren ch
at the end of the wa r and placed und er int ern ati onal tru stee shi p pendi ng ful l
independence. As la te as Feb rua ry, 1944, th e D epa rtm ent in a memo randum to the
Pres iden t pr oposed to proceed on the ass ump tion th at Fr enc h arme d f orce s would
be employed to some ext ent in mili tary oper ation s to fre e Indo china from the
Japa nese, and t hftt it wo uld be des irabl e in the civil aff airs a dm ini str ati on of the
count ry to employ Fren ch nat ion als hav ing an int im ate knowledge of th e cou ntry.
The Pre sid ent endors ed thi s memoran dum simply and suc cin ctl y: “No Fren ch
help in Indo chin a—cou ntry on tru ste esh ip” .
We in the Sou thea st Asia Division stron gly favor ed the Pre sid ent ’s desi re for
Indoc hina and I hoped th at he h ad some as y et sec ret pla n by w hich he e xpected
to effect s uch tru ste esh ip for we w ere unab le to see how i t could be im plemen ted
wit hou t appl ying the same policy to the Br iti sh and Dutch colonies in the are a.
I felt the refo re th at we shoul d a t lea st voice our rese rva tion w hich I did in the
174
memorandum sent to the Presiden t by Mr. Hull on September 8 from which I
have quoted. Mr. Hull wro te in h is Memoirs tha t the Pre sident warmly approved
the ideas in the memorandum.
During the weeks following the Second Quebec Conference B ritish support of
a French retur n to Indochina became increasingly apparent. A large French
milita ry mission was attac hed to the South East Asia Command (SEAC) and the
Briti sh SOE (corresponding to our OSS), who were actively engaged in under
cover operations in Indochina, were ordered by the Foreign Office to devote thei r
efforts solely to the French and to have nothing to do wi th Annamite or other
native organizations. These and other facts were called to the Presid ent’s atten
tion in November tog ether with an OSS stateme nt tha t the Brit ish and Dutch
had arrive d at agr eement regarding the futu re of S outheast Asia and were now
about to bring the French into the picture. The Presi dent reacted sharply. Ameri
can approval must not be given to any French militar y mission, he d irec ted; all
our people and also the British, Dutch, and French must unders tand tha t we
expected to be consulted on the futu re of Indo chin a; and then the significant
remark insofar as trusteesh ip was co ncerned: “We have made no final decisions
on the futu re of Indochina”.
The Conference at Y alta took place some weeks late r. Shortly aft er the P resi
dent’s retu rn I had lunch w ith Charles Taussig who was working on Caribbean
matt ers for the Presiden t and was deeply concerned with colonial problems. He
was to have breakf ast with the Presi dent the next day and since we had heard
nothing promised to inquire wha t if any decisions had been made with regard
to Indochina. He reported tha t the Presid ent said tha t rat he r than inter na
tional trusteeship for Indochina he had agreed tha t France might be the trust ee.
On April 3, however, the Secretary of State issued a statem ent with the Presi
dent’s approval tha t the United States, as a result of t he Yalta talks, looked to
trustees hip as a postwar arrang emen t only fo r t errit ories taken from the enemy
and such territ ories as might voluntar ily be placed under trusteeship. As the
French clearly had no i ntention of vo luntarily placing Indochina under trust ee
ship, Mr. Stettin ius’ statem ent marked the public end of Mr. Roosevelt’s earli er
hope for a truste eship f or Indochina.
As the war approached its climax, the French, through the British, pressed
hard er for American help in the recovery of Indochina from the Japanese and
for an activ e pa rt in such operation, and also for a formal civil aff airs agreement
between the United Stat es an d F rance relatin g to the militar y admini stratio n to
be established as the Japanes e were driven out. As l ate as Janua ry, 1945, the
Preside nt was adama nt tha t he d id not want the United States to be mixed up
in any decisions affecting the futu re of I ndoc hina ; those were for postwar. And
he did not want to get mixed up in any military effort to libera te Indochina
from the Japanese. But the French did not give up. When In March Japa n ousted
the collaborationist regime in Indochina and took over direct control several
thousand French troops briefly opposed the Japanese before crossing into
China and the French asked f or supplies and assistance from the 14th Air Force
in China. Although the Presid ent disapproved the release of a stateme nt sug
gested by the Department explaining tha t the United States would give such
help as it could consistent with the operations and plans to which it was com
mitted, the Department and the Join t Chiefs authoriz ed the 14th A ir Force, in
aid of the French, to underta ke operations against the Japane se in Indochina
provided such action did not interf ere with o ther planned operations.
During this period we had increasingly the impression tha t the European
Office favored the outrig ht retu rn of Indochina to France and had little real
concern about autonomy or self-rule or even of increased native particip ation in
the government. An indication of this arose when a briefing memorandum
should, we felt, be prepared for the Preside nt fo r the Yalta Conference. We knew
we could not get concurrence in a statem ent about Indochina tha t would meet
our views, so we circulated again the memorandum signed by Mr. Hull on
September 8. This time t he European Divisions declined to initial the document
they had initia ted less than six months before. No briefing paper concerning
Southeast Asia accompanied the Presid ent to Yalta so f ar as I know.
The n et re sult of all this was th at as the war in Europe ended the De partment
had no agreed policy regarding the futu re of Indochina. The European Office
and the Western Europe Division, confronted with the major problems rela ting
to a hoped-for resurgence of Fra nce in Europe, believed th at our relations with
Franc e were of paramo unt inte iest to the United Sta tes; tha t we should not
175
risk jeopardizing them in any way over a French colony which in any event
was no business of ou rs; and in all good fait h thought it was not in our best
interests even to press for reform in Indochina because it might embarr ass our
relations with the French. Indeed, a senior officer in the European Office told
me some two years lat er when war between the French and Vietnamese had
begun, tha t if he could have had his way American troops would have been used
to restor e the French to power in Indochina.
On the other hand, we in t he Division of Southeas t Asian Affairs fe lt tha t the
United States had definite responsibilities with regard to Indochina. It was our
militar y power tha t would lib erate Indochina from Ja pa n; the French in Indo
china had collaborated with the Jap an ese ; they had not even attempt ed to
honor the ir protec torate respo nsibili ties; there was a strong natio nalist move
ment among the Vietnamese who h ad for centuries comprised a proud and in
dependent country ; and futur e peace a nd stabili ty in t he ar ea depended, we felt,
on a recognition of the nat ura l aspira tions of the peoples of t he area. My per
sonal hope was tha t the French would gra nt independence to the peoples of
Indochina, but I did not feel we should carry our support of the Indochinese to
the point of a break with our ally. France, weak as she then was, was still a
stronger and more valuable ally to us than Indochina would he if we had to
make a choice between the two and Franc e which was striving to rebuild its
stren gth and regain its soul needed ou r help, no t a frac turin g of relations. But
I disagreed totally with the European Office in its opposition to p utting press ure
on the French to do what I f elt w’as n ot only in our inter est but also a ctually in
the inter est of Fr ance.
This conflict of viewpoints came to a head a week afte r Presid ent Roosevelt’s
death when a memorandum for Pre sident Truma n was p repared in th e European
Office and sent to the Fa r E astern Office fo r concurrence. As I recall the occasion
I was handed a copy of this memorandum about 5 o’clock on a Frida y aft er
noon with the request th at our approval or comments be re ady for a meeting of
the top level Staff Committee the next morning a t 11. We did succeed in having
our comments and an alter nativ e dr aft memorandum for the P residen t ready next
day but not in time for the meeting, and more th an a month elapsed before in
fact the Staff Committee considered the issue. Then Mr. Grew who was Acting
Secretary in the absence of Mr. Stettini us in San Francisco told the group t ha t
he had two papers concerning Indochina, one from EUR, one from F E ; th at he
had read bo th ; and th at he concurred in the paper from FE. He turned to Mr.
William Phillips who was acting as head of the European Office fo r Mr. Dunn
who was also in San Francisco and asked what he thought. Mr. Phillips replied
tha t he had r ead both papers and th at he too agreed with t he F ar Eas tern Office
memorandum. Mr. Grew then asked Mr. Phill ips to arran ge tha t one policy paper
be prepared on which both the E uropean Office and the Fa r E aste rn Office would
agree. I represented FE i n the ensuing discussions and my friend, the l ate Samuel
Reber, represente d EUR.
Our first concern in the Southeast Asia Division ha d been th at the EUR mem
orandum did not give the new Preside nt the background information which we
thought rightfu lly he should have as to Preside nt Roosevelt’s views or the
recent history of Indochina.
Our second concern was th at while we recognized th at it would be c ontrar y
to American intere sts to break with Franc e over the question of Indochinese
independence, we were not prepare d to accept as adequate statem ents about
exertin g influence in the direction of having the French liberalize the ir pas t
policies. We could and we should, we believed, be very specific an d actually use
the power we had to try to secure self-government in Indochina. The French had
indicated an intention to change thei r prew ar policies towards Indochina even
though thei r various statements, in our opinion, seemed inadequate to the
situati on and unlikely to assure peace and stabili ty in the country. We felt
the ir change in atti tud e had been due to a realizatio n of the anti-French in
dependence sentiment among the Indochinese who must be wooed if French
admini stration was to be successful and secondly to unce rtaint y as to our
atti tude and a feeling tha t o ur support for th e rest oratio n of Indochina to F rance
could be secured only by adoption of a more li beral policy. If we informed the
French, as proposed in the EUR memorandum, th at we would not oppose the
retu rn of Indochina we would nega tive o ur Influence In securing F rench policies
consonant with our interests. We wrot e:
“Because the libe ration of Indochina is, in fact, dependent on American defeat
of Ja pa n; because we are sacrificing blood and trea sure to assure peace and
176
stabili ty in the Fa r East, postwar maintenance of which will be largely our
respon sibili ty; because without recognition of the dynamic tre nds towards self-
government among the peoples of Asia ther e can be no peace and stabilit y in the
Fa r East and the peoples of Southeast Asia may embrace ideologies contrary to
our own or develop a pan-Asiatic movement against all western powers, FE
believes tha t it would not be unrea sonable for the United States to insist tha t
the French give adequate assurances as to t he implementing of policies in Indo
china which we consider essential to assure peace and stabili ty in the Far East.
We urge, therefore, tha t the policy of the United States should be not to oppose
the re storatio n of Indochina to France, provided the French give adequate assur
ances as to the following
We then listed five points of which a and d are perti nent here.
“a. Development of a national or federal government to be run for and
increasingly by the Indochinese themselves with no special privileges for
French or other persons who are not inhabi tants and citizens of Indochina so
tha t within the foreseeable futur e Indochina can be fully self-governing and
autonomous along democratic lines, except in matt ers of imperial concern in
which Indochina should be a part ner in t he French Union.
* * * * * * *
d. Acceptance of a f ronti er between Indochina and Thailand, to be determined
by an impartial, intern ational commission.”
The EUR viewpoint was expressed by Mr. Dunn who on reading our p aper said
he believed i t would be bett er to let the mat ter drif t rat her than base United
States policy on the FE version of the Indochina paper. He believed tha t we
should draw close to Great Brita in and France the two stro ngest western Euro
pean countr ies; we should at temp t to remove source of friction between Fr ance
and the United States and try to allay her apprehensions th at we were going
to propose tha t terr itor y be taken from her. “We should use our influence to
improve the government of Indochina,” he said, “but should not interf ere.” He
wanted wholehearted cooperation with France and indicated th at he share
Bidau lt’s f ear for western civilization as a result of the dominance of Russia in
Europe.
In our view p ressures for specific reforms would not, of course, be liked by
the French but they would not cause a break in our friendship or fundamental
support. We felt tha t what we were seeking was actually in th e French interest
as well as our own : self-government would release the French from the heavy
economic drain which Indochina h ad been for years to everyone but t he Banque
de l’lndochine; and with her long association with the Indochinese France would
easily conserve her cultural influence and would clearly be a favored country
in intern ationa l economic relations. Admittedly, the inferi ority complex from
which Fra nce was suffering as a r esult of the war was tu rning F rench thoughts
to dreams of a restored imperial glory rat he r than to more prosaic problems of
substant ive economic and practical power, but I thought this obstacle not so
great as to preclude us from pressing for what seemed to us both right and
sensible.
A practical illustra tion of what I had in mind was afforded some months
lat er in our relations with France over Siam, previewed in point d above. In
1940 the T hai overran by militar y force substan tial terr itor y in Indochina. The
Japanese forced the Fre nch to cede thi s t errit ory to Thaila nd. It was t he Ameri
can position tha t terri tory seized with Japanese aid must be returned, hut
withou t prejudice to futu re terri toria l adjustments. These border lands had
been a source of friction for years. They had been acquired by th e French from
Siam piecemeal, essentially at the point of a gun, during the heyday of colonial
expansion. While fully legalized by treat ies of cession the Siamese always felt
that, th e lands taken by the French belonged to them. When France was weak
they took back what they fe lt was thei r own.
I felt strongly tha t f or futu re peace in the area the border should he adju sted
and delimited if possible on its merits and not. on leg alistic arguments, and tha t
this delimitation should he by some intern ationa l group tha t would hear both
sides and then make a decision th at both would accent. I suggested informally
by the French Minister in Washington tha t as p art of or immediately upon agree
ment hv Siam to return the terri torie s the French agree to an examination of
the border by an internation al tribuna l. He was horrified; this reflected on
177
French honor; they might adju st an island here or t here in a river channel, but
they would not let an intern ationa l tribun al suggest what the boundary of
French terri tory should be. But I was quite sure tha t the Siamese would not
retu rn the te rrito ries unless they received some such assurance, so I kept pressing
every so often. Each new suggestion was greeted wit h an “Impossibl e!” And then
one yea r and a day lat er the French referred to my first suggestion and agreed
to i t; discussions got under way ; a treat y was signed ; the Siamese return ed the
ter rit or ies ; and an interna tional Conciliation Commission was established. I
might add tha t the Conciliation Commission upheld the French contentions re
garding the border ; but what I am t rying to i llus trat e is tha t where there was
something a t stake t ha t the French wanted i t was possible to exe rt p ressure and
secure affirmative results without jeopardising relations. I have always felt t he
same could have been accomplished in great er or less degree with respect to
Indochina.
The compromise paper tha t Sam Reber and I agreed upon was a sincere
attem pt to reach a policy on which all could agree as we both recognized tha t
the Departm ent could h ave only one policy toward Indochina, not two. Basically,
we agreed th at the Presid ent should be furnished pertine nt facts which either
EUR or FE thought im por tan t; hut ins tead of conditioning non-opposition to the
retu rn of Indochina to France upon the receiving of assurance on five major
points, we recommended t ha t we approach the French, explain our inter est and
concern, and ask the French to give some positve indication of thei r intentions
with respect to each of t he five points. It was certainly my view th at if we had
the answers we would be i n a much bette r position to determine futu re policy,
and tha t this technique would ale rt th e Fren ch to our in terest but without thr eat
or promise. I think it must have been a good compromise paper. My own staff
were horrified tha t I had abandoned all we had struggled for; while Jimmy
Dunn sent a scorching wire from San Francisco, writ er Bill Phillips had for
warded the dra ft totally repudiat ing any p art of the compromise. The suggested
inquiry was never direct ed to the French.
A few weeks la ter Japa n surrendere d and the situatio n in Indochina changed
rapidly. The Vietnamese tr ied to take over al l Vietnamese te rrito ry and disarm
the Japane se before th e Allies should a rrive in Indochina. They were successful
in establi shing a working admi nistrat ion in the two n orthern provinces of Tonkin
and Annam, but factional dissension among various independence groups in
Cochin China minimized t he effectiveness of thei r admin istrat ion in tha t prov
ince. Nevertheless for twenty days the Provisional Vietnam Government ruled
all the terri tory inhabited by Vietnamese. Then the Britis h placed the French
back in power in the area th ey controlled south of the 16th pa rallel. In the north
the Vietnamese remained in power by arr angeme nt with the nati onal ist Chinese
who were there to secure the disarming of the Japane se north of the 16th
parallel.
With French forces back in Indochina and with all potential leverage gone,
there was litt le t ha t the United Sta tes could do to a lter the outcome. We watched
the negoti ations between Fren ch and Vietnamese from the sidelines, encouraged
when a t times it seemed as if a liberal arrang ement would be worked out, sor
rowfully when both sides would breach agreements t ha t had been made and when
it gradually became appa rent tha t as the French brought more milit ary forces
into the country t heir willingness to concede self-rule correspondingly decreased.
I th ink both EUR and FE hoped that t he French would reach an effective ag ree
ment with the Vietnam Provision al Government, but l ate in 1946 a concern about
communist expansion began to be evident in the Department.
We are reaping today, in my opinion, and so are all Vietnamese, Lao tians, and
Cambodians, t he tragedy of o ur fixation on the theory of monolithic aggressive
communism tha t began to develop at this time and to affect our objective
analyses of c ertain problems. I have always been convinced t hat if the French
had worked sincerely with Ho Chi Minh Vietnam would have evolved with a
communist regime, but a regime tha t followed the interes ts of Vietnam first.
There w’ould have been no domination by China aft er China became communist
and cooperation with the Soviet Union would have been primar ily as an in
strume nt to offset Chinese pressures.
T have never met an American, be he military, OSS. diplomat, or journal ist,
who had met Ho Chi Minh who did not reach the same belief: tha t Ho Chi
Minh was first and fo remost a Vietnamese nationalist . He was also a communist
and believed tha t communism offered the best hope for the Vietnamese people.
178
Bu t his loya lty was to his people. When I was in Indo china it was str iki ng how
the top echelon of com petent Fren ch officials held alm ost unani mousl y the same
view.
Actual ly the re was no alte rna tiv e to an agre emen t with Ho Chi Minh or to a
crus hin g of the nat ion ali st groun ds well which my own obse rvatio ns convinced
me could not be done. Any oth er gover nmen t recognized by the Fren ch would
of ne cessit y be pup pets of th e F renc h and incap able of h olding t he l oyal ty of t he
Vietna mese people.
As D epa rtm ent concern abo ut the comm unist domi natio n of the Vietn am Gov
ernm ent became more app are nt and more unc riti cal we began, I felt , to allow
fea rs of such domin ation to over rule be tte r jud gm ent ; we let the nat ion ali st
feeling s of the countr y r ecede i n im port ance and we ign ored the f at he r f igure t ha t
Ho Chi Minh was becoming for most Vietname se. The Fren ch seemed no t ad vers e
to tak ing adv anta ge of our incr easi ng preocc upatio n wit h communism.
A teleg ram from our able consul a t Hano i, Jam es O’Sulliva n, at the end of
December offered some sound cau tion ary advice. He tho ught it “pec uli ar” th at
the Fre nch should only now become c oncerne d abou t th e comm unists in Hanoi.
To his cer tai n knowledge, they had known for yea rs th at Nguyen Ai Quoc and
IIo Chi Minh were one a nd the sa me person and th at he stood high in the T hird
Int ern ati onal, and for over a yea r the y had suspected th at Ho Chi Minh might
be recei ving i nst ruc tion s fr om Moscow. He fu rth er tho ugh t i t w as “very pec ulia r”
th at Fr enc h concern should be br oug ht to the D epa rtm ent ’s a tte nti on at t he very
moment they were app aren tly beginn ing to shi ft th eir prog ram in Tonk in and
when they mig ht be pre par ing to force the Vietna m Governm ent to colla borat e
on F ren ch term s or to esta blish a pupp et govern ment in its place. “Fre nch con
cern over Communism,” he concluded, “may well be devised to div ert De par t
men t’s atten tio n from Fre nch policy in Ind ochi na.”
I alw ays fe lt th at we could see th e situ ati on in Sou the ast Asia more objec
tively th an the Bri tish , the Fren ch, and the Dutch because we could, unt il
the f ea r of communism affected o bjecti vity, analy ze problem s wit hou t the han d
icap of self- inter est, preju dice, pride , or domesti c politics. I strug gled to pre
serve Siam from excessive Br itis h pre ssu res at the conclusion of the wa r and
was convince d th at we were servin g not only the Siamese int ere st but also the
Br itis h int ere st, a view they have, I believe, long since accepted. As to Indo
china and the Net herl and s Ea st Indi es I fe lt it esse ntial th at these coun tries
be gra nte d the politi cal indepe ndenc e they longed fo r; th at by mak ing such a
gr an t Fran ce, for instan ce, would in fa ct develop close ties with Vietnam
because the Vietnam ese had alwa ys gre at resp ect and likin g for Fre nch cult ure
and many, inclu ding Ho Chi Minh, would have liked to ma int ain warm ties
wit h Fra nce and to have Fren ch adv iser s in posts where forei gn exp ert help
was needed. Volu ntary elimi natio n of hat ed foreign control would have per-
rqitte d hap py and mut uall y beneficial rela tion s to develop between the two
count ries. This wa s in fac t the policy Fra nce s uccessf ully followed la te r in West
Afric a, bu t the Fren ch people fe lt a deep affr ont to th ei r prid e at the tho ugh t
of giving up any sovere ignty or contro l over Indoc hina ju st as la te r they suf
fere d sim ila r imagined loss of face over Algeria.
I stil l believe th at had the Fre nch been willing to gra nt independe nce to
Vietn am in 1946 the y could hav e work ed out arr ang eme nts with the Vietnam
Govern ment th at would hav e prot ecte d th ei r cul tur al influence and le ft them
wit h an obvious adv anta ge over all oth er nat ion s in economic dealin gs wit h
Vietnam. It would have tak en a gre atn ess the y did not then possess, and it
would have tak en a bre adt h of vision to see beyond the spi ritu al ashe s from
which the y were rising, as Jea n Monnet la te r had vision for Europe , but the
fa ilu re to see the ir own tru e inte res t, misplaced idea s of pres tige and glory,
pre ssu res from the Banq ue de 1’Tndochine; pres sure s from pet ty officials and
thos e Fre nch who had settl ed in Indo chin a—not the best type of Fre nch man
genera lly, domestic politics, and the indecision aris ing from uns tabl e govern
men ts at home—all these co nspired to make the F renc h int ran sig ent at t he time.
Wh ethe r if th e concern abo ut the exten sion of a monol ithic communism had not
aris en at th at pa rti cu lar mome nt of hist ory the story would hav e ended dif
fer ent ly I do not know.
I was awa y from Wash ingto n for n ear ly thr ee mont hs from November 1946 to
Fe bru ary 1947 because soon af te r leav ing Indoc hina a t th e end of December
I was orde red to go to Can berr a as Advis er to the American deleg ate to the
South Pacific Conference. Bu t my two mont hs in Sou thea st Asia ha d confirmed,
179
I felt, my ear lier ideas and I was parti cula rly heartsic k at the outbreak of war
between the French and Vietnamese.
On my retu rn to the Departm ent in mid-Februar y I found tha t a telegram
had been s ent t o P aris ea rlier t ha t month in an effort to exert influence tow ards
securing a settleme nt w ith the Vietnamese. T hat telegra m had, however, spoken
sharply again st the danger of Ho Chi Minh's “direct Communist connection”
and our opposition to seeing a colonial admin istrati on supplanted by a n admin
istra tion controlled by the Kremlin. This was impeccable theory with which
one could not quarrel, but it was a prejudgme nt of the facts for which I could
find no support. So f ar as I was aw are no evidence to support the assumption of
a direct tie to the Kremlin had ever been received and it completely disre
garded Ho Chi Minh’s intense nationalism.
The Fr ench presently indicated t ha t they were seeking “true repres entativ es”
of the Vietnamese wi th whom t hey could negotiate. We were deeply concerned
in my Division because we felt tha t would be futile and any resu lting government
would be a puppet of the French. We determined to make one final try and in
a telegram th at was sent on May 13, 1947, we spoke of the seven new nations
th at were in the process of achieving or struggling to achieve independence or
autonomy in southern and southea stern Asia, and th at in view of the great
strides towards autonomy made by other people in this area it could be dangerous
if the French-Vietnamese arrangem ents accorded less autonomy.
We s aid tha t we felt the best safeguar d again st communist control or anti
western, pan-asia tic tendencies would be close association between the newly
autonomous peoples and the countries with which they had long been associated,
but such association had to be voluntary if it was to be lasting and achieve
positive results. A pro tractio n of the situat ion then existing in Indochina could
only destroy the basis f or voluntary cooperation and leave a legacy of bit terness
th at would irrevocably alienat e the Vietnamese from France and those values
represented by France and other western democracies. We were inescapably
concerned with the situat ion in the Fa r Eas t generally and with those develop
ments in Indochina which could have a profound effect on tha t’ si tuation. We
hoped th at the French would be generous in their attem pt to find an early solu
tion which, by recognizing the legitimate desires of the Vietnamese, would restore
peace and deprive anti-democratic forces of a powerful weapon.
The e arlier telegram had also accepted the French thesis tha t it was t he Viet
namese who initia ted the fighting between the two countries. It seemed to
me im portant to redress somewhat the one-sided p ropaganda which the French
had maintai ned and at leas t make clear the Vietnamese view of developments.
For the informatio n of our Ambassador, but with auth ority to repea t to the
French if the occasion warrant ed, we said frankly tha t the French position
tha t the fighting which began December 19 was the result of an initi al Viet
namese at tack seemed to us dangerously one-sided as it ignored Col. Debes’ at
tack on Haiphong on November 23 and the “understand able Vietnamese con
tention tha t a s tand had to be made a t some poi nt in view of th e steady French
encroachments aft er March 6 on the auth ority and terr itor y of Vietnam,” and
we cited as examples th e esta blishment of the Cochin Chinese Republic, t he occu
pation of southern Annam and the Moi Plateau, and the Dala t plan for a
French-dominated Fed eration to which Vietnam would be subservient.
Finally, we expressed our concern lest the French efforts to find “true repre
sentative s of Vietnam” with whom to negotiate might resul t in the creation of
an impotent puppet government along the lines of t he Cochin China regime or
tha t resto ration of Baodai might be attempted.
I have referre d to this telegram at some length because it was the las t action
regarding Indochina with which I was associated, because i t summarized reason
ably well, I think, what we had long been saying within the Department, and
because it reflected also my own observations in the field an d the need to under
stand t he Vietnamese view of developments as well as the French view.
As we had anticip ated American “influence” in the situation was nil. Two
months late r I tran sfer red from the Departm ent to the American Mission for
Aid to Greece where I was at first political advisor to Governor Griswold and
lat er liasion between the civilian side of the Mission and General Van Fleet.
I had no fu rth er responsibility in connection with Indochinese affairs or personal
knowledge of subsequent developments.
The C hairman. I s uspect you kept up with th e developments pret ty
closely.
180
Mr. Moffat, your account a nd Mr. Whit e’s really leave me with a
feeling of a kind of a Greek t ragedy. A fter all you r efforts, the repo rt
from Mr. Whi te, we find ourselves in a si tuation th at is so dangerous,
and has already been so costly, th at it is almost impossible to express
my feelings about it. There is no point, I guess, in always thin king
about what might have been. You have related, both of you, such
significant aspects of how we became committed tha t I th ink it would
be very valuable if we could get the attenti on of our government upon
how we became committed, in order to better evaluate the wisdom of
continui ng to stay there.
CREATION OF PUP PET GOVERNMENT
The C hairman. S o we have been had, as the slang goes, by our allies
influencing ou r judgment. I can under stand how th at could ha ppen.
They were all experienced communities; we were relatively new in
this area and it isn' t just, to blame peo ple; it is to try to unde rstand
and at least to develop sufficient ma turi ty on our own pa rt tha t at
the pres ent time a t least we ought to be able to profit by these mistakes
and to follow our own policy; and I am fra nk to ray I can’t un der
stand why we cannot.
This, taken tog ether with Mr. W hite ’s very moving statem ent abo ut
Ho Chi Minh as an individua l, and his attit ude toward us and the
world, r eally, it is just incredible t hat a great nation could be so mis
guided. And I must say, I still find it almost impossible to und erstand
how we go t ourselves oif into th is misguided venture, tr agic venture,
which is costing us so much.
FRE NCH LEFT IND OCH INA TO U.S.
The Chairman. You intima ted—you did not state it, prope rly so ;
you could not prove it, tha t the assassination of Col. Dewey was le ft
184
up in the air as if it w asn't unreasonable to believe it might have been
inspired by the F rench ?
Mr. W hite. Th at is a conclusion tha t has been drawn.
The Chairman. Tha t is a conclusion ?
Mr. W hite . But without any basis, any foundation, in evidence so
fa r as I know.
Air. Chairman. Expl ain a littl e more in detail, who was Mr.
Dewey ?
Air. W hite. Colonel Dewey was a young—not so young—he was
an O SS officer who took t he origi nal detachment of which I was pa rt
into Saigon.
The Chairman. Yes?
Air. W hite. Wh at precisely his autho rizati on and instructi ons
were from our higher headquarter s vis-a-vis native, national ist
groups, I don't know. But he d id see the prominent leaders of many
groups, some clandestinely and some otherwise, in Saigon durin g
tha t period.
The Chairman. Would you say he was identified w ith the na tiona l
ist elements among th e Vietnamese?
Air. W hite. Well, cer tainly I can say th is because it is a m atter of
record and it is a matte r of my personal experience, tha t Colonel
Dewey came from a terrib ly well-connected f amily in Illino is at the
time.
The Chairman. Was he a relative to Congressman Dewey ?
Air. W hite. Yes.
Se na tor P ercy. Congressman Dewey—a son.
The Chairman. A son ?
Air. W hite. So n; tha t’s right.
The Chairman. Charles Dewey ?
Air. White . Yes.
The Chairman. I knew him. I didn’t know there was a connection.
Air. W hite. Ili s name was Pete r Dewey bu t in my capacity as a
liaison officer, General Gracey and G eneral LeClerc very often tol d me
how much they resented Dew’ey’s activity in seeing nationa list leaders.
The Chairman. The y didn ’t thin k much better of yourself either,
did they ?
Air. W hite. They did n’t like any of us.
QU ES TIO N OF COL ONI AL POW ER AG AIN ST IT S COLONY
pos itio n of th e colo nial pow er ag ain st its c olony. I)o you know of any
ot he r exa mp le i n ou r who le h ist or y ?
Mr . M offat. I can ’t th in k of a ny ri g h t off th e ba t.
Th e C hai rm an . I c an ’t th in k of an y eit he r. I do n’t kn ow of any . All
du ri ng th is pe rio d, we did pro cee d la te r to enc our age the Du tch to
get ou t of In do ne sia , di d we n ot ?
Mr. M offat. Yes.
Th e C ha irm an . We ce rta in ly we re ac cused of it. The D utc h res ent ed
it ver y mu ch an d the sam e in In dia an d I th in k in E gy pt an d all
aro un d. Ve ry o fte n it is n ot hi ng bu t sy mp ath y, by t ha t I mea n i n m any
cases th er e is no tang ib le act ion , bu t ou r sym pa thi es and ou r enc our
age ments hav e a lwa ys be en in t h at conn ectio n.
Th ere we re one or tw o th in gs ----- -
Senator P ercy. I am sorry I did not hear Mr. Whit e’s testimony.
I flew in from Chicago this morning , but I have h ad a chance to scan
throu gh Mr. Moffat’s. I am going to resist the tempt ation to ask you
for your reaction, for a while anyway, on the Russian statemen t th at
has been released in response to the Pres ident ’s actions, bu t—if you
have not seen tha t statement—I can give you the summation of it
very quickly, and I would very much apprecia te your reaction to it.
OFFIC IAL REACTION TO H o ’s STATEM ENT OF FR IEN DS HIP FOR U.S.
OF FIC IA L VI EW OF HO C H I M IN H
Senator P ercy. Did he ever comment to you on the long hist ory of
China ’s attem pt to dominate Indochin a ?
Mr. W hite . Yes, sir. You will find in this dispatch th at t ha t was
very much on his mind when he discussed this with me. He g ave me,
in fact, a prim er on Indochinese h istory or th e hi story of th e people,
which is mainly one of resistance to the Chinese over a course of 800
years, and he gave th at to me in grea t detail.
Senat or P ercy. Did he comment t o you or describe wh at his out
look would be on Chinese-Vietnamese relationships?
Mr. W hite . In th e sense, by inference certa inly, he would resist all
forms of Chinese do mination of an independent Vietnam; th at was
the ir histor ical p osition and it was a very prac tical feeling he ha d this
day which was exacerb ated, as I said a littl e bit earlier, by the fact
tha t his pa rt of the world, the province of Tonkin and the northe rn
pa rt of Annam, th at pa rt north of the 16th parallel, were under
Chinese occupation and the Chinese were looting the country very
diligently. Here again it is th e Chinese problem tha t was uppe rmost
in his mind.
Mr. Moffat. Senator, could I say something about that?
Senator P ercy. Yes, Mr. Moffat.
Mr. M offat. I thin k one of the problems we have in discussing the
problems of t his period is tha t C hina was nationa list at th is time and
the Communists did not come into China for anothe r 3 years, but
what a gr eat many of us fe lt, and I have always felt, tha t th e innate
feeling and concern about China would have prevented domination
190
Senator P ercy. Those are all the historical questions I have. Per
haps then I will t urn to th e Soviet reply today to Presid ent Nixon’s
speech.
You know how I feel about this war. I would say tha t thi s first reac
tion of the Soviet Government to the mining of North Vietnamese
harbors gives some hope tha t a c onfrontat ion can be avoided, and tha t
the summit conference will not be cancelled. The sum mit wasn’t even
mentioned in their reaction, and if this is true, then I would hope we
could continue efforts to develop constructive relations w ith the Soviet
Union, China and other world powers.
I thin k your own reac tion would be most in teresti ng and helpful
to us. The Soviet statement reads as follows:
The Soviet Government r esolu tely insi sts th at th e United Sta tes ’ steps to block
the coas t and dis rup t groun d commu nicatio ns of the Demo cratic Republic of
Vietnam be can cel'ed wit hou t delay.
The Governm ent of the Unite d Sta tes announc ed a new esca latio n of its ag
gressive actio ns in Vietnam, the actio ns th at complica te fu rth er t he situ atio n in
Sou thea st A sia a nd a re fra ug ht with s erious consequenc es fo r i nte rna tio nal peace
and secur ity.
The state ment said th at Nixon gave an order for “mining the en tries
into th e N orth Vietnamese ports so as to prev ent ships from reaching
the ports, for intensification of bombing of the DRV terr itor y and,
specifically, fo r h itti ng from the air railroa ds and other communica
tions.”
And I quote fu rth er from thei r stat eme nt:
In thi s way, the Unite d Sta tes tri es to brea k the economic, tra de and othe r
rela tion s th at the DRV has developed with othe r stat es, to depri ve the Demo
cra tic Republ ic of Vietnam of the oppo rtuni ty to receive aid for its people to
rebuff the U.S. a ggressio n and also to receive foodstu ffs and oth er supplies from
(as r eceive d) the peacef ul popula tion.
The statement demanded tha t acts of U.S. aggression against the
DRV be ended, t hat th e rig ht to freedom of i nterna tional navigation
and trad e be respected. The Soviet Government expresses hope tha t
this point of view is shared by the government and people of all peace-
loving states.
The R ussians sa id :
No m at te r wh at fals e pre tex ts are used to cover up the ad ven tur ist action s of
the Uni ted Stat es arm ed forces in Vietnam , the real purpos e of thes e actio ns is
193
obvious: It is not to save the United States from humiliation but to save the
notorious “Vietnamization” policy which suffers an obvious failure.
The K remlin sa id :
Intensification of the bombings of the DRV terri tory and Washington’s at
tempts to establish singlehandedly its own rules of intern ationa l navigation
cannot but cause indignation and strong censure. These actions show again for
the whole world t he pirat ic natu re of t he war which the United States has un
leased and continues agai nst the Vietnamese people for many years.
The Soviets said the U.S. has signed the Geneva Convention an d:
The Soviet Union considers as inadmissible the U.S. actions which jeopardize
the freedom of navigation and security of Soviet and other ships.
The Soviet Union will draw from this approp riate conclusions tha t the Gov
ernment of t he United States will b ear the entire responsibility for the possible
consequences of its illegal actions.
The Russ ians warned the Un ited State s it is following “a dangerous
and slippery road ” an d said tha t it can lead only to a new complica*
tion of the inte rnatio nal s ituation.
REACTIONS TO SOVIET STATEM ENT
Now, from your long experience with communications from the
Soviet Union, and consid ering the si tuation th at we face today, the re
action of each of you to tha t statement would be very much ap preci
ated.
Mr. Moffat. Well, I read one ot her par agr aph which bothers me
even more and tha t is th e ne xt to the l ast p arag rap h which says—you
have had the word “inadmissible” which I believe in the Diplomatic
Corps is a strong word. Th en it says, “The Soviet Gov ernment reso
lutely insists th at t he U.S. steps to block the coast be cancelled without
delay.” And tha t is a wfully strong language in a n inte rnatio nal state
ment. I th ink they have l eft some things out but I thi nk th ere is going
to have to be some face-saving all around o r else we may very easily
get into a very serious confronta tion.
Senator P ercy. Mr. White ?
Mr. W hite . Yes, my offhand reaction to—I mean, not offhand b ut
my instan t reaction is th at I am surpris ed th at the Soviets did not take
a more hostile sou nding response tha n this one 'because I feel tha t the
admin istratio n in each one of its major moves part icula rly in the
last 10 days, but over the period of its concern in this affair has at
each possible occasion taken another tur n of the screw and at some
juncture, I do t hink it is going to result in a rup turi ng relations hip
between ourselves and t he Soviet Union and cause them to suffer seri
ously. I would not have been surpri sed if the s ummit h ad been called
off.
Senator P ercy. I would have agreed with much of what you said.
Mr. White . It still may be.
Senator P ercy. Mr. Chairm an, those are all the questions I have.
The Chairman. Than k you.
I have ju st seen this message and my first reaction is like yours. I
think i t is a very restrai ned statement under the circumstances an d I
hope it will continue to be restrained. T hat is going to be a very difficult
subject fo r thi s morning. There are a few odds and ends I would like
to explore before we adjourn.
194
Mr. Moffat, I thin k you said in your statement tha t the French
collaborated with the Japane se which was news to me. Could you
explain th at a little fu rthe r ?
Mr. Moffat. They acted as hosts to the J apan ese; they kept th e a d
minist ration in operation, officially French, hut the Japanese ran the
country and they jus t went along with it. Th ere was nothing they could
do but they went along in order to stay in power, I th ink, largely.
The Chairman. Y ou mean while the Japanese-----
Mr. Moffat. Duri ng t he p eriod of th e J apanese, from the time the
Japanese moved in unt il the-----
The C hairman. What was tha t period, just for the record? I would
like it.
Mr. Moffat. Tha t would have been in 1941, December 1941.
The Chairman. Unt il when ?
Mr. Moffat. Until March 1945.
The Chairman. Were the French nominally adminis tering the
country?
Mr. Moffat. Yes, sir.
Mr. Chairman. B ut un der the direction of the Ja pane se; is that the
way it was ?
Mr. Moffat. Yes, sir. Under the Decoux administration.
The Chairman. But the regul ar provincial admini stratio n was still
French?
Mr. Moffat. Yes, sir.
The Chairman. Althoug h th ey were, of course, t akin g t heir orders
from t he Ja panese ?
Mr. Moffat. Yes, sir.
RECOGNITION OF TWO VIETNAMS
The Chairman. You mentioned Bao Dai ; just what was his role
during -----
Mr. Moffat. Well, he had a series of roles.
The C hairman. What was he prio r to the war ?
Mr. Moffat. He was emperor in Annam at Hue, and then when
Ho Chi Minh set up and established a Vietnam Provisiona l Govern
ment, they persuaded Bao Dai tha t he had better back them so he
threw his su pport behind them, otherwise he would have been throw n
out; I guess he was actually eliminated for a time; and then later
the French decided, with our encouragement, to select Bao Dai to
head a pupp et government, as the one person they could thin k of
who could rally the non-Communist elements in Vietnam around him.
So he came back as the ruler but he d idn 't last very long before he
went back to the Riviera.
The Chairman. I am afra id I am not making it very clear.
Was Bao Dai jus t the emperor of just Annam, not Tonkin and
Cochin China ?
Mr. Moffat. Not Cochin China. Was Tonkin pa rt of it? No, ju st
Annam.
Mr. W hite . J us t Annam.
The C hairman. Th e capi tal of Annam is Hu e?
Mr. W hite . H ue.
The Chairman. Wha t was in Tonkin at t ha t time?
Mr. W hite . Tonkin was an independent, was a pro tectorat e as Mr.
Moffat says.
The Chairman. Directly under a Frenc h government?
Mr. W hite . Th at’s right.
The Chairman. This palace you met at, you met with Ho, was
old-----
Mr. W hite . Tha t was the Fren ch residence or palace.
The Chairman. The French residence fo r the Frenc h represe nta
tive.
VI ET NA M REGARDED AS SIN GL E PO LIT IC AL E N TI TY
Often we have talked about the section in the Geneva Accords which
says the 17th par allel is not to be recognized as a politic al division or
for any purpose other than for this regrouping.
Are you fam iliar with tha t ?
Mr. W hite . Th at is my recollection.
The Chairman. Which leaves the impression tha t they rega rd it,
all of Vie tnam, as a single political entity. Is th at correct, Mr. Moffat?
Mr. Moffat. Well, except t here was to be a plebiscite both in the
north and in the sou th; and the original problem t ha t Ho Chi Minh
had, everybody recognized his complete control of t he north, but the
various factions and the Frenc h efforts to break th e south away f rom
them, they said we will have a plebiscite and this was one of the agr ee
ments which was n ot carried out. By tha t time, nobody truste d any
vote anyw ay; it depended on who was control ling the election.
196
M E E T IN G W IT H H O C H I M I N H , DE CE M BE R, 19 4G
83-605 0— 73------14
204
Mr. Moffat. No, si r; I didn’t.
Mr. White . No, si r; I di dn’t.
The Chairman. H e came over here; he was in this country for a
while. He had been a member of the French Provincia l Government.
Had he not been the go vernor of one of the provinces ? I wondered if
you could draw any comparison between Diem and Ho as individuals.
But neithe r of you met Diem.
Mr. Moffat. No.
Mr. W hite . I do know something as a student of th e subject mat
ter. He was a Maryknoll Brothe r, a lay brother, from the Catholic
church. In fact, as I recall, another one o f hi9 bro thers was Arch
bishop of Vietnam. I believe he did come up throu gh the provincial
admini stratio n bu t it would have been as a Fre nch functionary.
The Chairman. Back in the thirties, something like tha t ?
Mr. White . Yes.
C O M M EN D A TI O N OF W IT N E SS ES
commendation of witness es
460 FO RE IG N AF FA IR S
icans would never end. Han oi’s leaders seemed to have hoped
that as the war dragged on, Americans would come to see a hope
less portr ait of corru pt Saigon leadership and an ineffective
South Vietnamese army. At the same time, Hanoi would seek to
demonstrate a willingness to match force w ith force at ever-in-
creasing levels. If the American public, or significant minorities
of the public, could be convinced of these factors, c ontinuation
of the war by the U.S. leadership would become bad politics.
The second aim of Han oi’s strategy, as I imagine it, was to
provide a face-saving exit for A merican leaders. It would not be
enough—indeed, it might be dangerous from Hano i’s view—to
leave official Washington in a situation where w ithdrawa l could
only mean defeat. Th at might lead to un limited escalation of the
war. Am erican leaders had to be assured that withdra wal could
take place w ithout severe withdr awal symptoms. From time to
time, Hanoi offered settlement packages that were not without
appeal. Thes e proposals, however, did not appeal to our leaders
because they were not looking for a face-saving way out, bu t for
a noncommunist South Vietnam.
Perhaps the surest sign that Han oi’s strategy made sense was
that our own leaders also believed that American politics was
the Achilles heel.
Officials rarely write memos with any explicit reference to
domestic affairs, and seldom even talk about them except to
friends and newspapermen off-the-record. The unfounded but
nevertheless potent myth about politics stopping at the water ’s
edge creates great pressure to keep one’s mouth shut, to think and
speak of foreign affairs as if it were something sacred. A fter all,
foreign policy deals w ith the security of our nation, and this is
no subject for narrow political advantage. President Trum an
once told a State Depart ment official who dared to speak di
rectly on the subject that he should not tell him about domestic
problems, bu t about “what is right .”
The public literat ure emanating from the inner circles is
nearly silent on the connections between foreign policy and do
mestic politics. And officials are almost as wary of talking about
domestic politics as they are of writin g on the subject. We get
glimpses of those few instances in odd ways. For example, the
point of Kenneth O ’Donnell’s article in the August 7, 1970 issue
of Lif e is to assure us that President Kennedy was waiting for the
right moment to pull out of Vietnam. Th at right moment for
210
A M E R IC A N P O L IT IC S A N D V IE T N A M 461
Pr esi de nt Kenn edy, O ’Don nel l decla res, was af ter the 1964
pre sid en tia l electi ons whe n the issue cou ld no lon ger be used
aga inst him . O r, we h ea r f rom close associ ates of Pr esi de nt Jo hn
son t ha t on a few occasions he wo uld gu ard ed ly tal k on the sub
ject. La ter , in his mem oirs, he w ro te:
. . . I knew our people well enough to reali ze tha t if we walk ed away
from Vietnam and let Southeast Asia fal l, there would follow a divisi ve and
destr uctiv e debate in our country. . . . A divisiv e debate about “who lost Viet
nam ” would be, in my judgme nt, even more destruct ive to our nati onal life
than the argum ent over China had been. . . . Our allie s . . . throu ghou t the
wo rld would conclude tha t our wor d was wor th little or nothin g . . . Moscow
and Peking] could not resist the oppo rtun ity to expand thei r contro l into the
vacuum of power. . . . Wit h Moscow and Peking . . . moving for wa rd, we
wou ld retu rn to a wo rld role to preve nt thei r full takeov er of Europe, Asia,
and the Mid dle East—afte r they ha d committed themselves.
462 FO RE IG N AF FA IR S
11
On the surface, it seemed that our Presidents should have no
special problems about U.S. goals in Vietnam. While no one
presumed th at Asian land wars were popular, there was evident
general acceptance of U.S. worldwide security responsibilities
among the public, press and Congress. And yet, problems did
arise.
One problem grew out of how to talk publicly about U.S. goals
without tying our hands in Saigon and in negotiations. In N a
tional Security Action Memorand um 52 of May 11, 1961, Presi
dent Kennedy approved the objective of “ preve nt(ing ) Commu
nist domination of South Viet nam.” I n N SAM 288 of Marc h 17,
1964, President Johnso n’s objective was defined as “an inde
pendent non-Communist South Vietnam.” But our leaders did
not choose to use this language when talking to the American
people. Public statements of goals came closest to the private
formulations in phrases like “stopping aggression.” The classi
fied language of the N S AMs was app arently deemed too nega
tive and not in line with the American tradition. Something
positive and more in keeping with American mythology was
required, and so the public goals became “self-determ ination,”
“free elections,” and “perm itting the South Vietnamese freely to
determine their own futur e.”
As a practical matter, self-determination language tended to
commit Washington to the existing Saigon government—perhaps
to a greater extent than even those who backed that regime de
sired. Wa shington’s representatives in Saigon made much of the
necessity and virtue of holding elections. Elections, so Saigon’s
leaders were told, would help to sell the war to the American
people. W hen Saigon’s leaders obliged, held elections and pre
dictably won them, Washington found itself confronted with a
government that had become “legitimat e.” And this legitimacy
conferred upon the winners increased b argainin g strength. The
Thie u and Ky power groups were thereby better able to resist
pressures for reform. Legitimacy in American eyes also invested
their regime with an enhanced voice in negotiations. As an ally,
Saigon had the right to consultations. As a legitimate govern
ment, Saigon expected and received the right to approve the
beginning of negotiations and the terms of settlement. As a con
sequence, attaining a settlement that did not ensure the perpe tua
tion of the i ncumbent Saigon regime became highly improbable.
212
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 463
Although it must be said t hat many Washington policy-makers
were not troubled by these problems, there were also many who
both shared official aims and wanted reform and flexibility.
These people found themselves without leverage.
A second problem was how to talk publicly about goals wi th
out unleashing pressures for the unlimited use of force. While
the objective of a noncommunist South Vietnam was specific,
our leaders did not want to employ maximum force to achieve it.
President Johnson prohibited use of U.S. ground and air forces
in Cambodia, ground forces in Laos, invasion of North Vietna m;
he also restricted air power in the North . He did not want to
risk a wider war and he sought to minim ize civilian casualties.
But unlimi ted ends, in time, are bound to lead to a call for un
limited means and the possibility always existed that popular
frustration or passion would bring about irresistible demands to
make means consistent with ends.
A third problem developed in 1966 as the ends of the war
themselves came into question. From this point on, President
Johnson was faced with a delicate choice. On the one hand, he
could have chosen to wave the “bloody flag” and infuse the war
with popular emotion. This, in the Pr esident’s estimation, would
have lit right-wing fires to win the war, thus eroding barriers
against the all-out use of force. And once these barriers were torn
down, so Lyndon Johnson apparentl y reasoned, right-wing de
mands could not be controlled. Such a strategy also would have
been incompatible with the Presiden t’s political style, which
emphasized consensus above all. On the other hand, he could run
parallel to this line by challen ging his critics wit h innuendo and
with the argument that fighting locally in Vietnam was prevent
ing the outbreak of large-scale aggression elsewhere. President
Johnson picked this course. Instead of insinuating that his critics
were traitors or communists, he called them “nervous Nellies”
and “ prophets of gloom and doom.” Instead of holdin g parades
down Pennsylvania Avenue, he held award ceremonies in the
Oval Office. As the wa r dragged on, however, none of this was
sufficient to quell the growing opposition.
Ill
The fact that the wa r was drag ging on related in part to the
historical roots of the conflict in Vietnam and to the means which
Presidents Kennedy and Johnson chose to fight it. Gra dual esca-
213
464 FO RE IG N AF FA IR S
lation was the chosen strategy for fighting the war. This fitted
in inte llectually with the Kennedy-Johnson m ilitary doctrine of
flexible and controlled response. In Vietnam, it meant a “slow
squeeze” bombing policy for No rth Vietnam and an attrition
policy for South Vietnam. Decisions about means, however, were
based upon judgments about both the least risky way to fight the
war and the best way to maintain public suppo rt at home.
The constraints which domestic politics imposed on the air
war against the No rth were aimed at minimizin g civilian casu
alties and the loss of pilots. T his meant avoiding key popula
tion centers and other highly defended areas. Such constraints
were reinf orced by diplomatic judgments which sought to mini
mize the risk of confronta tion wi th China and Russia. (All this,
however, did not prev ent the bombing of most fixed targets and
the dropp ing of more explosive tonnage than in all World
Wa r II .) The strategic decision to bomb in a gradual but rising
pattern (Roll ing Thu nde r) rather than a simultaneous whole
system cam paign (the Join t Chiefs of Staff [JC S] eight-week
plan) was probably made on diplom atic grounds.
It is also true that the bombing itself became a salient political
issue as pressures to begin negotiations increased. While Ame r
ican rig ht-wing and governmental leaders kept insisting on ma
jor concessions for stopping the bombing, doves argued that it
should be stopped only in return for Han oi’s promise to begin
talks. Whet her and on w hat terms to stop the bombing emerged
as the most symbolic political issue of the war in 1967 and 1968.
Domestic politics imposed a dominant constraint on the size
and development of the ground war in the South as well. As
many U.S. servicemen as possible could be sent to Vietnam as
quickly as possible for short terms of service, subject only to a
presidential prohibiti on against calling up the Reserves. In
accordance with established m ilitary procedure, U.S. force pos
ture was designed to expand by means of Active Reserve and N a
tional Guard call-ups. But to do so would be to disrup t lives of
many American families. Because the President did not want to
incur this pol itical liability, he chose to deplete and weaken U.S.
forces stationed in Europe and America and to increase draf t
calls. The burden fell on the young and the poor; for this and
other reasons, political opposition to the war tended to congeal
around these groups and th eir legislative allies. Not until Marc h
1968 did the J CS and their political allies outside the govern-
214
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 465
mcnt succeed in forcing the Pres ident’s hand on the Reserve issue,
and then he acceded only to a 25,000-man call-up.
If, after 1965, force decisions called for the maximum pos
sible, given domestic and diplomatic constraints, domestic poli
tics dictated the minimum necessary disruption of American life.
This was the case not only with respect to Reserve call-ups, but
with respect to the economics of the war. President Johnson
wanted guns and butter. He did not inform his chief economic
advisers of the fall 1965 decision to achieve a force level of 175,-
000 men. He resisted pressures for increased taxes througho ut
1966. Finally, in late 1967, he asked fo r a ten percent surtax, but
this fell far short of paying for the mounting costs of the war.
Moreover, he refused to let congressional leaders call it a war
tax. Short-r un prosperity was purchased at the price of long-run
inflation.
Domestic politics also impelled the leaders of the Johnson ad
ministration to become fire-fighters. Actions in Vietnam, if not
dictated, were often shaped by daily criticisms at home. The
many false starts on the pacification program came in response
to charges by legislators and journalists that Johnson was not
doing enough about “ the o ther war.” If legislators insisted that
Saigon’s forces do more of the fighting, willy-nilly, the size of
those forces was increased. No matter that the issue was quality,
not size. Size could be fixed faster. And so it was with many
other issues as the Administra tion sought vainly to paper over
critical television reports and front-page news stories with short-
run solutions.
But short-term fixes and a policy of not demanding domestic
sacrifices were not enough. The Presiden t also had to manipu late
time horizons carefully. Just as Hanoi tried to p ortray the war
as never-ending, Washington had to feed the impression of near-
term winnabi lity. The public would not stand for gradualism if
it promised only open-ended fighting with continued U.S. fatal
ities. Thu s was born the policy of c ontrolled optimism. Pressure
from the W hite House was felt t hrough out the government, into
the field, down to the very bottom of the command structure.
Show progress politically and militar ily! Visitors to the Oval
Office would be trea ted to a l ook at President Johnson pulling
Ambassador Lodge’s or Ambassador Bunker’s “weekly nodis”
cable out of his inside jacket pocket and hearing how things were
getting better. Pointed questions about when the war would end
215
466 FO RE IG N AF FA IR S
were side-stepped if possible. Only if answers had to be pro vided
would the truth be admitted. (Fortu nately for Administra tion
strategy, the news media made little of these isolated revelations.)
Admitt ing to the public that the war would take time, officials
seemed to have reasoned, would play into Han oi’s hands. So,
* whenever possible, the Administra tion assured the public of u lti
mate success. Some officials were allowed to climb out on a limb
and p redict imminent victory. Others volunteered their genuine
> optimism. The net effect was to lead the public to think t hat the
end was near. But the dilemma of this strategy could not have
been lost on our leaders. Optimism without results would only
work for so long; afte r that, it would produce the credibil ity gap.
IV
Behind the fall into the credibi lity gap and beyond the Presi
dent’s domestic strategy, there resided a vital and unquestioned
assumption—that America was basically hawkish and that the
forces of conservatism, if not reaction, would always prevail over
the liberal groups. Thi s assumption probably underpinned Pres
ident Kennedy’s remarks to Kenneth O’Donnell and Senator
Mansfield in 1963 that he was wa iting until after the next elec
tion before changing direction in Vietnam. In the ensuing years,
President Johnson occasionally lectured reporters and his own
aides on the politics of the wa r. H e is supposed to have told them
that they were worrying about the wrong domestic opposition.
They were worrying, so the stories ran, about the liberals and
the doves, b ut the real problem was the conservatives. They had
“done in” President Trum an over China. They still held the
reins of power in the congressional committees. They were the
difference between the success and failure of Great Society leg
islation. And waiting in the wings was latent right-win g Mc-
Carthyism, thr eatenin g to strike at all that liberals held dear if a
President of the United States ever lost a war. Although none of
these stories can be taken at face value, the point is there—the
nation, in the opinion of our leaders, would not tolerate the loss of
a “free” country to communism.
Were Presidents Kennedy and Johnson correct in their esti
mation of American politics as essentially conservative? Was the
strategy of gradualism consistent with these assumptions? And
was this strategy the best way of convincing Hanoi that they
had the public support necessary to stay the course in Vietnam?
216
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 467
The evidence on the first question is mixed. For the assump
tion that U.S. politics were essentially conservative, we have the
facts that : professional politicians widely held this view; con
servatives did influence the Congress d isproportion ately to th eir
numbers; President Trum an did suffer because of China and
Korea; public opinion polls from 1954 until a year ago did show
a ma jority of Americans against losing South Vietnam to com
munism. Against this assumption, we have the facts that: the
alternatives in many of the Vietnam polls (unilat eral w ithdraw al
or a nnihilation of the enemy) gave the respondent little choice;
other polls showed a majority against losing to communism, but
also showed a majority against using U.S. forces to accomplish
this; polls on foreign affairs strongly tend to follow the presi
dential lead; the Pre sident’s overall popularity was droppin g in
the polls; and the majority of Americans eventually did turn
against the war, or at least against fighting at any sizable cost in
lives and dollars.
Perhap s the answer is that o ur Presidents were right about the
conservative thrust of American politics until March 1968, and
that it took the experience of the Vietnam W ar to deflate public
passions about losing countries to communism.
The answer to the second question—did the strategy of grad
ualism fit the assumption of hawkishness?—is yes, but more than
that as well. On the surface, the strategy was directed toward
the right wing. As the war went on, gradualism did become the
functional equivalent of escalation. And escalation, in t urn, was
supposed to meet not only the increasing military needs in the
field, but appease the hawks at home as well. Yet, the right wing
was not satisfied. The y always wanted much more than Johnson
would give. And the President must have known that this would
be the case, for his strategy was much more complex than a
simple effort to placate the Right.
On a deeper level, gradualism was designed to control both
the Right and the Left. With respect to the management of the
domestic aspects of the war, it rested im plicitly on the belief that
asking the public to swallow the war whole would backfire,
leading to irresistible pressures either to win or get out. It was
the p roduct of the old consensus game. The key was to stake out
the middle ground. Everyone was to be given the illusion that the
war would soon be over. The Righ t was to be given escalation.
The Left was to be given occasional peace overtures. The middle
217
468 F O R E IG N Zx FF AI RS
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 469
sia and a garrison state at home. If the public balked and wanted
to “bug out,” a McCarth yite reaction might ensue. And yet,
going less than all-out would not be enough to win milita rily—
at least for many years. Only by accepting the risks of using
maximum force and only by asking for domestic sacrifices could
President Johnson have convinced Hanoi that the U nited States
had crossed the threshold from a policy of questionable persis
tence to a wa r of no return, and t hat the Ame rican commitment
to the war was irrevocable.
Thus, President Johnson’s dilemma was stark. He would not
try maximum force to win, because that would risk World
Wa r II I. He would not replay Vietnam as China 1949, lose it
and take the case to the public, because t hat would risk another
round of McCarthyism. He would, as a last resort, repl ay Viet
nam as Korea, hoping to outlast the other side and getting them
to agree to stay on their side of the line—and risk wearing down
his nation and countrymen.
President Johnson could look back at the Korean Wa r and
think it was bad, but not as bad as losing China. Ha rry Tr uman
was rou ndly attacked for his self-rest raint in fighting the Korean
Wa r—and yet, most Americans saw it as a courageous decision,
and the history books were filled with praise for the beleagured
President. China ruined President Truma n. Th at is, it ruined
him politi cally at th at time—and its “loss” did ignite McC arthy
ism. But in the perspective of those very same history books,
President Tru man ’s decision to back away from the corrupt
regime of Chiang and accept the tide of Mao was hailed as his
most courageous and wisest hour. Lyndon Johnson did not see it
that way. He would continue with middle-course actions in V iet
nam, playing off Left and Righ t against one another at home. This
strategy satisfied neither hawks nor doves; nor did it face down
the Nor th Vietnamese. The costs were staggering and are still
incalculable—as are the costs of what might have been had the
United States withdraw n or gone “ all-out.” And yet, President
Johnson played his hand well enough to prevent the essential
domino from falling and to persist in his policy.
VI
On Ja nuar y 25, 1972, President Nixon publicly revealed two
peace proposals which Henry Kissinger had made secretly to
Hanoi. One proposal dealt with an overall settlement, including
219
470 F O R E IG N A F F A IR S
free electi ons “r un by an ind epe nde nt body rep res ent ing all po
liti cal forces in Sou th Vi etn am ,” wit h int ern ati onal sup ervi sion ,
and wi th Pr es id en t T hi eu ste pp ing d own fro m office p rio r to the
vote. Th e second prop osal , a mi lit ary s ettl eme nt car ved out fro m
the ove rall sett leme nt, offere d “a tota l wi th dr aw al fro m Sou th
Vie tna m of all U.S. forces and oth er for eig n forces . . . wi thi n
six mo nth s” pro vid ed tha t Ha no i agr ee to a phas ed ret urn of
U.S. pris one rs of wa r and an Ind oc hin a-w ide ceasefi re “i m pl e
men t (in g) the pri nc ip le tha t all arm ed forces of the cou ntri es of
In do ch ina must rem ain wi thi n th eir nat ion al fro nti ers .” Ce rta in
am big uiti es in these prop osal s wi th resp ect to the power s of the
ele cto ral comm ission , the tim ing of the mu tua l wi thd raw al, fu
tur e U.S . m ili tar y aid to Saigo n, and the pha sin g of a se ttlem ent,
cou ld ind ica te a new Am eri ca n flexibi lity- Stil l, the Pr esi de nt did
make cle ar th at Ha no i had ign ore d and, in effect, had foun d
both pack ages una cce pta ble . Ha no i has long oppo sed both ele c
tions c ont rol led by ot he r th an a co alit ion g ove rnm ent a nd a ceas e
fire -m utu al wi th dr aw al as too risky for its su pport ers in Sou th
Vie tnam . Y et, A me ric ans wer e boun d to see t he Pr es id en t’s offe rs
as reaso nable , as a fa ir com prom ise. Th e Pr esi de nt did man age
to qu iet V ietn am c ritic s.
But the his tory of po pu lar and pol itic al reac tion to pre sid en
tial peace ove rtu res is fi lled wit h peaks and valley s. Both Jo hn
son and Ni xo n have been able to gai n renew ed su pp or t in the
sho rt run only to lose it as th ei r prop osal s prov ed non -neg otia ble
and as the rea litie s of the w ar aga in reass ert thems elves. As
Am eri can tro op levels dec line , U.S. ba rga ini ng pow er eva po
rates. W hi le a good case can be mad e tha t eit he r of the “n ew”
offers are in H an oi ’s inte rest to acce pt, Ha no i seems like ly to
con tinu e to reje ct them . T he ir aim app ear s to be not only w ith
dra wa l of the di re ct U.S . m ili tar y presen ce, but the cessati on of
all m ilit ary assistan ce to the Saig on regim e, inc lud ing nava l and
air s up po rt fro m beyo nd In do ch ina itself. At this time , the odds
are they wil l settle fo r no thi ng less. Th e wa r wi ll go on. An d
because the poli tics of the wa r are so f rag ile , it still behoove s us
to take a c loser look at wh ere we stand on Vie tna m in Am eri ca.
Pre sid en t Ni xo n has define d the U.S. obje ctive in Vie tna m in
the same o ver all term s as did Pr esi de nt Joh nso n. In his Fe br ua ry
25, 1971, “F or eig n Po lic y Re po rt, ” Pr esi de nt Ni xo n affirme d
tha t wi th resp ect to bot h neg otia tion s and Vi etn am iza tio n, “W e
seek the op po rtu ni ty for the Sou th Vie tnam ese peo ple to det er-
8 3 -6 0 5 O -7 3 - 15
220
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 471
mine their own political future without outside interference.”
With the invasion of Laos and with ever-receding possibilities
for a negotiated settlement, the goal of Vietnamizatio n was clar i
fied to mean “prov iding a reasonable chance fo r the South Vi et
namese to defend themselves.” Some were led to believe that this
meant American forces would be totally withdraw n with the
President hoping for a “decent interva l” to elapse after that f ull
withdr awal and before a communist takeover, so that our respon
sibility for the collapse of the Saigon government would be d i
minished. Others interprete d it as merely an indication that we
are progressively turning over the fighting to the Saigon govern
ment. Still others saw it as the old objective of “an independent
noncommunist South Vietnam” and as a way of preserving the
Thieu regime. Dressed in new, moderate words because the war
itself is being deeply questioned, the N ixon goal has occasioned
more controversy than President Johnson’s. But it has also af
forded the President the flexibility necessary for troop reduc
tions.
By May 1972, the U.S. troop ceiling in Vietnam will be 69,000
men. And the Pre sident has promised another troop withdraw al
announcement before that time. If Hanoi continues to reject the
Nixon peace proposals, Vietnamiz ation will result in the main
tenance of two American residual forces as long as is necessary:
one in Vietnam providing essentially logistical support, and the
other (not counted as p art of the force ceiling) in Tha iland and
on ca rriers off the Vietnamese shore p roviding air power. I t c er
tainly includes continuing economic and militar y assistance to
Saigon at close to $2 billion per ye ar as well.
The Viet namization policy has p roduced a different domestic
political problem than President Johnson’s policy of escalation.
For President Johnson, the problem was how many troops could
be put into Vietnam and profitably employed despite tenuous
domestic support. For President Nixon, the problem has been
how few troops can be wi thdrawn while maintainin g a milit ary
balance in Vietnam but still assuaging the growing domestic
opposition.
The issue for both Presidents was how to balance military risks
in the field with conflicting political risks at home. President
Johnson, who was not faced with serious domestic opposition to
the war until March 1968, took few risks with the situation in
Vietnam. A fter opinion tur ned against the war, President John-
221
472 F O R E IG N A F F A IR S
son pa id fo r this e ar lie r deci sion wit h t he loss of po liti cal stre ngt h.
Pr esi de nt Ni xo n has been assu min g risks on both scales. H e has
take n chan ces wi th po pu la r su pp or t by or de rin g the invas ions of
Ca mb odi a and Laos and the “p rot ect ive rea ctio n” bom bin g
strike s a gai nst N or th Vie tnam . Bu t he ha s also run risks in Sou th
Vie tna m by r ed uc ing for ces fas ter t han t he U.S . m ili tar y deem ed
safe. T he c om bin atio n of moves has led to a red uct ion in A m er i
can dea ths and cas ualt ies (fr om ove r 500 pe r week in 1968 to
abo ut 50 pe r wee k at the be gin nin g of 1972) and costs (fr om
abo ut $25 bil lio n in 1968 to abo ut $7 b illi on for 1972). T he m ili
tar y situ atio n has rem ain ed stab le in Vie tna m. Fo r the Pr es i
de nt’s purpo ses, h is s trat egy has been a n ap pa re nt success at h ome
and in Vi etn am — at least i n the wa ke of his J an ua ry 25th speech .
On one level, Pr esi de nt N ix on seems to have succ eeded in
ne ut ra liz in g Vi etn am as a pri me issue in the for thc om ing N o
vem ber ele ctio n. As Se cre tar y o f Defe nse M elv in La ird said in a
telev ision in ter vi ew : “T he A me ric an peo ple un der sta nd the d if
fere nce betw een ad dit ion a nd su btr ac tio n.” U.S. troo ps have bee n
wi th dr aw n fro m Vie tna m on sch edu le and even ahe ad of the
sche dule of pre sid en tia l ann ounc eme nts. T he wi nd in g down of
the wa r and the steep dr op in Am eri ca n casu altie s, acc ord ing to
this view, have def use d the opp osit ion .
V II
Po lit ica l pu nd its have obse rved wh at was the re fo r all of us
to see—th e gen era l sub sidi ng of acti ve cri tic ism of the Pr es i
de nt’s Vie tna m polic y. Such cri tic ism no lon ger dom ina ted the
news me dia in the w eek pre ce din g N ix on ’s C hin a visit. Becaus e
they seemed to ill us tra te the conseq uence s of the Pr es id en t’s po l
icy, the inva sion of Ca mb odi a and the subs eque nt tra ge dy at
Ken t Stat e in 1970 pro bab ly rep res ent ed the hig h po int of op
positi on. But a c urio us phe nom eno n dev elop ed the rea fte r. W hi le
opp osit ion to t he w ar w ide ned thr ou gh ou t the Un ite d States, the
gro up of activ e crit ics seem ingl y nar row ed to the politi ca l Le ft.
Mo re Am eri can s we re aga ins t the wa r, bu t few er we re do ing
any thi ng abo ut th ei r belie fs. Pr es id en t Ni xo n rea ped an oth er
po liti cal benef it fro m Ca mb odi a— it def used rig ht- wi ng cr it i
cism of wa r polic y. Con serv ativ es seemed gra tifi ed th at this
san ctu ary fina lly had been inv ade d and pleas ed by the subse
que nt U .S. tro op red ucti ons. U nli ke Joh nso n, Ni xo n did n ot have
to w orr y abo ut his rig ht fla nk fro m this po int on.
222
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 473
While questioning of the war by Congressmen and Senators
became more widespread, and while amendments were passed
which placed limits on U.S. involvement in Cambodia and Laos,
the M cGovern -Hatfield Am endment to set a deadline for with
drawal of all American forces failed by a larger vote in 1971
than in 1970. The political th rust of congressional opposition did *
not succeed in compelling the Presiden t to accept total with
drawal by a certain date in exchange for POWs only, but it d id
succeed in making escalation of the wa r more improbable and in «
hastening troop reductions. In oth er words, congressional opposi
tion to the w ar increased, but legislators still showed themselves
ready to follow the Presiden t’s lead as long as U.S. troops were
being withdrawn, U.S. casualties were being reduced and as long
as it looked as if Vietn amization was working.
On a different level, however, Vietnam seems to remain a ma
jor political issue. An October 1971 Gallu p report ranked Viet
nam right behind economic problems and well ahead of crime,
race, poverty and other matters on the list of “the most important
problems facing this country today.” One Harr is poll showed
that a majority of the American people believed that the wa r in
Vietnam was immoral. A Februa ry 1971 Gallup poll found that
61 percent believed that the war was a mistake while only 28
percent felt t hat it was not. More revealing are the responses in
Gall up’s A ugust 1971 report where it was asked: “Suppose one
candidate for Congress . . . said that he favors gett ing all U.S.
armed forces out of Vietnam by July 1 of next year, and he is op
posed by a candidate who says we must leave about 50,000 troops
there to help the South Vietnamese. Other things being equal,
which candidate would you prefe r?” Sixty-one percent favored
complete withdrawl, while 28 percent wanted to leave troops and
11 percent had no opinion. More importantly for President
Nixon, Gallup claimed in his Ju ne 1971 report that the Presi
dent faces a “giant-size credibili ty gap on Vietnam.” I n response
to the question: “Do you think that the N ixon administration is
or is not telling the publ ic all they should know about the Viet
nam war?,” 24 percent said “is” and 67 percent said “is not.” And
despite the Pre sident ’s promises to end the war, 51 percent of the
respondents believed that the war will last two years or more, or
never end. A t bottom, President Nixo n’s c redibility gap has the
same sources as Preside nt Johnson’s—promises of an end to a war
that does not end.
223
474 FO RE IG N AF FA IR S
The results of these polls n otwithstanding, critics of the war
themselves seem to believe that the Presiden t has captured the
electoral high ground. Most of these critics have switched the
terms of their attack from arguing that the Preside nt’s policy
will not work to a rguing that it is immoral and will only per
petuate the war and the consequences of the war. This tacit con
cession to the progress of Vietnamiza tion and to the political
success of the Preside nt’s latest peace proposal at once evokes
the true feelings of the critics and their political weakness. T hei r
moral argument assumes a strong public interest in Vietnam, but
in reality it seems to be that while the American public is in
creasingly opposed to the war, the majo rity really does not want
to hear about it. Moreover, if the plight of people in Biafra and
more recently in Ba ngladesh—to say nothing of the My Lai mas
sacres—did not touch the moral sensitivity of even a f raction of
Americans, it is doubtful that the specter of Vietnamese ki lling
Vietnamese would s tir the national conscience either. As long as
fewer Americans are in Vietnam, fewer Americans are being
killed and the cost of the war is being reduced, opposition to the
Presid ent’s policy will be unlikely to change that policy.
All of these politic al calculations are based on the assumption
that the situation in V ietnam in the fall of 1972 will not be a p
preciably different from what it is early this spring. Wha t
would happen politically in the United States if the situation
were deterior ating in one way or another? One scenario would
have the Nor th Vietnamese stepping up their military attacks,
defeating the Saigon government forces, and on the verge of
nullifyin g Vietnam ization. Such an eventuality might lead many
Americans to believe that fo ur years of N ixon ’s policy had been
for naught, that essentially the United States was back to where
it was in 1965. It is unlikely, however, that Vietnamiza tion will
prove to be such an immediate failure. The Nor th Vietnamese
forces are weaker and the Saigon forces stronger than most
critics had predicted they would be a year or three years ago.
Therefo re, the kind of collapse posited in this scenario is highly
improbable. But should it come to pass, latent opposition to the
war would be rekindled and the President would be in a very
difficult position at home.
A second scenario would have the Nor th Vietnamese la unch
ing countrywide offensives w ith spotty victories, and the United
States in retaliation carryin g out a continuing program of air
224
AM ER IC AN PO LI TI CS AN D VI ET NA M 475
strikes against population and population-rel ated targets in
Nor th Vietnam. T his scenario seems more likely than the first.
Presiden t Nixo n has promised on many occasions to take “ deci
sive action” in the event Hanoi increases the tempo of fighting
in the South, and he has on a number of occasions ca rried out
that threat. While it is true that past congressional, media and
popul ar reactions to these “protective-r eaction” bombing raids
against No rth Vietnam have not been widespread, the image of
U.S. planes hi tting new targets in Nor th Vietnam right before
election time would remind the American people that the war
was still going on. Latent opposition to the war would again
emerge, to the probable disadvantage of the Presid ent.
If the war heats up in the summer and fall, it w ill be a polit
ical issue in the Novem ber elections. And it wi ll be a bitter issue.
Nei the r Republicans nor Democrats will want for superlative
and invective. But no matter who is elected Preside nt in 1972,
Vietnam will continue to take its toll on American society. If
Preside nt Nixon is reelected and the war grinds on indetermi
nately, the youth and the intellectual s of our nation will become
ever more alienated. Th is is not a large g roup of people, but they
are precious to the national conscience. If a Dem ocrat is elected
who is prepared to meet all of H anoi ’s demands, end the war and
not provide the Saigon government with any assistance whatever,
he will be charged with having “snatched defeat from the jaws
of victory.” Presiden t Johnson ’s nightmare of the right-wing
reaction could well become a reality.
The only somewhat hopeful way out of this dilemma is for
Preside nt Nixon now to share responsibility with the present
Congress in offering the sole proposal that still might break the
negotiating deadlock—a term inal date fo r the withdra wal of all
U.S. forces and an end to a ll U.S. bombing in Indochin a in re
turn for the safe wi thdraw al of forces and the phased return of
POWs. As I wri te, the Pr esident has not yet made this proposal.
The nation, I believe, would unite behind this approach. Such
unity would not be without impact on Han oi’s leaders, whatever
their internal differences are, at this moment, with respect to a
settlement of the war. F or while Hano i’s leaders may not be able
to agree to propose such a solution, they may be able to agree
to accept it.
R EP R IN T 206
Vie tna m:
Th e S ys te m W or ke d
by LESLIE H. GELB
TH E B R O O K IN G S IN S T IT U T IO N
W A S H IN G T O N DC 1971
(225)
226
RE PR IN T 206
Credit: Rep rinte d August 1971, with permis sion, from Foreign Policy, Nu mb er 3,
Sum mer 1971, pp. 140-67. © 1971 by Na tion al Affairs, Inc.
The Au tho r: Leslie H. Gelb is a Senior Fello w in the Fore ign Policy Studi es Pr o
gram at the Brooki ngs Insti tution .
No te: Th e inte rpre tati ons and conc lusion s in Brooki ngs rep rin ts are thos e of the
auth ors and do no t necessarily reflect the views of the staff, officers, or trust ees of the
Brooki ngs Ins titut ion or of orga niza tion s th at sup por t its resea rch.
Order from :
Public ations Sales
T H E B R O O K IN G S I N S T I T U T I O N
1775 Massachu setts Avenue, N.W.
Washing ton, D.C. 2003 6
227
Gtlb
Ge lb
believed th at it was neces sary to pre ven t the since Wor ld Wa r II saw Vie tna m as a vital
loss o f Vi etn am and , afte r 1954, Sou th fac tor in al lianc e politics , U .S.- Sov iet-C hine se
Vi etn am by force to the Com mun ists. Th e rela tion s, an d dete rrenc e. Th is was as t ru e in
reas ons fo r this var ied from pe rson to pers on, 1950 and 1954 as it was in 1961 an d 1965. T he
fro m bur eauc racy to bur eauc racy , ove r time rec ord of Unit ed States mili tary an d e cono mic
an d in e mph asis . For the mo st par t, how ever , assis tanc e to fight Co mm uni sm in In do ch ina
they ha d little to do with Vie tna m itself. A tells thi s story qui te clearly. From 1945 to
few men argued th at Vi etn am ha d intr ins ic 1951, U.S. aid to F ranc e tota led o ve r $3.5 bil
strateg ic milit ary an d econ omic imp orta nce , lion . W ith ou t this, the Fre nch po sit ion in
bu t this view nev er prev ailed . Th e rea son s In do ch ina would ha ve been un ten ab le. By
rested on br oa der int ern ati on al, dom estic , 1951, the U.S. was payin g ab ou t 40 per cen t
an d bur eau cra tic con sid era tion s. o f th e costs of the In do ch ina war an d ou r
O ur leade rs gave th e international rep ercu s sha re was going up. In 1954, it is estim ated,
sion s of “ losin g” as the ir do m ina nt exp licit U.S. econ omic an d tec hni cal assist ance
rea son f or Vi etn am ’s im por tan ce. Du rin g th e am ou nte d to $703 millio n an d milit ary aid
Tr um an Ad mi nis tra tio n, In do ch ina ’s im po r tot ale d alm ost $2 billi on. Th is add ed up to
tan ce was mea sure d in term s of Fren ch- alm ost 80 perc ent of the tot al Fre nc h costs.
Am eric an rela tion s an d Wa shi ng ton ’s de sire From 1955 to 1961, U.S . milita ry a id a verag ed
to reb uild Fran ce int o the cent erpi ece of ab ou t $200 mi llion per year. Th is mad e So uth
futu re Eu rop ean secur ity. Aft er th e cold war Vi etn am the seco nd largest reci pien t of s uch
he ate d up an d a fter the fall of Ch in a, a Fre nch aid, top ped onl y by Korea. By 1963, Sou th
defe at in Ind oc hin a was also seen as a defe at Vi etn am ran ked first amo ng recip ient s of
for th e policy of co nta inm en t. In th e Eisen milita ry assista nce. In e cono mic assist ance, it
how er years, Ind oc hin a becam e a “ testin g follow ed onl y Ind ia an d Paki stan.
gr ou nd ” betw een th e Free Wor ld an d Co m Th e domestic reper cussi ons of “ losing ”
mun ism an d th e bas is for the fa mou s “ dom ino Vi etn am prob ably were equally im po rta nt in
the ory ” by w hich t he fall of Ind oc hin a would Presi dent ial minds . Lett ing Vi etn am “go
lead to th e d ete rio rat ion of Ame rica n security Co mm un ist ” was und oub tedl y seen as:
ar ou nd t he globe. Pre side nt Ken nedy publicly [> ope nin g the floodga tes to dom estic c riti
reaffirmed the fallin g dom ino con cep t. His cism an d atta ck for being “so ft on Co m
prim ary con cer n, how eve r, was for his “ rep mu nis m” or ju st plain soft;
ut ati on for ac tio n” afte r th e Bay of Pigs fiasco, [> dissi patin g P reside ntial influe nce by h av
the Vi en na mee ting wit h Kh rus hch ev, and ing to answ er thes e c harges;
th e Laos crisis, an d in meeti ng th e chal leng e [> ali ena ting c ons erva tive lead ersh ip in the
of “ wars of na tio na l lib era tio n” by co un ter Con gres s an d ther eby end ange ring th e Presi
insur gency wa rfare . U nd er Presi dent John so n, de nt ’s legislative progr am;
the code wor d rati ona les becam e Mu nic h, t> jeopardiz ing elect ion pro spe cts for the
credib ility, com mit me nts an d the U.S . word, Presi dent a nd h is party ;
a wate rshe d test of wills with Co mm uni sm, [> un der cut ting dom estic sup po rt for a
raising the costs of a ggression, an d th e pr in “ resp onsi ble” U.S. world role; an d
ciple th at arm ed aggression sha ll no t be t> enlargin g the prosp ects for a right-wi ng
allowed to succeed. Th ere is ev ery rea son to rea cti on —the nigh tma re of a M cC art hy ite
assume tha t o ur l eader s actuall y beli eved wha t garri son state.
they said, given b ot h the co ld war co nte xt in U.S. dom estic politic s req uire d ou r leaders
whic h they were all rear ed and the lack of to ma int ain bo th a peacefu l wor ld an d one
con trad icto ry eviden ce. in whi ch Co mm un ist ex pan sio n was s toppe d.
Wi th very few excep tions , the n, ou r le aders In ord er to hav e th e public s up po rt necessa ry
142. 143.
229
Gelb
to use force against Commu nism, our leaders the objective to deny the Com munists c ontro l
had to employ st rong generalized, ideological over all Vietnam . T his was fu rther defined to
rhetoric. Th e price of this rhetor ic was co n preclude coalition governments with the
sistency. How co uld our leaders shed Ameri Communists.
can blood in Korea and keep large numbers The im portance of the objective was evalu
of American tro ops in Euro pe at great expense ated in terms o f cost, a nd the perceived costs
unless they were also willing to stop Com of disengagement outweighed the cost of
munism in V ietnam? furth er engagement. Some allies might urge
Bureaucratic judgments and stakes were disengagement, but then cond emn the U.S.
also involved in defining U.S. interests for doing so. Th e domestic groups which were
in Vietna m. Most bureauc rats probably expected to criticize growing involvem ent
prompt ed o r s hared the belief of the ir leaders always were believed to be outnum bered by
abou t the serious repercussions of losing those who would hav e attacked “cutt ing and
Vietna m. Once direct bureaucr atic presence runn ing. ” The question of wheth er our
was established after the French departu re, leaders would have started down the road if
this belief was reinforced and extended. The they knew this would mean over half a mil
military had to prove tha t Americ an arms lion men in Vietna m, over 40,000 U.S.
and advice could succeed where the French deaths, and the expendi ture of well over
could not. Th e Foreign Service ha d to prove $100 billion is historically irrelevant. Only
tha t it c ould bring abou t political stability in Presidents Kennedy and Joh nso n had to
Saigon an d “buil d a n atio n.” The cia h ad to conf ron t the possibility of these large costs.
prove tha t pacification would work, aid had The poin t is tha t each admi nistra tion was
to prove tha t millions o f dollars in a ssistance prepared to pay th e costs it could foresee for
and advice cou ld bri ng political returns. itself. No one seemed to have a better solu
The U.S. commit ment was rationalized as tion. Each could at least pass th e b aton o n to
early as 1950. It was set in 1955 when we the next.
replaced the French. Its logic was furthe r Presidents could not trea t Vietn am as if
fulfilled by President Kennedy. After 1965, it were “v ital” without creating high stakes
when the U.S. took over the war, it was interna tional ly, domestically, and withi n thei r
immeasurably ha rdened. own b ureaucracies. But the rh etoric conveyed
There was little cond itiona l charact er to different messages:
the U.S. commit ment—except for avoiding To the Communi sts, it was a signal tha t
“the big w ar.” Every President talked about their action s would be met by count eracti ons.
the ultimate responsibility resting with the To the American people, it set the belief
Vietnamese (and the French before them). tha t the President would ensure tha t the
This “co ndit ion” seems to have been meant threa tened natio n did not fall into Com mu
much more as a warning to our friends tha n nist han ds—although withou t the antici pa
a real limitation. In every crunch , it was swept tion of sacrificing America n lives.
aside. The only real limit applied to Russia To the Congress, it m arked the Presiden t’s
and Chin a. Ou r leaders were no t prep ared to responsibility to ensure t ha t V ietnam did not
run the risks of nuclear war o r even th e risks go Comm unist and maximized incentives for
of a direct conv entio nal military con fron ta legislators to support him or at least remain
tion with the Soviet Un ion and Chi na. These silent.
were separate decisions. Th e line between To the U.S. professional military, it was a
them and everything else done in Vietna m promise tha t U.S. forces would be used, if
always held firm. With this exception, the necessary and to the degree necessary, to
commitmen t was always defined in terms of defend V ietnam.
144. 145.
230
Gtlb
146. 147.
231
Gelb
of the military. Thirdly, an ever-present group many persons a roun d them. A ll were basically
of “fixers” was making urgent demand s to centrist politicians.
strengthe n and broad en the Saigon govern The ir immediate aim was always to prevent
ment in order to achieve political victory. a C omm unist takeover. Th e actions they ap
Every executive agency had its fixers. They proved were usually only what was minimally
were usually able men whose entire preoccu necessary to that aim. Each President deter
patio n was to make things better in Vietnam . mined the “minimal necessity” by trial and
From outside the admi nistra tion, there were error and his own judgment. T hey might h ave
hawks who insisted on winning and hawks done more and done it more rapidly if they
who wanted to “win or get o ut. ” C apito l Hill were convinc ed that: (1) the thre at of a
hawks, the conservativ e press, and, for m any Comm unist takeove r were more immediate,
years, Cath olic organiza tions were in the (2) U.S. domestic politics would have been
forefront. more permissive, (3) the governm ent of
Th e pressures for disengagement and for South Vietn am had the requisite political
de-escalation derived mostly from th e outside stability and military potent ial for effective
with occasional and often unkn own allies use a nd (4) the job really would have gotten
from within. Small for most of the Vietn am done. After 1965, however, the minimal
years, these forces grew steadily in strength necessity became the maximum they could
from 1965 o nward . Isolated congressmen and get given the same domestic and in terna tion al
senator s led the fight. First they did so on constrai nts.
anticol onialist grounds. Lat er the ir objecti ons The tact ic o f the minimally necessary deci
developed moral aspects (interfering in a sion makes o ptimum sense for t he politics o f
civil war) and extend ed to non-winna bility, the Presidency. Even our strongest Presidents
domestic priorities, and the senselessness of have te nded to shy away from decisive action.
the war. Peace organizat ions and studen t It has been too uncerta in, too risky. They
groups in particu lar came to domin ate head derive thei r streng th from moveme nt (the
lines and air time. Journali sts played a critical image of a lot of activity) and building and
role—especially throu gh television reports. neutralizing opp onents . T oo seldom has there
From within each admin istrati on, oppositi on been forceful moral leadership; it may even
could be found: (1) among isolated military be undemocra tic. The small step that main
men who di d not want the U.S. in an Asian tains the momen tum gives the President the
land war; (2) a mong some S tate Depart ment chance to gather more political support . It
intelligence and area specialists who knew gives the appea rance of minimizing possible
Vietna m and believed the U.S. objective was mistakes. It allows time to gauge reactions.
unat taina ble at any reasona ble price; and It serves as a pressure-relieving valve against
(3) within the civili an agencies of the Defense those who want to do more. It can be do led
Depa rtment and isolated individua ls at State out. Above all, it gives the President some
and cia, particula rly after 1966, whose efforts thing to d o next time.
were t raine d on finding a politically feasible The tactic makes c onsumm ate sense when
way out. it is believed tha t nothi ng will fully work or
Ou r Presidents reacted to the pressures as tha t t he costs of a “ winning” move would be
brakemen, pulling the switch against both too high. This was the case with Vietna m.
the advocates of “decisive escalati on” and This decision-making tactic explains why th e
the advocates of disengagement. The politics U.S. involvem ent in Vietn am was gradual
of the Presidency largely dictate d this role, and step by step.
but the personalities of the Presidents were While the immediate aim was to preven t a
also impor tant. Non e were as ideological as Comm unist victory an d improve th e po sition
148. 149.
232
Gelb
of th e anti -Communists, the longer term goal govern Vietna m—were not negotiable. Free
was a political settlement. As late as February elections, local sharing of power, intern ation al
1947, Secretary of State Marshall expressed supervision, cease-fires—none of these could
the hope tha t “a pacific basis of adjustme nt serve as a basis for settlement. What were
of the difficulties” between France and the legitimate compromises from Wash ington ’s
Vietm inh could be foun d. 1 After that, point of view were matters of life and death
Tr um an’s policy hardened, but there is no to the Vietnamese. For A merican leaders, the
evidence to suggest tha t until 1950 he was stakes were “ keeping thei r word” and saving
urging the French not to settle with the their political necks. For t he Vietnamese, the
Vietnames e Communis ts. Eisenhower, it stakes were their lives and their lifelong
should be remembered, was the President who political aspirations. Free elections meant
tacitly agreed (by n ot interve ning in 1954) t o bodily exposur e to the C ommu nist guerrillas
the creati on of a Comm unist state in No rth and likely defeat to the anti-C ommunists. The
Vietna m. President Kennedy had all he could risk was too great. The re was no trust, no
do to preven t complete political collapse in confidence.
South Vietnam . H e had, therefore, little basis The Vietn am war could no more be settled
on which to compromise. President John son by tradi tiona l diplomati c compromises tha n
inheri ted this political instability, and to add any other civil war. President Lincoln could
to his woes, he faced in 1965 what seemed to not settle with the South. The Spanish
be the prospect of a Comm unist military Republicans and Gene ral Franco ’s Loyalists
victory. Yet, by his standin g offer for free an d could not have conceivably mended their
intern ationa lly supervised elections, he ap fences by elections. Non e of the post-World
parently was prepared to accept Comm unist War II insurgencies—Greece, Malaya, and the
particip ation in the political life of the Philippines—ended with a negotiated peace.
South. In each of these cases, the civil differences
By tradi tiona l diplomatic stand ards of were put to rest—if at all—only by th e logic
negotiations between sovereign states, these of war.
were no t fatuous compromises. O ne compro It is commonly acknowledged that Viet nam
mise was, in effect, to guarantee tha t the would have fallen to the Communists in
Commu nists could remain in secure contr ol 1945-46, i n 1954, a nd in 1965 h ad it n ot been
of N orth Vietnam . The U.S. would not seek for the interv ention of first the French and
to overt hrow this regime. The other com then the Americans. The Vietnamese Com
promise was to allow the Comm unists in munists, who were also by history the Viet
South V ietnam to seek power along the lines namese nationalists, would not accept only
of Comm unist parties in France and Italy, part of a prize for which they had paid so
i.e. to give them a “pe rmane nt minority heavily. The anti-Co mmuni st Vietnamese,
positio n.” protected by th e French and the Americans,
But the real struggle in Vietn am was not would not pu t themselves at the Commun ists’
between sovereign states. It was among Viet mercy.
namese. It was a civil war and a war for It may be tha t our Presidents understo od
natio nal independence. this better tha n their critics. The critics,
Here in lies th e parado x and the tragedy of especially on the political left, fought for
Vietna m. Most of our leaders and their “better compromises,” not realizing that even
critics di d see th at Vietna m was a quagmire, the best could not be good enough, and fought
but did not see that the real stakes—who shall for broad national ist gov ernments, not realiz
ing there was no middle force in Vietnam .
‘New York Times, February 8. 1947. Our Presidents, it seems, recognized that there
150. 151.
233
Gelb
was no middle groun d and t hat “bette r com t> Good news was seen as a job well done;
promises” would frighten our Saigon allies bad news as personal failure.
without bringing abou t a compromise peace. > The reporting system was set up so tha t
And they believed tha t a neutraliz ation assessments were made by the implementors.
formula would compromise South Vietn am t> Optimism bred optimism so tha t it was
away to the Comm unists. So th e longer-term difficult to be pessimistic this time if you were
aim of peace repeatedly gave way to the im optimistic the last time.
mediate needs of the war and the next t> People told their superiors what they
necessary step. thou ght they wanted to hear.
III. Expectations: “We Must Persevere" C>The American ethic is to get the job
done.
Each new step was take n not because of Policy optimism also sprang from several
wishful thinkin g or optimism ab out its leading ratio nal needs:
to a victory in South Vietna m. Few of our C>To maint ain domestic support for the
leaders thou ght tha t they could win t he war war.
in a co nven tion al sense o r tha t the Comm u t> To keep up th e mo raleo f ourVietnam ese
nists would be decimate d to a p oint tha t they allies and build some confidence and trust
would simply fade away. Even as new and between us an d them.
furthe r steps were take n, coup led with e xpres t> To stimulate military and bureaucrati c
sions of optimism, many of our leaders morale to work hard.
realized tha t more—and still more—would There were, however, genuine optimists
have to be done. Few of these men felt c on and grounds for genuine optimism. Some
fident abou t how it would all end or when. periods looked promising: th e year pr eceding
After 1965, however, they allowed the im the French downfall at Dienbie nphu; the
pression of “ winnab ility” to grow in orde r t o years of the second Eisenhower Presidency
justify thei r already heavy investme nt and when most att enti on was riveted on Laos and
domestic suppo rt f or the war. before the insurgency was stepped up in
The strategy always was to persevere. Per South Vietnam ; 1962 and early 1963 before
severance, it seemed, was the only way to the strategic ham let pacification p rogram col
avoid or postpo ne ha ving to pay the domestic lapsed; and the last six mo nths o f 1967 before
political costs of failure. Finally, perseverance, the 1968 T et offensive.
it was hoped, would convinc e the Comm u Many addition al periods by comparis on
nists tha t our will to conti nue was firm. with previous years yielded a sense of real
Perhaps, then, with domestic support for improvemen t. By most conv entio nal stan
perseverance, with bombing No rth Vietna m, dards—th e size and firepower of friendly
and with inflicting heavy casualties in the Vietnames e forces, the numbe r of hamlets
South, the Comm unists would relent. Per pacified, th e n umber of “ free elections” being
haps, th en, a compromise could be negotiated held, the numbe r of C ommun ists killed, and
to save th e C omm unists ’ face with out giving so forth—reaso nable men could and did thin k
them South Vietnam . in cautiously optimistic terms.
Optimism was a par t of the “gamesman But comparis on with years past is an
ship” of Vie tnam. It h ad a purpose. Personal- illusory measure when it is not coupled with
organizat ional op timism was the produ ct o f a judgments about how far there still is t o go
number of m otivat ions and calculations: and how likely it is tha t the goal can ever be
t> Career services tacitly and sometimes reached. It was all t oo easy to confuse shor t
explicitly pressured their professionals to im term breathi ng spells with long-term trends
part good news. and to confuse “things getting bett er” with
152. 153.
234
Gelb
“win ning.” Many of those who h ad genuine they not relent and negotiate with the U.S.?
hope suffered from either a lack of knowledge An d yet, few could answer two questions
about V ietnam or a lack of sensitivity toward with any confidence: Why should the Com
politics or both. munists aban don tomorrow the goals they
The basis for pessimism and the warning had been paying so dear a price to obtai n
signals were always pr esent. Public portrayals yesterday? Wha t was there really to negotiate?
of success glowed more brightly t han the full No one seemed to be able to develop a per
range of classified reporting. Readily available suasive scenario on how the war could end
informal and personal accounts were less by peaceful means.
optimistic still. The political instability of our Ou r Presidents, given their politics and
Vietnamese allies-—from Bao Dai through thinkin g, had nothin g to do but persevere.
Diem to President Thi eu have always been But the Commu nists’ strategy was also to
apparent . Th e weaknesses of the armed forces persevere, to make the U.S. go home. It was
of our Vietnamese allies were common and is a civil war for n ationa l independence.
knowledge. Few years went by when the It was and is a Gree k tragedy.
fighting did not gain i n intensity. Our leaders
IV. After Twenty-Five Years
did not have to know much about Vietna m
to see all this. A quick review of history supports these
Most o f our leaders saw the Vietn am quag interpre tations . To the Roosevelt Adminis
mire for what it was. Optimism was, by and trat ion during World War II, Indoc hina was
large, put in perspective. This means tha t no t perceived as a “vit al” area. The Unite d
many knew that each step would be followed States defeated Japan without Southea st Asia,
by anoth er. Most seemed to hav e unde rstood and Ind ochin a was n ot occupied by th e allies
tha t more assistance would be required e ither until after Japan’s defeat, fdr spoke informally
to improve the relative position of ou r Viet to friends and newsmen of placing Indoc hina
namese allies or simply to prev ent a dete riora und er Unite d Nation s trusteeship after the
tion of their p osition. Almost each year and war, but —aware of Fre nch, British and U.S.
often several times a year, key decisions had bureaucrat ic hostility to this—made no de
to be made to prevent deterio ration or col tailed plans and asked for no staff work prior
lapse. These decisions were made with hard to his death. For all practical purposes,
bargaining, bu t rapidly eno ugh for us now to Tru man inherite d no Southeast Asia policy.
perceive a preconceived consensus to go on . In 1946 and 1947, the U.S. acquiesced in
Sometimes several new steps were decided at the re-establishment of French sovereignty.
once, bu t a nnoun ced and implemented piece Ou r policy was a passive o ne of h oping for a
meal. The whole patt ern conveyed the feeling negotiated settlement of the “difficulties”
of more to come. between Paris and the Vietm inh indepen
With a tragic sense of “no ex it," o ur leaders dence movement of Ho Chi Minh. To the
stayed their course. They seemed to hope south, in Indonesia, we had started to pressure
more tha n expect tha t something would the Dutch to grant independenc e and with
“give.” The hope was to convince the Viet draw, and a residue of anticolonialism re
namese Commun ists throu gh perseverance mained in our first inchoat e approache s to
tha t the U.S. would stay in South Vietn am an Indoc hina policy as well.
until they aban done d their struggle. The But events in Europe and Chi na changed
hope, in a sense, was t he product o f disbelief. the con text from mid-1947 on. Two impo rtant
How could a tiny, backward Asian country priorities were to rearm and streng then France
not have a breaking point when opposed by as the cornerst one of European defense and
the might of the Unit ed States? How could recovery in the face of Russian pressure, and
154. 155.
235
Ge lb
to prevent a furthe r expa nsion of victorious fact tha t he "recognized as no longer valid
Chinese Communi sm. The Tru man Doctrin e an earlier French inten tion to so w eaken the
depicted a world full of dominoes. In May enemy before reducing French forces in In do
1950, before Korea, Secretary of State china th at indigenous forces could han dle the
Acheson anno unce d tha t the U.S. would situat ion.” 5
provide military and economic assistance to
V. The Eisenhower Administration
the French and their Indochin ese allies for
the direct purpose of combating Comm unist President Eisenhower inherite d the prob
• expansi on. 2 After years o f hesitating, T rum an lem. Althou gh, with V ietm inh successes, th e
finally decided tha t anti-Co mmuni sm was situati on took on graver overtones, he, too,
more imp orta nt tha n anticolon ialism in pursued a policy of “minim um actio n” to
Indochina. preven t the total “loss” of V ietnam to Com
• Acheson admits tha t U.S. policy was a munism. Sherm an Adams, Eisenh ower’s assis
“muddled hodgepodge”: tant , explains how the problem was seen in
The criticism, however, fails to recognize the mid-1950’s:
the limits o n the exten t to which one may
successfully coerce an ally. . . . Furth er If the Comm unists had pushed on with an
more, the result of withhold ing help to aggressive offensive after the fall of Dien-
France would, at most, have removed the bienphu , instead of stopping and agreeing
colonial power. It could not have made the to stay out o f South ern V ietnam, Laos and
resulting situati on a beneficial one either Cambo dia, there was a strong possibility
for Indoc hina or for Southe ast Asia, or in tha t the Unit ed States would have moved
the more impo rtant effort of fur thering the against them. A complete Com munis t co n
stability and defense of Europe. So while quest of Indoch ina would have had far
we may have tried to muddle throug h and graver consequence for the West tha n a
were certainly not successful, I could not Red victory in Korea. 6
thin k the n or later of a better course. O ne
can suggest, perhaps, doing nothing. Th at Apparen tly the President felt he could live
might have had merit, but as an attitude with Comm unist co ntrol in the restricted area
for t he leader o f a great alliance tow ard an of No rth Vietna m, away from the rest of
impo rtant ally, indeed one essential to a Southea st Asia.
critical endeavor , it had its demerits, too. 3 Eisenhower did n ot take the minim al neces
Several mon ths after the Korean War sary step to save all of I ndoch ina, but he did
began, Aches on recalled the warning of an take t he necessary steps to prevent the loss of
“able colleague”: “N ot only was there real most of Indochi na. He paid almost all the
danger tha t our efforts would fail in their French war cost, increased the U.S. military
immediate purpose and waste valuable re advisory mission, supplied forty B-26’s to the
sources in the process, but we were moving French, and conti nued the thre at of U.S.
into a position in Indoc hina in which ‘our inter venti on, first by “un ited acti on" and
responsibilities tend to suppl ant rath er tha n the n by forming seato. In taking these ac
• complement those of the Frenc h’.” Acheso n tions, Eisenhower was deciding against Vice-
then remembers: “I decided however, tha t President Nixo n and Admira l Radford,
having put our han d to the plow, we would Cha irma n of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, who
not look back.” 4 He decided this despite the favored U.S. inter vent ion in force, and
against G eneral Ridgway, Chi ef o f the Army
’ Departm ent of St ate Bulletin, May 1950, p. 821.
’Dean Acheson. Present at the Creation, fj^ ew Tor);. •Ibid., p. 676-7.
W. W. Norto n. 1969) , p. 673.
•Sherman Adamj, Firsthand Repor t fJ^ew "for\ : Har-
•Ibid., p. 674. per Row. 1961 ), p. 120.
156. 157.
8 3 -6 0 5 0 - 73 - 16
236
Gelb
Staff, who opposed any action tha t could he decided to replace the French and mainta in
lead to an Asian land war. He was treading a direct U.S. presence in Indochi na. With
the well-worn middle path of doing just strong rhetoric, military training programs,
enough to balan ce off contrad ictory domestic, support for Ngo D inh Diem in his refusal to
bureaucratic, and inter natio nal pressures. hold the elections prescribed by the Geneva
The Vietnamese Comm unists agreed to the accords, and continui ng military and eco
compromise, believing that winning the full nomic assistance, he made the new state or
prize was only a m atter of time. “zone” of South Vietna m an American
In public statements and later in his responsibility. Several years of military quiet
memoirs, P resident Eisenhower gave glimpses in South V ietnam did n ot hide the smoldering
of his reasoning. A t the time of Dienbienp hu, political turmoil in that country nor did it
he noted, “. . . we ought to look at th is thin g obscure th e newspaper hea dlines which regu
with some optimis m a nd some determin ation larly proclaimed tha t the war in Indochi na
. . . long faces and defeatism do n’t win had shifted to Laos.
battles .”’ Later he wrote, “I am convinced
tha t the French could no t win the war because VI. The Kennedy Administration
the interna l political situati on in Vietnam , The Admi nistrat ion of John F. Kennedy
weak and confused, badly weakened their began in an aura of domestic sacrifice and
military position. ” 8 But he persevered never inter natio nal confr ontat ion. The inaugura
theless, believing tha t “th e decision to give tion speech set the tone of U.S. responsibil
this aid was almost compulsory. Th e Unite d ities in “haz ardous and dangero us” times.
States had n o real a lternat ive unless we were Vietna m had a special and immediate im
to a ban don So utheas t A sia.”’ portanc e which derived from the general
Th e Genev a Confe rence of 1954 was fol inter natio nal situa tion. K ennedy’s predictions
lowed by eighteen bleak and pessimistic about dangerous times came true quickly—
mon ths as official Washin gton wondered and stayed true—and he wanted to show
whether the pieces could be put back together. strength to the Communists. But it was also
Despite or perhaps because of t he pessimism, the precarious situation in Laos and the
U.S. aid was increased. The n, in the fall of “ne utralist ” compromise which Kennedy was
1956, Dulles could say: “ We have a clean base preparing for Laos tha t were driving the
there now, witho ut a tain t of colonialism. President deeper in to Vietnam. In Sorensen’s
Dienbien phu was a blessing in disguise.”10 words, Kennedy was “ skeptical of the e xtent
The years of “ cautious o ptimism” had begun. of our involvemen t [in Vietnam] but un
President Eisenhower kept the U.S. out of willing to aban don his predecessor’s pledge
war because h e allowed a territorial compro or permit a Com munist conquest. . .
mise with the Commun ists. More critically, Kennedy had to face three basic general
decisions. First, was top priority to go to
’ Public Papers of the Presidents, Eisenhower, 1954,
p. 471. This remark w a s rnade on M ay 12, 1954. political reform or fighting the war? On this
issue the fixers, who wanted to give priority
'Dw igh t D. Eisenhower, Mandate for Change, f) fe w to political reform, were arrayed against the
York: Doubleday, 19637, p. 372.
military. Second, should the line of involve
•Ibid ., p. 373. ment be drawn a t combat units? On th is issue
“ Emmet John Hughes, The Ordeal of Power, flsfew
the fixers were more quiet th an in oppositi on.
York-' Dell, 19627, p. 182. Eisenhower himself wrote The military and the Count ry Team pushed
that in 1954 "Th e stronge st reason of all for United hard —even urging the President to threat en
States refusal to respond by itself to French pleas was
our traditi on of anti-colonialism.” ( in Manda te for
Change, p. 3737 "Th eod ore Sorensen, Kennedy, CHew f o rk : Harper &
Row. 1965J. p. 639.
158.
159.
2?>1
Gelb
Hanoi with U.S. bombing. Some counter gamble on long odds. But it is no t clear w hat
weight came from State a nd the White H ouse he expected to get as a replacement for Diem.
staff. Third , should the President make a With th e exception of much o f 1962, which
clear, irrevocable and open-ende d commit even the Nort h Vietnamese have called
ment to prevent a Com muni st victory? “Diem’s year,” the principal Kennedy deci
Would this strengt hen or weaken the U.S. sions were made in an atmosph ere o f det eri
han d in Saigon? Would it frighten away t he oratio n, not progress, in Vietna m. This
Communists? Wha t would be the domestic feeling of deterio ration explains why Kennedy
political consequences? dispatc hed so many high-level missions to
Kennedy’s tactics and decisions—like Vietn am. As Kennedy’s biographers have
Eisenhower’s—followed t he patt ern of doing written, the President was not really being
what was minimally necessary. O n the polit told he was winning, but how much more he
ical versus military priority issue, Kennedy would h ave to do.
did not make increasing military assistance Writing in 1965, Theo dore Sorensen
definitively contin gent on political reform, summed up the White House view of events
but he pointe d to the absence of reform as following th e Diem coup in Novemb er 1963:
the main r eason for limiting t he U .S. military
role. O n the combat unit issue, according to The President, while eager to make clear
biographer Sorensen, “Kenned y never made tha t our aim was to get out of Vietnam , had
always been doubtful abou t the optimistic
a final negative decision on troops. In typical reports constan tly filed by the military on
Kennedy fa shion, he made it difficult for any the progress of the war. . . . The struggle
of the pro-in terven tion advocates to charge could well be, he thought , this nat ion ’s
him privately with weakness.” 12 O n the third severest test of endurance and pati ence. . . .
issue, he avoided an open-ended commitment, He was simply going to weather it out, a
nasty, untidy mess to which there was no
but escalated his rhetoric abou t the impor othe r acceptable solution. Talk o f aband on
tance of Vie tnam. While h e did a uthorize an ing so unstab le an ally an d so costly a com
increase o f U.S. military personne l from 685 mitment ‘only makes it easy for the
to 16,000, he did so slowly, an d n ot in two or Commu nists,’ said the President. ‘I thin k
three big decisions. H e c ontinual ly doled out we s hould stay.’14
the increases. He gave encouragem ent to VII. The Johnson Administration
bureaucratic pla nning and studying as a safety
valve—a valve he thou ght he could control. Lyndon Joh nson assumed office with a
He kept a very tight rein on informa tion to reput ation as a pragmatic politician and not
the public abou t th e war. In Salinger’s words, a cold war ideologue. His history on Southeast
he “was not anxious to admit the existence Asia indicated cautio n and compara tive re
of a real war . . By minimizing U.S. in straint. An d yet it was this same ma n w ho as
volvement, Kennedy was trying to avoid pub President presided ove r a nd led the U.S. into
lic pressures either to do more or to do less. massive involvement .
The President would make it “th eir” war Thre e facts con spired to make it easier for
until he had no choice but to look at it in a John son to take the plunge on the assumed
different light. He would no t look at it in importanc e of Vietnam tha n his predecessors.
anot her light until Diem, who looked like a First, the world was a safer place to live in
losing horse, was replaced. He would not and Vietn am was the only conti nuing crisis.
Europe was secure. Th e Sino-Soviet split ha d
” Ibid., p. 654. deepened. Mutual nuclear deterrenc e existed
“ Pierre Salinger, Wi th Kennedy, ( \e u i "for\: Double
day. 1966), pp. 319-329. “ Sorensen, op. cit., p. 661.
160. 161.
238
G el b
between the two superpowers. Second, the “fixers” who felt th at U.S. c onduct of the war
situatio n in Vietn am was more desperate than missed its political essence an d for the doves
it ever had been. If the U.S. had not inter who wante d to see something besides destruc
vened in 1965, South Vietnam would have tion, John son placed new e mphasis on "th e
been conque red by the Communists. Third, othe r war”—pacification, nation-building,
after years of effort, the U.S. conve ntiona l and political development—in February 1966.
military forces were big enough and ready John son referred to this whole complex of
enough to inte rvene. Unlike his predecessors, actions and the air war in partic ular as his
John son had the military capability to back attemp t to “seduce not rape” the Nor th
up his words. Vietnamese.
In sum, Vietn am became relatively more The objective of the John son Adm inistr a
importa nt, it was in greater danger, and the tion was to main tain an indepe nden t non-
U.S. was in a position to do something Comm unist South Vietna m. In the later
about it. years, this was rephrased: “ allowing the South
At Johns Hopki ns in April 1965, the Vietnamese to determine their own future
President told the American people what he without externa l interference.” As the Presi
would do: “ We will do everything necessary dent crossed the old barriers in pursuit of
to reach tha t objective [of no extern al inter this objective, he es tablished new ones. While
ference in South Vietnam], and we will do he ordered the bombing of No rth Vietnam ,
only what is absolutely necessary.” But in he would not approve the bombing o f targets
order to prevent defeat and in o rder to keep which ran the risk of conf ront ation with
the faith with his most loyal suppor ters, the Chi na and Russia. While he permitted the
minimum necessary became the functio nal U.S. force level in Vietn am to go ov er one-
equivale nt of gradual escalation. The Air half million men, he would not agree to call
Force and the Comm ander in Chief, Pacific up the Reserves. While he was willing to
(cincpac) pressed ha rd for full systems bomb spend $25 billion in o ne year o n the war, he
ing—the author ity to destroy 94 key Nor th would not put the U.S. economy on a war
Vietnamese targets in 16 days. Johns on, time mobilization footing. But the most
backed and pressured in the other direction impo rtant Johns on barrier was raised against
by Secretary McNam ara, doled out approval invading Cambodia, Laos, and No rth Viet
for new targets ov er thr ee years in a pain stak nam. This limitation was also a corners tone
ing and piecemeal fashion. John son accom in the President’s hopes for a compromise
modated dovish pressure and the advice of settlement. He would agree to th e p erman ent
the many pragmatists who surrou nded him existence o f No rth Vietn am—even help that
by making peace overtures. But these over country economically—if Nor th Vietnam
tures were either accompanied with or fol would extend tha t same right to South
lowed by e scalation. John son moved toward Vietnam .
those who w anted three-quart ers o f a million In or der to s ustain public and bureaucratic
U.S. fighting men in Vietnam , but he never support for his policy, Johnso n’s m ethod was
got there. Guide d by judgments of domes to browbeat and isolate his opponents. To
tic repercussion and influenced again by the American people, he p ainted th e alterna
McNamara, the President made at least eight tives to what he was doi ng as irresponsible
separate decisions on U.S. force levels in or reckless. In ei ther case, the result would be
Vietna m over a four-year period. 15 For the a greater risk of future general war. The
bureaucracy used this same technique of
“ See the C h ro n o lo g y in 17.S. Se na te F o re ig n R el at io ns
C o m m itt e e. B a ckg ro u n d In fo rm a ti o n R e la ti n g to S o u th creating the bug-out o r bomb- out extremes in
east A s ia a nd V ie tn a m , M a rc h 19 69 . order to ma intain as many of its own members
162. 163.
239
Gelb
in “ the middle roa d.” The price of consensus it was urged, should be used as a basis for
—within the bureaucracy and in the public getting a compromise settlement with Hanoi .
at large—was invariably a middle road of These arguments were not lost on the
contrad ictions and no priorities for act ion. President. At Guam in March 1967, while
President John son was the master of con other s arou nd him were waxing eloquen t
sensus. On Vietn am this required melding abou t progress, the President was guardedly
the propo nent s of negotiatio ns with the optimistic, speaking of “a favorab le turnin g
propo nents of military victory. T he tec hnique point, militarily and politically.” But after
for maint aining th is Vietn am consensus was one of the meetings he was reported to have
gradual escalation punc tuate d by dramati c said: “We have a difficult, a serious, long-
peace overtures. As the war was escalated drawn-out, agonizing problem th at we do not
without an end in sight, the number s of have an answer fo r.” 17 N or did the President
people John son could hold together dimin overlook the effects of th e 1968 Te t offensive,
ished. Th e pressures for disengagement or for coming as it did after many mont hs of
“decisive military actio n” became enormou s, virtually unqualified optimism by him and by
but with the “haw ks” always o utnum bering others. He stopped the bombing partially,
and more strategically placed tha n the increased troop strength slightly, made a peace
“doves.” overtur e, and a nnou nced his retirement.
John son knew he had inherited a deteri In Novem ber 1963, John son is quote d as
orating situati on in Vietn am. Vietcong mili saying: “I am not going to be the President
tary successes and con stan t change in the who saw Southeas t Asia go the way Chi na
Saigon governm ent from 1964 to 1966 were went.” 18 In the spring of 1965, Lady Bird
not secrets to anyone. T hrou ghou t the critical John son quoted him as saying: “I can ’t get
year of 1965, he struck the themes of endur out. I ca n’t finish it w ith what I ha ve got. So
ance and more-to-come. In his May 4, 1965 what the Hell can I do?” 19 President Jo hnso n,
requests for Vietn am Supplemental Appr o like his predecessors, persevered and hand ed
priation s he warned: “I see no choice b ut to the war o n to his successor.
contin ue the course we are on, filled as it is
with peril and unce rtain ty.” In his July 28, VI II. Whe re Do We Go From Here?
1965 press conference he anno unce d a new If Vietn am were a story of how t he system
125,000 troop ceiling and went on to say: failed, t hat is, if ou r leaders d id not d o what
“Ad dition al forces will be needed later, and they wanted to do or if they did no t realize
they will be sent as requ ested.” what they were doing or what was hap pening,
Talk ab out “tu rning corn ers” and winning it would be easy to package a large and
a military victory reached a crescendo in 1967- assorted box of policy-making panaceas . For
At th e same time a new coun terp oint emerged example: Fix the meth od of reporting from
—“st alemate.” 16 The message of the stalemate the field. Fix the way progress is mea sured in
prop onen ts was tha t the U.S. was strong a guerrilla war. Make sure the President sees
enough to preve nt de feat, but tha t the situa all the real alternatives. But these are all
tion defied victory. Ha noi wo uld co ntinu e to third-ord er issues, because the U.S. political-
match the U.S. force build-up and would bureaucratic system did n ot fail; it worked.
not “cry uncle” over the bombing. The ‘'Quo ted in Henry Brandon, Anatomy of Erro r, ( Bos
Saigon governm ent a nd army h ad basic polit ton: Gambit, 1969J, p. 102.
ical a nd structur al problems which they were "T om Wicker, JFK and LBJ, CHcu> Tor^.- Penguin
unlikely to be able to overcome. Stalemate, Books, 1968), p. 208.
“ R. W. Apple, ‘'Vietnam. The Signs of Stalemate," "L ad y Bird Johnson, A Wh ite House Diary, (J^eui
New York Times, A ugust 7, 1967. fo rk : Holt, Rinehart and Win sto n, 1970) , p. 248.
164. 165.
240
Celb
O ut leade rs felt they ha d to pre ven t the were “ soft on C om mu nis m. ” O ur lea ders no t
loss of Vi etn am to Co mm uni sm, an d they only ant icip ated this kin d of pu blic reac tion ,
hav e suc ceede d so far in d oin g ju st th at. Mo st but b elieve d th at t her e were v alid reas ons f or
of tho se who made Vi etn am policy still not per mit ting th e Co mm uni sts to take all of
believe th at they did th e righ t thi ng an d Vie tna m by force. In oth er words, they
lam ent onl y the dome stic repe rcus sion s of believed in wha t the y were doin g on the
the ir act ion s. It is beca use th e price of at ta in nat ion al securit y "m eri ts. ” Th e dom ino
ing this goal has been so de ar in lives, tru st, theo ry, which was at th e he art o f t he mat ter,
dolla rs, an d prior ities, an d the benefi ts so rested on the widely sha red att itud e th at
inta ngib le, rem ote, and oft en implau sible, security was indivisible, th at weakne ss in one
th at t hese lea ders an d we ourse lves are forc ed place would only invi te aggression in oth ers .
to seek new answ ers and new policies. W hat c an be done?
Para doxically, the way to get these new Th e Presi dent c an do more t ha n Presi dents
answ ers is no t by askin g why did the system hav e in the past to call his na tio na l security
fail, bu t why did it work so tragically well. burea ucra cy to t ask. He c an show t he burea u
Th ere is, the n, only on e first -orde r issue—how cracy t ha t he expects it to be m ore ri gorous in
an d why doe s ou r polit ical-bur eauc ratic sys dete rmi nin g wha t is vita l or im po rta nt or
tem decid e wha t is v ital an d wh at is n ot? By un im po rta nt. Specifically, he can reject rea
whom , in wh at ma nne r, an d for wha t r easo ns son ing whi ch simply asse rts th at securit y is
was it deci ded th at all V iet na m mus t no t fall indivisible, an d he ca n foste r the belief th at
int o Co mm un ist hands ? while the worl d is an inte rco nne cte d whole,
Alm ost all of ou r leaders s ince 1949 s har ed acti ons can be tak en in cer tain par ts of the
this co nvi cti on. Onl y a few voices in the world to com pen sate for acti ons whic h are
wilde rness were raise d in opp osit ion. Eve n as no t tak en elsewh ere. For exam ple, if t he real
late as mid-1967, most critic s were argu ing con cer n ab ou t Vi etn am were the effect o f its
th at the U.S. could no t afford to lose or be loss on Jap an , the Mid dle East an d Berlin,
“d riv en from t he field,” th at th e r eal pro blem could we no t tak e act ion s in each of thes e
was ou r bo mb ing of N or th V iet na m, a nd th at places to mitigat e the “ Vie tna m fall out ”?
this ha d to be s top ped in ord er to brin g a bou t No ne o f thes e efforts with the burea ucra cy
a ne gotia ted s ettle men t. Fewe r still were urging ca n succeed, how ever , unless the re is a
th at s uch a set tlem ent sho uld invo lve a c oali chan ge in gene ral politic al atti tud es as well.
tio n gov ern me nt with th e Co mm uni sts. If anti-C om mu nis m persis ts as an ove rrid ing
Har dly an yo ne was saying th at the out com e domes tic politi cal issue it will also be the
in Vi etn am d id no t matt er. mai n bur eau crat ic issue. Alte ring publ ic
Th ere is little evide nce of muc h critica l atti tude s will t ake time, edu cati on, an d pol it
thi nk ing ab ou t the rela tion of Vi etn am to ical cour age—a nd it will crea te a real d ilem ma
U.S. securit y. Schol ars, jour nali sts, pol iti for the Presi dent. If th e Pres iden t goes “ too
cians , an d bur eau cra ts all seem to hav e fa r” in re-ed ucati ng public an d cong ressio nal
assum ed eit he r th at Vi etn am was “v ital ” to opinio ns ab ou t Co mm uni sm , he may find
U.S. na tio na l securit y or th at the Am eric an th at he will h ave little su pp ort for th rea ten ing
people woul d no t sta nd for the loss of “ an or using milita ry force wh en he believes th at
ot he r” cou ntr y to Com mun ism . ou r security really is at stake. In the end , it
An ti-C om mu nis m has bee n an d still is a will still be the Presi dent who is h eld resp on
po ten t force in Am erica n politics, an d mo st sible for U.S. security . Yet, if ou r Vie tna m
people wh o were dealin g with th e Vi etn am expe rienc e has tau ght us any thin g, it is th at
pro blem simply believed th at the Con gres s the Pres ident must begin the process of re
an d th e public would “ pu nis h” tho se wh o edu cati on despi te the risks.
166. 167.
DOCUMENTS RELATING TO OSS ACTIVITY
IN FRENCH INDOCHINA
INTRODUCTION
Sections I, II , and I I I have been reproduced by offset prin ting in
order to convey to the rea der a b etter sense of the orig inal documents.
Because of thei r poor legibility the documents in section IV were
set in pri nt keeping the format of the original documents.
(241)
I. THE “DEE R” MISSION TO VIET MINH HEAD
QUARTERS, JULY-SEPT EMBER, 1945
SP EC IA L OPERAT IONS BRANCH
APO 6 2 7
D at e s 1q May 194-5
1 > 17 J u l y 19 45
i Kum lung
R e ce iv ed a t Kunm ing T on ki n
27 J u l y 19 45 v i a F .I .C .
I. The L an d in g :
We a l l la n d e d s a f e l y . 3 g t Z e i l s k i , L t H o n tf o rt an d I la n d e d in
t r e e s an d g o t a few m in or s c r a t c h e s . W hi le ha n g in g i n t h e t r e e I
w hi pp ed o u t my H an di e T a lk ie an d wa s a b le to h e a r yo u an sw er on ce .
I was u n ab le to p u l l o u t my v e ry p i s t o l .
II. The R e c e p ti o n :
We w er e f i r s t g r e e te d by \'i of AGAS an d by
fth e bo y fr om B o st o n , an d em plo ye d by GBT. I th e n wa s c a l l e d on
f o r a s h o r t s p e e c h to th e g u a r d . Th ey p r e s e n te d arm s an d I gav e
f o r t h a fev / fl o w e ry s e n te n c e s . The g u a rd c o n s is te d o f a b o u t 200
arm ed me n. Arm ame nt c o n s is te d o f F re n c h r i f l e s , a few B re n s , a few
to m m ie s, a fe w c a r b in e s an d a few s t e n s . I wa s th e n e s c o r te d t o ITr.
R oe , one o f th e b ig le a d e r s o f th e ( V ie t H in h L ea gu e) P a r ty . He
sp e ak s e x c e l l e n t E n g li s h b u t i s v e ry we ak p h y s ic a l ly as he r e c e n t l y
w al ke d i n fr om T s in g s i . He r e c e iv e d u s m os t c o r d i a l l y , We th e n
w er e show n o u r q u a r t e r s . Th ey ha d b u i l t f o r us a s p e c i a l bambo o
s h e l t e r , c o n s i s t i n g o f a bambo o f l o o r a few f e e t o f f th e g ro u n d an d
a r o o f o f pa lm l e a v e s . We th e n ha d su p p e r c o n s is ti n g o f B ee r
( r e c e n t l y c a p tu r e d ) r i c e , bamb oo s p r o u t s , an d b ar b e cu ed ster/ sT. Th ey
f r e s h l y s la u g h te r e d a cow i n o u r h o n o r.
I I I . E qu ip m en t:
Il o ti ii n g a p p e a rs b ro k e n . By 7 Pii th e y ha d b ro u g h t a l l th e co n
t a i n e r s to o u r “ ho us e* '.
IV . W ea th er :
C o o le r t h s n P o se h . . e s l e p t v er y c o m fo rt a b ly on our s i l k s h e e t s .
V. H cd io :
We t i d e d to make c o n t a c t a t 8 :0 0 t h i s m or ni ng (1 7 J u l y ) b u t
s u n s u c c e s s f u l, b u t w i l l t r y t o n i t e on 6 o ’c lo c k s k e d . AGAS s e n t
bac k -word on t i . e i r r a d io t h a t ue we . e a l l C. K.
V I. C on fe re nce w it h H r. H oe , P a r t y L e a d e r:
Had lo ng c o n fe re n c e w it h Ho e, l t h i s m or ni ng (1 7 J u ly )
The m ai n d i s c u s s i o n c e n te r e d on ou r t a r g e t an d th e F re n c h .
A. F i r s t th e F re n c h . ’ r . F.oe s a i d i f th e g u - r d h ad know n F o n t-
f o r t wa3 F re n c h th e y m ig h t ha ve ha d hi- a s h o t on th e s p o t . H r. Hoe
p e r s o n a ll y l i k e s many F re n c h b u t he sa y s m os t o f ?. is s o l d i e r s d o n ’ t .
He sa y s when th e Fr en ch , r e t r e a t e d fr om Ca ob an g th e y s h o t an d g a s s e d
many p o l i t i c a l p r i s o n e r s . H o n tf o r t’ s i d e n t i t y was g iv e n awa y a t on ce
b e c a u se one o f th e A nn em ite s r e c o g n iz e d him h .v in g know n him a t Cao
ba ng .
He c o n ti n u e d t o sa y t h a t th e p a r ty ha d ab o u t 3 ,0 0 0 o r mor e men
un d er ar ms i n T on ki n an d t h a t we w ou ld be h e lp e d ev er yw he re we w e n t-
pr ov id eo , th e F re n c h w er e n o t w it h u s . I a sk e d i f he w ou ld a g re e t o
u s se n d in g i n o n ly th e F re n c h o f f i c e r s an d th e A nn am ite s a t P o se h .
He s a id n o . He w i l l wel com e 10 m i l l i o n A m er ic an s, ho v/ ev er , He
f u r t h e r a g re e d t h a t i f th e F re n c h a g re e d he wo ul d c o n s e n t to ou r
b r in g in g i n th e A nn am it es now a t P o se h . Ho v/e ve r, f o r s e v e r a l r e a s o n s
i t w ou ld be b e t t e r n o t t o :
1) He ca n g iv e me h e re as many men a s I n e e d . He rec om me nd s n o t
mor e th a n 10 0 . Many a r e p a r t i a l l y t r a i n e d un d er a le a d e r who wa s
t r a i n e d i n g u e r i l l a w a r fa r e by th e Hav y i n C h in a.
2) T he se men h e re know th e c o u n tr y b e t t e r .
3) S e c u r i t y . Too many p la n e s w i l l a t t r a c t th e J a p s .
4) D o u b tf u l i f th e F re n ch w i l l g iv e th em up .
He i s w i l l i n g t h a t PHAC an d LCGC3 re m a in h e r e , b u t s in c e th e y
a r e a s s o c ia te d w it h th e F re n c h p r e f e r s t h e i r r e t u r n . He c a n f u r n i s h
u s w it h a l l th e i n t e r p r e t e r s we n e e d .
B. S ec on d th e t a r g e t . He s u g g e s ts a ch an ge i n o u r t a r g e t , t o
w i t : o p e r a te on th e T h ai N gu ye n, Bac Ka n, Cao Ban g r o a d i n s t e a d o f
K an oe -L an gs on r o a d , f o r th e f o ll o w in g r e a s o n s :
1) The a i r f o r c e ha s d is r u p te d th e t r a f f i c on E an o i- L an g so n r o c d .
2) I t h a s l o s t i t s im p o rt a n ce s in c e H an ni ng was ta k e n .
3) Th e J a p s a r e i n much g r e a t e r f o rc e i n t h a t a r e a .
4) The VHL P a r t y a r e n o t a s s tr o n g o r as w e ll ar m ed i n t h a t a r e a
5) The J a p s a r e c o n s ta n tl y u s in g th e T ha i- H gu ge n- B ac Ka n. F or e
so t h a t H an oi -L an gs on r o a d .
6) B e t t e r a r e a f o r t r a i n i n g s o l d i e r s h e r e .
7) The p r e s e n t a r e a i s c o m p le te ly c o n t r o l l e d b y th e VML. -Ho
Ja p s p e n e tra te .
o) T h is a r e a i s be co mi ng s t a t i c an d fr om h e r e we ca n ta k e ou r
men a f t e r th e y a re t r a i n e d an d mor e s o u th o p e r a te on t h e RR t o L ao -
ka y an d e v e n tu a ll y on th e HR l i n e H a n o i- S a ig o n , w hi ch i s much mor e
v i t a l an d im p o r ta n t, or i f n e c e s s a r y ta k e o u r t r a i n e d men an d o p e r a te
on E an o i- L cn g so n r o a d .
VZZ Re co m m en da tio ns :
I u r g e n tl y rec om me nd th e f o ll o w in g -and r e q u e s t th e f o ll o w in g :
a) E li m in a te a l l F re n ch an d Ann ame se a t P o se h .
b) R e tu rn K o n t f o r t , Ph ac A Lo go s to P o se h . T h is ca n be do ne
so on a s th e y La ve co m p le te d an L -5 s t r i p an d \ i s g o in g
o u t F r id a y (2 0 J u l y ) by L - J .
c) P a ra c h u te a l l th e r e s t o f b o th te am s in cl u d in g ; m e d ic a l men
h e re as so on a s p o s s i b le w i t h - a l l ar ms an d .' b o u t l / 3 r d o f th e . dem o-
246
l i ’c io n eq u ip m en t.
g ) T r a in t e men h er e en d th e n »?.ove n o r th en d o p e r a te n e r Cho
Chu ’..'h ere ve w i l l g e t a n o th e r DZ an d dr op th e re m a in d e r o f th e su p
p l i e s . he p la n to s e t up a f a i r l y pe rm an en t b -s e t h e r e .
e ) R e c a ll £.nd R o n g lo is im m e d ia te ly t o P o se n . I f
th e y ha ve s t a r t e d o u t w a lk in g an e f f o r t m us t be made to r e c r l l th a n .
f ) Se nd down O'.iT new s p h o to s an d p r i n t i n g p a p e r f o r l o c a l w or k.
Wou ld be a b ig h e l p .
g ) F o rg e t th e Com mun ist Bo gy . in.iL is n o t Co mm un ist . S ta n d s f o r
fr ee d om an d re fo rm s fr om F re n c h h a r s h n e s s . VLL wo uld be w i l l i n g to
t a l k to some Hi gh Ke nk in g F re n ch o f f i c e r (G e n e ra l S e b o t i e r , eg ) and.
se e w h at F re n ch w ou ld ha ve t o o f f e r . I f F re n ch go p a r t way w it h th em
th e y n i g h t wo rk w it h F re n c h — p a r t i c u l a r l y , i f S e b a t i e r w ou ld come
h e r e . I t m ig ht be do ne .
e q u ip m e n t:
T ry t o g e t t h e f o ll o w in g i n a d d i ti o n to w ha t we h a v e : 6 A m er ic an s
1 . 10 II“ 3 ’ s w it h S i l e n c e r s (Go od f o r J a p s e n t r i e s & ad va nc e
g u a rd s)
2 . 4 m o rt a rs (60mn ) w it h Ammo
3 . J u n g le b o o ts , s n e a k e rs or s a n d a ls o r c l o t h sh o e s f o r ea ch
A m er ic an i n a d d i t i o n t o G -I s h o e s .
4 . B la n k e t or l i g h t s le e p in g ba g p e r man a s th e n i g h ts g e t c o o l.
5. A ll r a tio n s p o s s ib le .
6 . P le n ty o f co ok in g u t e n s i l s .
7 . 5 5“g & l w a te r c a n s . 10 f o ld in g ca n v as w a te r b u c k e ts .
8 . P le n ty o f D r a t i o n s .
9 . P le n ty o f m os qu it o r e p e l l e n t a t le a s e 30 0 b o w ti e s .
10 . P le n ty o f m e d ic a l s u p p li e s e s p e c i a l l y f o r s k in i n f e c t i o n su ch
a s : (Some p o is o n o u s p l a n t s h e re ) F r a z e r ’s s o l u t i o n , p o ta ss iu m
p er m a n g an a te , s a l i c y l i c a c id o in tm e n t.
11 . H x tr a to o th b r u s h e s .
12 . P le n ty o f e n tr e n c h in g t o o l s an d m a c h e tt e s . (1 0 o f ea ch )
13 . H el m et p e r A m er ic an .
14 . I.i os qu ito n e t s . (1 00 )
1 5 . 100 G re en f a ti g u e s u i t s , s m a ll s i z e s , o r ca m o u fl ag ed ju n g le
s u i t s an d m ec han ic s ca ps (n o k h a k i c l o th e s )
1 6 . 1 p r k h a k i s h o r ts p e r A m er ic an .
17 . 20 h a n c ie t a l k i e s (SCR 53^ ) i f p o s s ib le - e x tr e m e ly u s e f u l f o r
ou r s e n t r i e s on m ou nta in p e a k s, (sp are b e tte r io s )
l o . C a n d le s - a s many a s p o s s i b l e .
19 . H ap s. I f p o s s ib le 5 co m pl et e s e t s o f 1 :1 0 0 ,0 0 0 f o r T on ki n
(I n d o -C h in a e d i t i o n 19 37 )- A ls o. so m e map (5 s e t s ) to co ve r
a r e a s o u th o f H an oi as f a r S out h a s H a ti n h r o t H a ti n h
(1 8 -4 0 , 10b and w es t 200 k il o m e te r s ) . E s s e n t i a l f o r p a rL o is
an d a s g i f t s to p s r t y an d m i l i t a r y c h i e f s who ne ed n ap s b a d ly
/. Is o na o s c a le 1 :1 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 (H in d JCOO) sh ee "t # K 3 4 8 , en
t i t l e d "HUB".
247
ALLISON E . THCLi-.S
I’a j o r , I n f . *
L e a d e r, Team DZE2.
248
Kim lun g
FTC
20 J u l y 19 45
TO : M aj or Wam pler
FROM: M aj or Thom as
1 . I am s e n d in g a co m pl et e w r i t t e n r e p o r t to
w hic h I w ou ld l i k e to ha ve yo u r e a d .
2 . I am s e n d in g t h i s ba ck by L;ho ca n v e r i f y a i:
th e f a c t s .
3 . Th e f i r s t f a c t i s t h a t a l l th e F re n c h an d Ann ame se a t
P o se h w i l l ha ve t o be e li m in a te d o r we w i l l ha ve t o go b a c k . Th<
VI.LL P a r ty i s v e r y s tr o n g h er e en d one ca n n o t w or k w it h o u t th em .
Th ey ha ve a lo n g l i s t o f g r ie v a n c e s a g a in s t th e F re n c h . How eve r
th e y w ou ld be w i l l i n g t o t a l k to a h ig h r a n k in g F re nch o f f i c i a l
l i k e G e n e ra l S e b a t i e r , w hi ch we m ig h t be a b le t o a r r a n g e , i f th e
F re n c h a r e re e d y t o g r a n t c e r t a i n c o n c e s s io n s .
4 . R e q u e st t e n t a t i v e ch an ge i n t a r g e t a r e a . Wou ld l i k e to
t r a i n o u r men h e re to do some w or k n e a r Cho Chu an d th e n move
to w a rd H an oi -L an gs on Ro ad . T he re i s b e t t e r s e c u r i t y h e re f o r
t r a i n i n g an d t h e p a r t y i s s tr o n g h e r e .
/ s / M aj or A. K. Thom as
0- 12 34 24 1
249
APPSl-iHIX I
L i s t o f g r ie v s n c e s VHL P a r ty h a s a g i n s t F re n ch :
1) H r. H oe , th e c h i e f , ha s ha d h i s w if e an d c h i l d r e n ta k e n
awa y fr om him by th e F re n c h an d h i s la n d s b u rn ed .
2) Th e F re n c h on le a v in g C ao ba ng , g a s s e d an d s h o t p o l i t i c a l
p ris o n e rs .
3) He av y ta x e s on gr o w th an d s a l e o f fo o d .
4 ) Ho c o n g r e g a ti o n o f more th a n 5 p e rs o n s p e r m it te d w it h o u t
a lic e n s e .
5) P r a c t i c a l l y f o r c e d s a l e o f op ium an d a lc o h o l on th e
p o p u la ti o n .
6) IIo fr ee do m o f p r e s s .
7) O ut la w o f p o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s .
8) C o n tr o l an d l i m i t a t i o n o f s a l t .
T h is i s o n ly a p a r t i a l l i s t
APP5HDIX I I
V1JL P a r ty :
1) V1.-L s ta n d s f o r V ie t K in h L ea gu e.
2 ) I t i s an am al ga m at io n o f a l l p a r t i e s i n 19 40 .
3) I t i s a la r g e an d s tr o n g f o ll o w in g a t l e a s t 3 ,0 0 0 arm ed men
i n T o n k in a lo n e .
4) I t s ta n d s f o r fr ee d o m an d in d e p en d e n ce .
5) I t i s n o t Com mu nist o r Com mu nis t c o n t r o l l e d o r Com mu nis t l e d
HE POH T OH DE RR M IS S IO N ------M AJO R A . K . THO MAS
CHAPTERS
II. P re pa ra ti on a t Posa h
III. p re p ar at io n a t T si ng si
VI I. T ra in in g and s e le c ti o n of tr oo ps
X. Hanoi .
APPENDIX
I I . Pa pe r on VIETMINH p a rt y .
251
I, O r g a n iz a ti o n a t Kunm ing.
A. Pe rso nn el!
1) Major ALLISON K. THOMAS, 0-12 842 /4, Team L ead er
2) L t. Rone DEF0URN2AUX, O-8879I3, As et. Team Lead er
3) l e t Sg t Will iam ZEIL~KI, 35540059* Radio Op era tor
4) s /s g t Lawrence VOGT, 32246498, Vtoapona In st ru c to r
5) Sg t Aaron SQUIRES, 32056087* F ie ld Pho to.
6) Pfo Pa ul HOAGLAND, 42097161, Male Nuroe.
7) Pfo Honry PRUNIER, 11071414, Annomose In te rp re te r
(Pf o P ru ni er Joi ne d ua l a t e r at T si ng si - 18 June )
B. Mia siom
1) Our pri ma ry mi ssi on was to pe ne tr at e in to Fronoh Indo -Chi na by
food and so t up a ba se ne ar th e Hanoi-Lang3on roa d and ra il ro a d and to de st ro y,
blow up and ren der uoo loo s as much o f th e roa d and ra il ro a d os p o ss ib le .
2) Seco ndar y to th is was tho ga th er in g of in te ll ig e n c e , tho ro boin g
th e p o s s ib il it y th a t th e m iss io n migh t ev en tu al ly be one of in te ll ig e n c e on ly .
3) ?'e were to work w ith an ot ho r toam le d by Ca pt. Ho lla nd. I t was
pla nne d th a t a f te r ou r a r r iv a l in FIC th o two teams would s p l i t up eac h wi th
ap pr ox im ate ly 5° g u e ri ll a s apl oo o.
C.Br ie fin g! \
1) Wo wore ab ly br ie fe d by L t. S co tt o f P .I . and by R&A, who fu rn
ish ed ua wi th pho tog rap hs and a com plete lo g o f th e Hanoi-L angson ro ad .
2) The Mapping Se ct io n was m ost he lp fu l in gi vi ng us a l l maps r e
qu es ted .
3) Ca pt. Brown of S .I . gave us on ex ce ll en t b ri ef in g on what was
known o f J.O«B. in F .I .C .
D. Su pp lie s!
1) Wo Wei's su pp lie d wit h weapons and mi sc ell an eo us item s fo r a
•st an da rd* 50-mon g u o ri ll a group in cl ud in g p ri n c ip a ll y oo rb ino s, Tommies,
Bazook as, & de m oli tio n equip ment . (
2) Honors her o go to Ca pt. Tolman in R&A who was most h el pf u l in
h is ad vi ce on th e l a t e s t de mo lit ion ga dg et s.
8 3 -6 0 5 O -7 3 - 17
252
B. On th e 21 st May, IS gt . Vogt , S gt . Z e il s k i, l e f t
by tr uc k and t r a i l e r fo r Pos eh.
C. On th e 26th of May Sg t S q ui re s, Pf c Hoag land, and my sel f l e f t by
pl an e from Kunming and ar ri ve d a t Pos eh th e same tim e as th e ot he rs who had
come by tr u ck . That af te rn oo n I had a co nf ere nc e wi th jC ap t. BABINEAU,
Ca pt. HOLLAND, and Ca pt. BOGGS. I t was dec ide d th a t I would le av e to T si ng si
(C hin gh si) tomorrow to co nt ac t Mr. Georg es Vtou who had two compan ies o f bor der
p a tr o l tr oo ps pl ac ed a t ou r d is p o si ti o n by th e Chi nese Ma rsh all of th e War
Zone. The se two companies were to be tr a in e d by us and accompany us in to FIC-
in ot h er words th es e tr oo ps were to be ou r g u e ri ll a s .
2 Ju n e : Made c o n ta c t a t T s in g s i w it h ^zho I le a rn e d f o r th e
f i r s t tim e was an OSS r e p r e s e n ta ti v e , al th o u g h I had not bee n to ld o f h is ex
is te n c e when I was a t Kunming. As fa r a3 I co ul d g a th e r he was OSS su p p li ed bu t
was o nly 50% OSS fu r n is h in g in fo rm a ti o n a ls o to AGA3 and was o r i g i n a l l y p a r t
o f a ne bu lo us m y st er io u s GHT o rg a n iz a ti o n . |was an ex tr em el y im po rt an t
c o n ta c t. He was in e x c e ll e n t r e la ti o n s h ip w it h th e C hi ne se , was re sp e c te d by
CCC and a l l co nc er ne d. Hi s i n te l li g e n c e on Ja p a c t i v i t i e s in FIC was o f th e
b e st and r a te d th e h ig h e s t by a l l a t T s in g s i. Al so a s f a r as I co ui d d is c o v e r,
a lt h o he was OSS su p p li e d , OSS to o k h i s in te ll ig e n c e r e p o rt s w it h a g r a in o f
s a l t . I t was he who in fo rm ed me th a t i t would be im poss ib le to work w it h th e
Fr en ch i n FI C. (T h is l a t e r tu rn ed out to ba 100% t r u e ) . Hi s r e p o r ts were se n t
to a L t. Fe nn a t Kunming, whom I d i d n 't know.
3 -4 Ju n e : \w ir es th a t C ap t. EBAUGH w il l a r r i v e to ta k e o v er th e
C hi ne se tr o o p s o f Mr. Wou and I w il l work w ith Fr en ch and Ann ami te tr o o p s . Ka j.
C o u rt h la c , Fr en ch Array, fro m Kunming and |a rr iv ed T s in g s i w ith p la n s
to work w it h 100 Fr en ch and an na m ite tr o o p s . The co m po si tio n o f th e Fr en ch
tr o o p s was ap pro xim at el y as fo ll o w s < 40 w hi te F re nc h s o l d i e r s , 60 Annamese
s o l d i e r s , 8 Fr en ch o f f i c e r s . Th ese tr o o p s were a lr e a d y a t T s in g s i, ha vi ng
r e c e n tl y come fro m FI C . A "h ig h le v e l" co nf er en ce was h e ld , th e fo ll o w in g
p er so n s be in g p re se n ts
IV. T ri p to F r o n t i e r and t r a i n i n g o f F re n ch .
o Po se h
o T s in g s i
I
—o T it io u
3 Ju ly t I re tu rn ed to T si ng si by L-5«
4-6 J u ly : America ns fle w by L-5 from T si h g si to Pos eh. I made arr ang eme nts
thr ou gh Chi nese a u th o ri ti e s per m it ti ng th e Fre nch to walk to Po seh . L t. Ste wa rt
of SI was gr an te d emergency le av e and a ls o fl ew to Po seh . His ra dio op er at or
infor med me th a t he was bein g re pl ac ed by a L t. B ar net t. However, th is L t. ne ve r
a rr iv e d .
7 Ju ly » I re tu rn ed to Pos eh.
7-1 5 Ju ly : P re pa ra ti ons were made and ele me nta ry jump tr a in in g was gi ve n to
a l l "non -jum pers " by .\BABINEAU, and WHALLAN. In th e meantime (re
cei ve d a message from Hq which in tu rn came from AGAS, gi vi ng th e DZ co or di n
a te s , s ta ti n g th a t th er e were abo ut 3, 00 0 armed g u e ri ll a s in Ton kin, and th a t
a combined Fren ch-A mer ican m iss io n would no t be welcome. I ag ai n di sc us se d th e
m at te r wi th (and sin ce th er e was no d ir e c ti v e from Kunming on th e su b je ct ,
I de cid ed to jump in as Advance P ar ty wi th one Fre nch o ff ic e r who would re p o rt
bac k him se lf to th e r e s t of th e Fre nch on th e su b je c t. Ca pt. Baudenon and the
r e s t of th e Fre nch o ff ic e rs were in acc ord w ith th is pl an .
l6 Ju ly > The fo llo w in g pe rso nn el made the ms elv es rea dy f o r th e jumpj
Ma jor THOMAS L t. MONTFORT-French Army
S g t. ZEILSKI Sg t. LOGOS -Fr enc h-,i nna mit e
P fc . PRUINIER S gt . PHAC -Annam ite
Flew ov er th e DA in th e morning bu t pa ne ls no t o u t. Flew ov er ag ain in
th e af te rn oo n. Pa ne ls were ou t and ou t we we nt. Ito one h u rt . A ll pack ages OK,
bu t MONTFORT, ZEIL3KI and I lan ded in tr e e s .
Rece ived c o rd ia ll y on th e groun d by o f AGAS.
Gr ee ted by 200 armed guard s of th e Vietm inh p a rt y . I gave a l i t t l e spe ech to
the ra- co nsi de red ob li ga to ry -a nd Mr. Lee, a P ar ty Le ade r, was my in te rp re te r. A
ve ry im pre ssi ve re ce pt io n com mit tee. We were th en le d thro ugh th e fo r e s t pa th h,
th en und er a bamboo archway wi th th e si gn in E ng lis h above"Welcome to ou r
Americen Fr ie nd s" and the n con duc ted to ou r qu ar te rs which had been re c e n tl y
b u il t fo r us . I t co ns is te d of a cl ea n ty p ic a l Ton kin bamboo hou se, which tu rn ed
257
V II . T ra in in g and s e le c ti o n o f tr o o p s .
9 Augt S ta r te d f i r s t da y o f t r a i n i n g . T ra in in g in e a rn e st to make up f o r
l o s t tim e fro m 5*30 AM to 5
10 Aug: Re ce iv ed o u r l a s t p a ra c h u te ca rg o dr op o f 22 c h u te s. Re ce iv ed mes
sa ge fro m Po se h s t a t i n g t h a t Eba ugh had ca ptu re d in FIC w it h h is C hi ne se tr oops
two p ro -J a p v i l l a g e s . T h is was d is h e a rt e n in g news as i t was ob vi ou s Eba ugh was
no t i n f r ie n d ly c o n ta ct th e VTETi'IKH and th a t th e Vlhl'MIKH wer e on ly tr y in g to
kee p out th e C hi ne se who i n th e p a s t had a ct ed as b a n d it s and ro b b e rs in FI C. To
sa y th a t i n FIC th e re a re an y p ro -J ap v il la g e s - w e ll , no th in g co ul d be f a r t h e r fr om
th e t r u t h . In re fe re n c e to th i3 la m en ta bl e s t a t e o f a f f a i r s I w ir ed th e fo ll o w in g
to Po se h: "P le as e fo rw ar d fo ll o w in g to Eb aug h. VIETMINH p a r ty c h ie f her e sa ys
he ha s no o b je c ti o n s to C hi ne se f i g h ti n g in FIC un de r Am eric an c o n tr o l i f th ey
don’t a c t l ik e b a n d it s . C hi ef h er e se n t me ssa ge by c o u r ie r to P a rt y C h ie f CAOBANG
a re a to c o n ta c t Ebau gh and e n te r in to am ic ab le r e l a t i o n s ." I had e a r l i e r se n t to
Po se h th e fo ll o w in g me ssa ge f o r Eab ugh , "T el l Eba ugh P a rt y h er e w il li n g to coo p
e r a t e w ith C hin es e. W ill be in v a lu a b le in f u r n is h in g g u id e s . No do ub t ca n p u ll
co o rd in a te d a tt a c k s . T e ll Ebau gh Ch in es e f e a r s t h a t p a r ty co nr au ni st ic un fo un de d" .
V II I. A ct io n ta k e n a f t e r Jap su rr e n d e r IS Au gu st .
15 Aug: De cid ed a f t e r co nf er en ce w it h p a r ty le a d e r s th a t in vi ew o f
Ja p su rr e n d e r i t was now th e op po rt un e tim e to wind up th e t r a i n i n g and h i t th e
ro ad in th e g e n er a l d i r e c ti o n o f T ha i Nguye n and se e what co ul d be don e in th e
way of " a c ti o n ." Tr oo ps were ord er ed to g e t re ad y to le a v e th e ne xt m or ni ng .
Am eri can s sp en t th e day p ac kin g and g e tt i n g re ad y to b re ak camp. As f a r as th e
tr a i n i n g o f o ur tr o o p s was co nc er ne d i t was no t f i n is h e d . What we had don e had
be en done f a s t and n o t a l l s u b je c ts by any means had be en co ve re d. How ever, th e
boy s pi ck ed i t up f a s t , had be en ea ge r t o le a r n and made up f o r i t i n s p i r i t
wha t th ey s t i l l la ck ed in tr a i n i n g .
Kim lung ox
\ -Q .P hu c L in h o T ha i Nguyen
Dong Man V-
o Hung son ~- - - — ~ o
z T hi nh Dan
B. B a tt le by VIETMINH tr o o p s a g a in s t Ja p s a t T ha i Nguye n.
22 Aug: F ir in g co nt in ue d th ro ug ho ut th e to m . The Ja ps s t a r te d f i r i n g a
50mra m o rt a r and se v e ra l c iv i l ia n s wer e wounded .
IS . P e ri o d o f pe ac e and r e s t a f t e r th e b a t t l e o f T ha i Nguye n.
X. Ha no i.
X I. R et urn to Kunming.
Ma jor , I n fa n tr y
Commanding Team DEER
265
M a jo r A .K . T ho m as , 0 3 3
1. Foundat io n
2. O rg a n iz a tio n
3. P e rso n n e l
4» S tr e n g th
5. P u rp o se and P o li o ie a
6. F o re ig n r e l a t i o n s
7« P ro p ag an d a
8. G u e r i l l a W a r fa re
9, F o r m a t io n o f G o v er n m en t a f t e r J a p S u r r e n d e r
(T h e m a t e r i a l i n t h i s r e p o r t w as o b t a i n e d d u r i n g
a tw o m o n th s s t a y i n F r e n c h In d o - C h in a - l6 J u l y
t o l6 S e p te m b e r 1945* I * wa s o b t a i n e d m o s tl y
fr o m P a r t y l e a d e r s a n d h e n c e ma y be b i a s e d a nd
not a ll o f i t is v e rifie d . W he re t h e m a t e r i a l
w as o b t a i n e d , b y p e r s o n a l o b s e r v a t i o n o f t h e
w r i t e r , i t c a n b e a s c e r t a i n e d fr o m t h e t e x t )
266
I. FOUNDATION
T he V ie tm in h L e a g u e ( o r In d o C h in e s e P e o p le s In d e p e n d e n c e C o n f e d e r a t i o n )
wa s o r g a n i z e d i n 1 9 3 6 . I n 1 9 40 i * be ca m e a n a m a lg a m a ti o n o f a l l t h e n e x i s t i n g
p a r t i e s , h o w e v e r, t h e n u c le u s o f e a c h p a r t y r e m a in e d .
I I . ORGANIZATION
In a s m u c h a s th e p a r t y wa s n e c e s s a r i l y s e c r e t an d u n d e rg ro u n d t h e e x a t t
o r g a n i z a t i o n a n d c o m p o s i ti o n wa s n e c e s s a r i l y n e b l e o u s . L e a d e r s w e re c o n s t a n t l y
c h a n g in g .
I n g e n e r a l , g he o r g a n i z a t i o n a t t h e to p i s c l e a r . T h i s c o n s i s t e d o f a
d e m o c r a ti c c o u n c i l o f 9 m en . T h e C o u n c il c o n s i s t e d o f tw o d e l e g a t e s fr o m
T o n k in , tw o fr o m Ann am, tw o fr o m C o c h in -C h in a , tw o fr o m C am b o d ia , a n d o n e
fr o m L a o s .
I I I . PERSONNEL
T h e tw o m o s t im p o r ta n t p a r t y m em be rs t h a t we cam e i n c o n t a c t w it h w er e
H r . C.M . Hoo ( r e a l nam e* Ho C h i M in h) a nd M r. V an ( r e a l na m et Vo N gu ye n G ia p ) .
T h e s e tw o w e re c o n s t a n t l y n e a r u s i n t h e tw o m o n th s we w e re i n F . I . C .
M r. Hoo l a t e r b e c a n e P r e s i d e n t o f t h e P r o v i s i o n a l G ov er n m en t a n d M r. V an
be ca m e M i n i s t e r o f I n t e r i o r . 4
B o th a r e e x tr e m e ly s i n c e r e a nd a b l e an d b e l i e v e 100% i n t h e in d e p e n d e n c e
o f F . I . C . T h e y h a v e e n d u re d e x tr e m e h a r d s h i p s i n t h e f o r e s t s o f F . I . C . B o th
h a v e l e f t i s t s y m p a th ie s an d a c c o r d i n g t o C a p t . P a t t i , S . I . , M r. Hoo i s a n o u t
r i g h t C om m u n is t.
IV . STRENGTH
A c c o r d in g t o p a r t y l e a d e r s , VML r e p r e s e n t s a t l e a s t 85% o f t h e p o p u l a t i o n
o f Ann am, C o c h i n ,- C h in a , T o n k in , an d C a m b o d ia . T h i s f i g u r e i n c l u d e s s y m p a t h iz e r s
a s w e ll a s m e m b e rs .-
I t wa s c o n s e r v a t i v e l y e s t i m a t e d t h a t i n T o n k in t h e r e w e re a p p r o x im a te ly
3 ,0 0 0 a im e d g u e r i l l a s . T h i s f i g u r e d id n o t i n c l u d e v i l l a g e g u a r d s .
I t i s s a i d t h a t t h e r e a s o n f o r t h e g r e a t s t r e n g t h o f VML i n c o m p a ri s o n t o
o t h e r p a r t i e s wa3 t h a t i t a p p e a le d t o t h e p e o p le e n m a s s e , t h e p e a s a n t s a n d t h e
d e p r e s s e d . W h e re a s , o t h e r p a r t i e s w ork ed o n l y am ong t h e i n t e l l e c t u a l g r o u p s .
V. PURPOSE AND PO LI CI ES
A. P l a t f o r m .
P a r t y l e a d e r s s t a t e t h a t i t s m a in p l a t f o r m i s t h e c o m p le te in d e p e n d e n c e
a n d l i b e r t y o f t h e i r c o u n t r y . T h e y h a d s to o d f o r F r e n c h a n d J a p g r i e v a n c e s l o n g
e n o u g h an d w er e r e a d y f o r in d e p e n d e n c e .
267
B. P o l i t i c s .
VI . FOREIGN RELATIONS
Th er e was no o f f i c i a l r e p re s e n ta ti v e o f th e p a r ty e i t h e r a t Kunming o r
Ch un gk ing . T h is i s ob vi ou s inas muc h as th e p a rt y was re co gn iz ed by no on e, ie
by no fo re ig n powe r. Howev er, th e r e were Annamese pe op le a t th e s e c i t i e s who
wer e p a rt y members*
83 -6 05 0 - 7 3 - 1 8
1. To re th an 5 pa rs on s c o u ld n 't as se m bl e w ith ou t a p e rm it .
2. High ta xe3 on la n d , m at ch es , he ad ta x e s , e tc .
3. P r iv a te sc h o o ls fo rb id d en . ,
4. Hard o r im po ss ib le to g e t c e r ta in g o v 't a d m in is tr a ti v e p o s ts o r
g e t in b ig b u si n e ss .
5. I f r i c e i s 3 h o rt , pe op le s ta r v e and th e Fr en ch hogs g et th e r i c e .
S e v e ra l m il li o n pe op le st a rv e d r e c e n tl y i t was sa id be ca us e o f
Fr en ch ho ar di ng th e ri c e - a n d i t a l l s p o il e d .
6. A p r ic e was pu t on th e he ad o f p o l i t i c a l le a d e r s . So many p i a s tr e s
and so much s a l t o ff e re d as a re w ar d.
7. The y woul d buy sa lt -d em an di ng a c e r t a i n q u a n ti fy , and i f same was
no t re ac h ed , would c o n fi s c a te a l l o t i t . The y would buy i t f o r sa y
30 so us and s e l l i t ba ck th e same amoun t f o r 3 p i a s t r e s .
8. Fo rc ed sq le of opium and a lc o h o l. I f a m a g is tr a te d i d n 't buy hi 3 qu ot a,
th e v il l a g e com mi tte e was a r e s te d . Opium co nsu mp tio n was en co ur ag ed
by pr op ag an da .
9. Fo rb ad e ev en m an da rin s and la n d lo rd s to hav e arm s.
10 . Fo rb ad e a l l p o l i t i c a l p a r ti e s and tr a d e u n io n s. L ea de rs p u t in j a i l .
11 . R at io n cou pon s nec es sa ry f o r c lo th e s . F re nc h had s p e c ia l "A" co up on s.
Cou ld g e t more and s e l l t h e i r su rp lu s a t a p r o f i t .
12 . Ta xe s on gr ow ing fo od and i t s s a l e .
13 . Inhuma n p r a c ti c e s !
eg -S hooti ng and g a ss in g o f p o l i t i c a l p ri s o n e rs a t Cao bang .
3 rd de gr ee p r a c ti c e s o f th e S u re te .
14 . C on tr ol and l im i ta t io n o f s a l t .
15 . Ko fre ed om o f th e p r e s s .
16 . Po or ty p e o f Fr en ch c o lo n ia l a d m in is tr a to r . M or al s, e tc . ba d. Emp eror
o f Annam and King o f Camb odia m er el y st o o g es and pu p p et s.
17 . Fr en ch ga ve 8 g i r l s f o r th e p le a s u re o f Ja p may or a t Ha no i.
(F re nc h sa y th ey we re fo rc e d to do i t . )
V II . PROPAGANDA
Pr op ag an da to f u r t h e r th e p a r ti e s p la tf o rm was c a r r ie d on by sm al l pr op a
ga nd a gr ou ps who tr a v e le d ab ou t th e c o u n tr y . Th ese gr ou ps o r co m m itt ee s con
s is te d in a la r g e p a r t by s tu d e n ts .
V II I. GUERILLA T/ARFARE
Be fo re th e Ja p su rr e n d e r o f 15 Au gu st , i t was s ta te d by p a rt y c h ie f s , th a t
th e re we re in To nk in ab ou t 3, 00 0 armed g u e r il l a s o p e ra ti n g in sm al l ban ds o f to
271
Se pt em be r 1, 1945 —“R oa d th ru Th ai Ng uy en to H an oi .”
25 Au gu st 1945
SUBJECT: O p e ra ti o n EMBANKMENT
TO i L t. C o fi -M o sc ri p ~
O p e ra ti o n s O f f i c e r
1 . M aj or Ma ha rg h a s in fo rm ed me t h a t L t. '' o l . C as s,
B r i t i s h SEAC A s s a u lt U n it comman der f o r S a ig o n , r e q u e s te d i n y e s
t e r d a y ’s 100 0 m e e ti n g t h a t th e com mandin g o f f i c e r o f t h e OSS u n i t ,
t o be a tt a c h e d t o h i s command su b m it t o him a s ta te m e n t c o n c e rn in g
th e o b j e c t iv e s an d re q u ir e m e n ts o f EMBANKMENT.
A
2 . The o b j e c t iv e s o f EMBANKMENT, t o q u o te fr om C o lo n el
C o u g h li n ’s memora ndum to t h e C h ie f s 'o i’ F i el d Mio s i o n s, 15 A ug us t
19 45 , a r e , " th e i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f Vfar C ri m es , p r i s o n e r s o f w a r, an d
c o n d it i o n o f (U .S ») p r o p e r t i e s ’’, R A i i s i n t e r e s t e d aB w e ll in
t h e c o l l e c t i o n o f su c h do cu m en ts an d p u b li s h e d m a t e r i a l a s may p ro v e
o f i n t e r e s t t o t h e Li br ary o f C o n g re ss ,
3 . S in o e EMBANKMENT w i l l ha ve co m m un ic at io n f a c i l i t i e s ,
an d s i n c e i t i s my i n t e n t i o n to r e q u i s i t i o n s u i t a b l e U .S . p r o p e r ty
(s u c h as t h e Te xa co home) as a H q. jf lJ iJ s u i t a b l e r e q u i s i t i o n s ha ve
bee n mad e f o r fo o d ,a n d s p e c ia l fu n d s a l l o t t e d f o r t h e h i r i n g o f
d o m e st ic a id an d p u rc h a se o f t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , I do n o t se e a t t h i s
ti m e t h a t EMBANKMENT h a s an y l i s t o f re q u ir e m e n ts t o p r e s e n t to
C o l. C a s s ,
y' .
A. PETER DEWEY /
M aj o r, AUS ' . /
* EMBANKMENT C.O . 1
282
BRANCH HEADQUARTERS
D e t. ItOU
S A IG O N , FR EN CH EJ D O -C H IN A
17 S e p t . / 19U5
SUBJECT: C h ro n o lo g ic a l l i s t o f d a te s f o r M is si o n EMBANKMENT.
1 . The fo ll o w in g i s a c h r o n o lo g ic a l l i s t o f th e mo re im p o rt a n t
d a te s o f m is s io n EMBANKMENT, up t o an d in c lu d in g 17 S e p t ., 19U5>.
2 S e p t, Ad va nc e PO’.V p a r t y c o n s i s t in g o f L t . C ou na ss e an d 3 EM
a r r i v e d S a ig o n .
U S e p t. 1 s t e c h e lo n EMBANKMENT c o n s i s t in g o f L t . C o l. Dewey ,
M aj or B lu e c h e l, C a p t. F r o s t , L t s . Be kk er an d Wick s
a r r i v e d S a ig o n .
5 S e p t. 2 n d .e c h e lo n EMBANKMENT, c o n s i s t in g o f C a p ts . W hi t? ,
C o o ld ig e an d V a rn e r, a r r i v e d S a ig o n . 8 co mb at c ar g o
p la n e s a r r i v e d f o r e v a c u a ti o n o f POWs.
6 S e p t. 2lU A m er ic an POWs d e p a r te d f o r C a lc u tt a v i a 8 co mb at
c a rg o p l a n e s .
7 S e p t. R e si d en c e o f M r. F e r i e r a c q u ir e d f o r EMBANKMENT he ad
q u a r t e r s . P h y s ic a l p o s s e s s io n ta k e n .
10 S e p t . H ou se ho ld s t a f f o f s e r v a n ts a c q u ir e d . F re n c h O f f ic e r s
o f ACM e n t e r t a i n e d a t d i n n e r .
12 S e p t . C a p t. L eo nar d a r r i v e d S a ig o n .
13 S e p t. M aj or Ge n. G ra ce y a r r i v e d S a ig o n . C a p ts . C oo li dg e an d
V a rn e r d e p a r te d f o r D a la t.
15 S e p t . C a p ts . C ooli dge an d V a rn er r e tu r n e d fr om D a l a t .
//
283
i-iLB-2739-A
ER A nC il 'HE ADQ UAR TER S
O F F IC E OF S l i l A E G I C S E R V IC E S
DE TA CI EIE RT I4.OI4.
Saigon , FIC .,
30 Septcnberl9U$»
The aim of the Vie t I'inh pa rt y aa expr esse d by Forei gn M ini ste r
Pnam Ilgoc Thach dur ing an inte rvi cnr on 1$ September, 19^5, was to g^in
by peac eabl e means se lf government f o r the Annanese peo ple . Ho st at ed
th a t tlie pa rty was su ff ic ie n tl y we ll orga nize d to assume immediate gov
ernment of Vi et liam, i . c . , tho th re e co st al prov ince s of Cochinch ina,
Annan, and Tonkin. Laos and Cambodia ar e con side red se pa rat e co un tri es
by tho Annanese, bu t th e ir pla ns inc lud ed pro vis ion s fo r an en ten te with
thos e two pro vin ces tog oth er wi th Thaila nd whereby an economic blo c could
be formed.
83 -60 5 0 - 73 - 19
( P o li ti c a l aims and Piiilosopl iy, Cont. )
dependent upon Annamited fo r foo d. Fu rth er , no Annamite would work fo r
any Frenchman, and thus a ll French concer ns would be unabl e to fu nc tio n.
Since the Vi et iiinh co nt ro lle d a t le a s t a ma jor ity of th e Annamites by one
moans or an oth er, such a pla n was qu ite pra ct ic ab le .
On the 22nd of Scpter.'.ber, the eve of the out bre aks , Thach st at ed
in an in te rv i ew, th at as a f in a l measure of des per ati on cs' th e Vie t i.linh
would sta ge a mass demo nstra tion of many thousands of Annamite3 marching
throug h Saigon comp letly unarmed and car ry ing only bann ers and emblems
of the p a rt y . I t was hoped th at French and B ri ti sh tro ops would f ir o on
the Annamites caus ing many ca us al ti es , bri ng ing the at te nt io n of th e world
to the se "pe ac efu l, fre edo a-l oving ma rty rs" .
I am civa nced th a t Thach a t no time planne d on having rec our se to
vio len ce and I have reaso n to be lie ve th a t ho i s appal ed by th e tu rn even ts
have tak en . I t is ce rt ai n he longed fo r the goodwil l and fri en ds hi p of
Americans and of th e B ri ti sh as w el l, though in the l a t t e r cas e he vraa
disco urage d by many re bu ff s. Pr io r to 1 October, General Gracey had .
ref use d to meet wit h the lo ad er s of tho Vi et iiinh and ign ore d th e ir pl ea s
fo r a con fere nce . H. Thach i s rec ogn i zed by General Gracey an d Colonol
Ce dil le as tho o ff ic ia l spokesman and one of the th re e le ad er s of the
Southe rn Committee of the Vi et ’’in h.
Since 23 September when th e Frenc h, through fo rc e of am s, took over
tiie c it y h a ll , the Annaraese have re so rt ed to a re ign of te r r o r . Their cry
lias been "dea th to a ll Europeans", and have engaged in kid nap pin gs, murders ,
ars on, and in di sc rim in at e sn ip in g. Sic or ig in al pla n of evac uatin g
Saigon and the reb y cu tti ng i t of f from a l l sour ces of food supp ly was
pla ced in op er at io n, bu t in ad di tio n armed ’warfare of a so rt has been
re so rt ed to and many small pi tc he d b a tt le s have re su lt ed . Ju st how f a r
the Annamese w il l go in th e ir de ter mi nat ion to gain se lf independence
remains to be see n.
I >
An in te re st in g bu t imp orta nt si d e -l ig h t is tho fa c t th a t Americans
ar e no t cond iderc d to belong in the c la ss if ic a ti o n ’’Europeans". Americans
ar e con sid ere d to be a sep ara te peo ple, and the Vie t Finh le ad er s exor esse d
tiie hope th a t Amsidcans -would v i ew fav ora bly th e ir bid fo r independen ce,
sin ce wa ourse lve s foug ht fo r and gainod our independence under a si tu at io n
con side red to be si m ila r to th a t ns cxi s ts in Indo Cliina to- da y. The Viot
i.'iinh l ea de rs wore es pe ci al ly des iro us of gain ing our fri en ds hi p and oft en
exor esse d tho hope th a t we would sponso r th e ir bi d fo r independence and
the reb y fo rc e tho French to y ie ld .
In view of the for ego ing , and in view of the many in sta nc es of
defe renc e shorn to me and oth er members of tho 033 mis sion vdiilo moving
throug h Annamite d is tr ic ts unde r pr ot ec tio n of a dis pla ye d American fl ag ,
d e ta il s of which arc cont aine d in an att ac he d a ff id a v it , I an convinced
th at Major A. P 7TER DElVEf, AC, O-9119U7, was ambushed and ki ll ed through
being mistak en of bein g of a nat io n al it y ot he r than American. If the Jeep
in which he was ri di ng a t tho time of th e in ci de nt had heen dis pl ay in g an
American f la g , I fe e l po si ti ve th a t the sho ts would not have been fi re d .
A fl ag was no t bein g dis pla yed in accofd ancc wit h vo rb al in st ru ct io ns is s
ued by Genera l Gracey, Conoanding General of the A lli ed Con trol Co mi ssi on,
Saig on. D et ai ls of thos e in st ru ct io ns ar e cont aine d in an accompanying
a f f i d av it .
HE RB ERT J . BL Ui iC UE L,
C a s t . , C A C .,
O -S 0 6 6 1 9 .
285
M L Q -2 73 9- J
BiiALCii HTADQUAdTilHS
OFr’ICS OF STRATEGIC SERVICES
D sm an zK ii UoU
Sa ig on , F IC .,
30 Se pt em be r, 19li3
M LB -2 73 9- B
A F F ID A V IT
T hi s i s an ac co un t o f th e e v e n ts su bs eq ue nt to and fo ll o w in g th e k i l
li n g o f A. PETER DEJEY, M ajo r, AC, O-9119U7?
A ll ev en ts d e ta il e d h e re in tr a n s p ir e d on Wednesday, 26 Se pte mb er 19U3.
In ac co rd an ce w it h ar ra ng em en ts p re v io u s ly made, Ma jor DEWEY was sch edu led ,
to d e p a rt Sa ig on f o r C a lc u tt a , In d ia , and su bs eq ue nt ly Kandy , Ce ylo n, v ia
ATC. A ra d io mes sage ha d be en re c e iv e d on th e a ft e rn o o n o f 23 Se pte mb er
in fo rm in g u s o f th e ex pe ct ed a r r i v a l o f an ATC p la n e in Sa ig on a t ap p ro x i
m at el y O9*3o ho ur s 26 Se pte m be r. A cc or di ng ly Maj or DE.VEY made a l l n e c e ss a ry
p re p a ra ti o n s to d e p a rt on t h a t p la n e , an d on th e mor nin g o f 26 Se pte mb er I
dr ov e iiim to th e a i r - p o r t in ou r Je ep , fo ll o w in g th e ro u t9 mar ked "A" on
th e acc om pan yin g sk e tc h . V/d d e p a rt e d OSS h e a d q u ar te rs a t ap p ro xi m at el y
09 :00 an d a r r iv e d a t th e a i r - p o r t a t ap Dr ox im ate ly 09 *1 0. Th ere we con
ta c te d M ajo r FRANK H. RHOADS, AC, O-UOH879, commanding ATC p e rs o n n e l
s ta ti o n e d in Sa ig on . He in fo rm ed u s he ha d n o t re c e iv e d news o f th e p la n e
as y e t, b u t ex pe ct ed i t to a r r iv e b e fo re no on. I th en dr ov e Ma jor DEWEY
to th e C o n ti n e n ta l H o te l, Sa ig on , fo ll o w in g th e ro u te mar ked "B" on accom
pa ny in g sk e tc h , wh ere we p ic k ed up h is lu g g ag e. Ma jor DEWEY ha d a t h is
d is p o s a l a room in th e H ot el wh ere he co nd uc te d c o n si d e ra b le OSS b u si n e ss ,
and T he re he a ls o k e p t c o n si d e ra b le o f h is p e rs o n a l qq ui pm en t. Je re tu rn e d
to th e a i r - p o r t fo ll o w in g ro u te "B" a r r iv in g a t ap pr ox im at el y 1 0: 3 0. At
ab ou t 11 :0 0 Ma jor DEiTEY d is c o v e re d he ha d l e f t h is dog ta g s a t th e H ot el ,
an d I dr ov e him to th e C o n ti n e n ta l to re c o v e r same. Du rin g th e co ur se o f
t h i s t r i p we we re in fo rm ed C ap ta in JOSEPH R. COOLIDGE, AC, O-83U932, a
member o f th e OSS M is si on , ha d be en br ou gh t in fro m D a la t in a r a t h e r
se ri o u s c o n d it io n fro m wounds re c e iv e d i n a f i g h t w it h arm ed an na m it es .
l,See s e p a ra te re p o rt f o r f u l l d e t a i l s ) . We saw C ap t. COOLIDGE a t th e
B r it is h 7 3th F ie ld Ambu lance H o s p it a l, and a f t e r Ma jor DE.7EY had as su re d
h im se lf t h a t Ca pt . COOLIDGE was re c e iv in g ad eq ua te m ed ic al a tt e n ti o n , we
re tu rn e d to th e a i r - p o r t fo ll o w in g ro u te "B", a r r iv in g a t ap pr ox im at el y
12 :1 3.
D ur in g th e co ur se o f th e s e t r i p s be tw ee n th e a i r - p o r t , OSS h e a d q u a rt e rs
an d S ai go n, we en co un te re d s e v e r a l annam ese c o n st ru c te d ro a d b lo c k s, lo c a
ti o n s o f wh ich a re ma rke d on acc om pan ying sk e tc h . At no ne o f th e se ro ad
bl oc ks d id vre se e d is p la y e d any arm s o r an y anna mes e b e a ri n g arm s. At a l l
ro ad b lo c k s en co un te re d, th e re w er e u s u a ll y p re s e n t 3 o r U ann ame se, b u t
in a l l in s ta n c e s th e s e pe op le we re una rme d an d o ff e re d no re s is ta n c e to
ou r p a s s in g , 'ih is i s p a r t i c u l a r l y tr u e of th e ro ad b lo ck Ho. 1, wh ich i s
th e p o in t a t wh ich Ma jor DE'.VEY wa s k il le d , and i s a ls o th e voa d bl oc k
th ro ug h wh ich we p as se d on ou r i n i t i a l t r i p to th e a i r - p o r t a t 0 9 :0 0.
A t t h a t ti m e we en co un te re d no r e s is t a n c e o f any k in d , and p as se d th ro ug h
th e b lo ck v/ it ho ut in c id e n t. As wa s u su a l, th e re we re se v er al Q*armed
anna mes e l o i t e r i n g w it h in th e im me di ate v i c i n i t y , b u t no arm s vrere ob se rv ed
by e i t h e r of u s . T hi s p a r t i c u l a r ro ad b lo ck (No. 1) ha d be en i n e x is te n c e
si n c e Sun day , 23 Se pte mb er 19U3, an d a l l members o f OSS ha d p as se d th ro ug h
287
Vfe de par ted OSS house a t appr oxim ately 17:1$ unde r es co rt of a po rti on
of the Gurkha tro op . Before lea vin g I in st ru ct ed th e Japanes e guard to
ma inta in th e ir guard po st s. We ar riv ed a t the Hotel Co ntin ent al a t 17:^ 0,
where vie es ta bl is he d ourse lve s in su ita bl e qu ar te rs .
I canno t speak too hig hly of th e oers onn el pr es en t dur ing th e above
des crib ed ac ti on . My ord ers were ca rr ie d out e x p li c it ly and ac cu ra tel y,
and a l l re fl e c te d the tru e s p ir it and tr ai nin g of the U. S. Amy. Captai n
WHITE and T/$ WICKES ar e es pe ci al ly to be commended: Capt. WHITE fo r the
way i n which he execute d my se ve ral ord ers to him, and fo r h is courage in
vo lun tee rin g fo r the tas k of proc eedi ng down th e road to rec over the body
291
o f Ma jor DE.'fEI, he ha vi ng v o lu n te e re d i n s p it e o f th e f a c t tl ia t a c o n si
d e ra b le numb er o f arm ed ann ame se v.e re s t i l l v /i th in th e im me dia te v i c i n i t y .
T/5 GEORGE WICKES f o r th e p e rs o n a l co ur ag e d is p la y e d i n m ee tin g th e i n i
t i a l o n sl au g h t o f th e a tt a c k in g fo r c e , an d f o r h is su bs eq ue nt a c ti o n s
an d ex tre m e c o o p e ra ti o n d u ri n g th e b a la n c e of th e a c ti o n .
C a p t. , CAC.
0-2 86 81 9.
S ig n a tu re 6-U«4 ar y
W it n e ss e s ;-
1) _______________________________
*
292
i o MLB-2 7 3 9 -E
a f f id a v it
A f te r re g a in in g th e ho us e th e e n ti r e gro up d is pos ed th em se lv es a t
va nt ag e p o in ts on th e se co nd f l o o r an d th e ro o f un de r d ir e c ti o n of C ap t.
BLUECHEL. Our f i r i n g was b r is k a t t h i s ti m e - th e re b ei n g no s c a r c it y
o f t a r g e t s . The an na m it es wer e de pl oy ed g e n e ra ll y in gr ou ps o f fro m 5
to 10 p e r gr ou p, s e v e r a l o f wh ich co ul d be se en i n th e g o lf c o u rs e o ff
to ou r r i g h t f r o n t . L a te r , p ro bab ly be ca us e o f th e e f f e c ti v e f i r e be in g
d e li v e re d fro m th e hou se , th ey be ga n to le a v e t h e i r p o s it io n s i n th e g o lf
co ur se an d ap pe ar ed to be a tt e m p ti n g to fl a n k th e n o rt h s id e o f our ho use .
I b is ro u te o f ap or oa ch wo uld ha ve a ff o rd e d them much b e t t e r co v e r.
I
S h o rt ly b e fo re 13 :3 0 C ap t. BLUECHEL in s tr u c t e d me to re d is p o se th e
!Ja pa ne se g u a rd s. By t h i s ti m e th e o r i g in a l th r e e who we re a t th e f r o n t
g at e The n h o s t i l i t i e s be ga n ha d in c re a s e d to s ix , th e new a r r i v a l s p re
sum abl y ha vi ng come o u t o f th e gu ar d ho us e when i t becam e e v id e n t to
th o se th e r e t h a t th e ma in ho us e was be in g a tt a c k e d .
I s ta ti o n e d fo u r o f th e s i x on th e fl a n k s an d r e a r o f th e ho us e
whe re th ey wo uld be in a b e t t e r p o s it io n to d e a l w it h a tt a c k s fro m th o se
q u a r te r s . One of th e Ja p s was k e p t in th e ho us e w it h u s as re s e rv e an d,
i n th e e v e n t th e o u ts id e Ja ps tu rn e d on u s , f o r p o s s ib le use a s a h o st a g e .
F ir e a t t h i s ju n c ti o n was in t e r m it te n t. A t ab o u t 13 :3 0 a tr u c k
tow in g a p a ss e n g e r c a r ap or oa ch ed th e ho use fro m th e N or th . We re co g
n iz e d th e p a ss e n g e rs a s L ts . VARNER an d F ro s t o f o u r own de ta ch m en t w it h
two e n li s t e d men o f th e A ir T ra n sp o rt Command. We we re n a tu r a ll y s u r
p r is e d to se e the m a s th ey ha d ha d to come th ro ug h th e ro ad bl ock a t
wh ich Ma jo r DKJEY was amb ush ed.
A t 1^ :1 0 th e an na m it es r a is e d a Red Cr oss f l a g i n th e g o lf co ur se
a c ro s s th e ro a d . A f te r a co nf er en ce i t was de ci de d to ta k e ad va nt ag e
in th e h a l t in h o s t i l i t i e s to se nd o u t f o r a id . DO'.TNS an d McCLINCI, th e
two w ar co rre spo nd en tS5 1 v o lu n te e re d to co os s th e g o lf c o u rs e . They we re
in s tr u c t e d by C ap t. BLUECHEL to ke ep w e ll to th e So ut h o f th e a re a h el d
by th e an na m it es , an d make f o r th e a i r - f i e l d wh ere th ey wo uld be a b le to
n o ti f y B r it is h h e a d q u a rt e rs by te le p h o n e o f o u r s i t u a t i o n . Th is th ey d id .
D is ta n c e to th e a i r - f i e l d b ei ng ap pr ox im at el y I2 to 2 m il e s .
W ith in a n o th e r 10 m in ut es we si g h te d a 3 -t o n Ja p tr u c k pro ce ed in g
So ut h on th e ro a d . I t was c a rr y in g a pa rit y o f unar med Ja pa ne se s a i l o r s .
I as ke d M ajo r BLUECHEL f o r p e rm is si o n to commandeer th e tr u c k and us e i t
i n an e f f o r t to re c o v e r Ma jor DEWEY's bo dy . P er m is si on was gr an te dj i an d,
ac co mp an ied by Ma jor VERGER, we o rd e re d th e tr u c k to tu r n aro un d an d ta k e
u s to th e s i t e o f th e k il l i n g.
a id p a r ty an d o b ta in t h e i r a s s is ta n c e in re co v e ri n g th e M a jo r' s bo dy .
Th is we d id and j u s t as we made c o n ta c t vr ith th e an na m ite s we o u rs e lv e s
we re jo in e d by Ma jo r i*TlAHK RHOADS, USAAF. In h is je e p Ma jor RHOADS ha d
w it h him a S a n it a ry Co rps Ma jor , one e n li s te d man o f h i s ATC de ta ch m en t,
and McCLUICY an d DOWNS, a l l o f whom he had me t a t th e a i r - f i e l d . .
Yfe ap pr oa ch ed th e an na mi te f i r s t a id p a rt y in a gr ou p. Ma jor VERGI21
was ho ld in g up a c a rb in e w it h a w hit e han d k er ch ie f t i e d to i t . In Fr en ch
I ex p la in ed to an an na m ite in ch ar ge w ha t I 'wa nte d. He to ld u s he wo uld
summon th e an na m ite f i e l d commander an d we ag re ed on a tr u c e f o r t h i s
pu rp os e.
Du rin g th e in te rm is s io n w hil e we w a it e d f o r th e a r r i v a l o f th e
an na m ite le a d e r we ha d a ch an ce to lo ok ab out and tk ke st o ck o f th e
s i tu a t io n . We we re a b le to d e te c t th e pre se n ce o f a c o n si d e ra b le gro up
o f arm ed an na m it es who we re und er p a r t i a l co ve r in th e a re a . We vrere
n o t, how eve r, a b le to se e an y ev id en ce o f th e mac hin e gun wh ich k i l l e d
Ma jor DEWEY and wh ich l a t e r ha d be en emp loy ed a g a in s t th e ho us e.
W ith in a few m in ut es th e Red Cr os s man re tu rn e d w it h th e man who was
p re s e n te d to u s a s th e c h ie f of th e an na mi te f i e l d fo r c e . He was. b etw ee n
t h i r t y and t h i r t y - f i v e y e a rs o ld an d wor e m il it a r y b o o ts and b re a c h e s .
He spo ke f a i r Fr en ch b u t no E n g li sh . C on ve rs at io n w it h him was d i f f i c u l t
ina sm uch as he was i n a s t a t e o f ex ci te m en t ver g in g on h y s t e r ia .
Im m ed ia te ly we ex p la in e d to him t h a t we we re Am eri can s an d t h a t we
ha d come se ek in g th e body o f Ma jor DE.7EY. A t f i r s t he s a id he knew no
th in g of an y bo dy b u t a t o u r in s is te n c e he was a b le to remem ber an
" in c id e n t" in wh ich a C ol on el ha d be en k i l l e d a t th e b a rr ic a d e .
We t r i e d to come im m ed ia te ly to th e p o in t b u t on ly a f t e r some l i t t l e
tim e we re we a b le to make an y ar ra ng em en ts f o r th e re co v er y o f th e bo dy .
We f i n a l l y re ac h ed th e fo ll o w in g te rm s: we wou ld al 1 nw him to re c o v e r
th re e o f h is de ad fro m th e g o lf co urs e im m ed ia te ly i n f r o n t o f th e OSS
ho us e i n exc ha ng e f o r wh ich he wo uld pr od uc e th e bod y o f C ol on el DEWEY.
We p e rm it te d h is men to use Ma jor RHOADS' je ep f o r t h i s p ur po se .
tfi th in ano the r 10 minutes th e jeep had ret ur ne d from the go lf cou rse
wi th the th re e annaraite dead la id acr oss the hood. We no tic ed th a t the
equipment on them, inc lud ing ca rt ri dg e boxes and cant eens -was Japa nese.
Our p a rt of the ba rg ain f u lf il le d , the annamite ch ief and a d e ta il was
about to de pa rt to br in g the Co lon el' s body to us . Whether he vrould have
ev en tua lly ca rr ie d ou t hi s pled ge i s imp ossi ble to say.
At the moment of h is de pa rtu re fi ri n g broke out anew, th is time coming
from th e v ic in it y of Po in t 2. 'We were ab le to see immed iately th a t th e
shoo ting vras coming from a pa rty of Gurkhas ( la te r id e n ti fi e d as two p la
toons of th e 31 st Gurkha R if le s) . They were coming ftp th e road tovrards us
and were stampeding a la rg e number of non-c omba ttant annam ites ahead of them.
Our po si ti on the n - bei ng in annaraite hands wit h Gurkhas coming tovrards
us - began to become awkward. This si tu at io n was fu rt h e r comp licate d by the
j two war cor res po nd en ts. App aren tly bei ng un fa m ili ar wit h the di sp o si ti o n ff
Gurkha tro op s dur ing combat, th e two corr espo nde nts atte mp ted to h a lt the
oncoming tro op s in or de r to spa re the non-co mbatta nt annara ites caugh t be
tween the li n e s.
On agreement wi th Major RHOADS I broke of f my n eg ot ia tio ns wi th the
annara ites in an e ff o rt to tr y and pre ven t tro ub le between DOWS and MeCLINCY
and th e B ri ti sh Major commanding the Gurkhas. I vras un su cc es sfu l. The
corr esp ond ent s demanded th a t th e Gurkhas r e ti r e whi le the c iv il ia n s were
cle ar ed from the ar ea . The Major re fu se d. He to ld them h is ord ers were to
re st or e or de r "by th e use of maximum for ce" and th a t vras what he in te nd ed
to do. The corr esp ond ent s charg ed him wit h bein g a "murderer" i f he con
tin ue d. I fi n a ll y managed to convince th e corr espo nde nts th a t the y were
was ting th e ir own and everyone e ls e 's time and the y ret urn ed to OSS hea d-
qu ar te rs wi th me. Upon ny re tu rn to the house I rep or ted b ri e fl y what had
happened to Capt. BLUECHEL. At appr oxim ately 17 500 we evac uate d the OSS
he ad qu art ers , moving to th e Co nti nen tal Hot el.
f'RAi’lK
Capt. In f. ,
0-10173h7
Wi tne sse s: -
1) __ ______________________
Mol OSS
2) __ ______________________
296
2$ Octob er 19h5
8. .As a fu rt he r gr at ui to us comment, i t i3 u n li k el y in my
opin ion th at m il it a ry per son nel w i l l in the fu tu re be in a po si ti on
to sec ure much va lu ab le in te ll ig e n ce from French Indo- China . As soon
as the si tu a ti o n reac hes a po in t where elemen ts of dang er are in con-
; t r o l, the y shou ld be .re pl ac ed by c iv il ia n per son nel op er ati ng tuider
: the cov er o f newspaper corre spon dent s or oth ers havin g le gi ti m at e
bu sin ess in the ar ea . ,
F. hi. SMALL
Major,AGD
83 -6 05 0 - 73 - 20
■
III. SECRET INTELLIGENCE BRANCH (S.I.)
REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS RELATING TO
THE VIET MINH
M r. B uw T e le 9 6 4 -
L 'a n c i e n t H o te l de la
R e sid e n c e S u p e rie u r
H o m e m i n i s t e r s e n d s h is c o m p l i m e n t s to th e A m e r ic a n m i l i t a r y .
m i s s i o n a n d a p o lo g i z e s
(301)
302
f o r n o t b e in g a b le to c o m e h im s e lf . M , B uw is m y p e r s o n a l
d e p u ty a n d i s e m p o w e r e d to k e e p c o n ta c t w it h th e A m e r ic a n
d e le g a t e s . We s h o u ld be v e r y g r a t e f u l to th e A m e r ic a n m i s s i o n
to f a c i l i t a t e h is w o r k u n t il e s t a b l i s h m e n t o f o f f ic ia l r e l a t i o n s .
Vo n g u y e n G ia p
*
303
F e ll o w C ou nt ry m en !
F e ll o w C ou nt ry m en !
F .- :\ x; iA d? sis
c«
v ic s c ? -j ’ U ? ? : ' 7 i 7 i ; c i J ’ ~"A - r agc
31 ??.A"CH
if C 5? 7
1 o Ae p t c : ;b c r 19 4 5
S u b je c t: In te r v ie w w it h Dao D ei , fo rm s” ’ em pe ro r o f Anna;:;
To : C h ie f o f I n t e l l i g e n c e D iv is io n ,C 5 'J .C h in a “h e a t r e •
1 . A t H a n o i, d u r in g th e we ek o f th e 1 0 th o f S e p te m b e r,
1 ° 4 5 , I had. a n I n t e r v i e w w it h Dao D a i, f o rm e r em p e ro r o f A nn an ,
a t w hic h ” o _Ch_i>.J :i n h , th e pr e s i d e n t o f th e P r o v i s i o n a l "Govern
m en t _o f_ _V iet F a n a n d P p in c e 5o u p h an o u v o n 3 ,'t ?r ef ~ b rp th E rr ''o T ''t h e
k i n s o f L ao s7 ” w er e p r e s e n t . 'T h e " in te r v ie w - w a s on a f r i e n d l y , '"
u n o f f i c i a l b a s i s , a s a r e s u l t o f a n i n v i t a t i o n fr om Ho Ch i L in h .
2 . Dao D a i, d u r i n g th e i n t e r v i e w , s t a t e d t h a t h e had
v o l i n t a r i l y a b d i c a t e d , an d wa s n o t c o e r c e d by t h e P r o v i s i o n a l
G ov er nm en t. He s a i d t h a t h e w ou ld no l o n j e r s e e h i s p e o p le
o p p r e s s e d , an d t h a t , a p p r o v in g th e n a t i o n a l i s t i c a c t i o n o f th e
V ie t H in h , h e t h e r e f o r e a b d ic a te d , a s a n ex am p le to h i s p e o p le .
He sa id , t h a t h i s < r ; a t ho pe wa s t h a t th e p e o p le o f '- 'i e t Ham
c o u ld s a i n th e in d e p e n d e n c e th e y so a r d e n t l y d e s i r e , an d t h a t
he 'w ou ld r a t h e r l i v e a s a p r i v a t e c i t i s e n w it h a f r e e p e o p le
th a n r u l e a n a t i o n o f s l a v e s -
305
1. . l i t H an oi , d u r in g th e we ek o f th e 1 0 th o f Se pt em be r.,
19 A5 j I ha d a n in te r v ie w in th e s tu d y o f th e P a l a i s du R e s id e n t
S u p e r ie u r , w it h P r in c e -5.onj3h an.cu.v on", b r o t h e r o f th e k in g o f
L a o s. Fo rm er em pe ro r Ra o D a i, .a n d P r e s i d e n t Ho Ch i K in h we re
a ls o p re s e n t. —•=
2 . Th us f a r , th e vi ew g e n e r a ll ? / , i s t h a t La os i s . 'r e
m a in in g a l o o f fro m th e V ie t K in h gove rn m en t. The p r in c e s a id
f i r s t o f a l l t h a t t h i s was n o t t r u e ,, an d t h a t he wa s i n H an oi
to make a rr a n g e m e n ts w it h Ho Chi H in h to s u p p o rt th e V ie t Ham
g o v er n m en t. He s a id t h a t th e p e o p le o f L a o s, a lt h o u g h th e y p r e
v i o u s l y ha ve ha d t r o u b l e w it h th e An nam ese , ti e rs now g e n e r a l l y
i n sy m pa th y w it h th e r e v o l u t i o n a r y mo ve me nt. He s a i d t h a t he
w ou ld do a l l i n h i s po w er to a i d V ie t Ham i n i t s a tt e m p ts a t
In d e p e n d e n c e , an d t h a t h e wo uld a l s o do a l l p o s s i b l e to make
a l a s t i n g a g re em en t an d sy m pa th y bet w ee n th e go ve rn m en t o f
V ie t Ham an d L a o s. He s e n t to h i s p e o p le a m es sa ge o f wh at
h e was d o in g i n H an oi, an d t h a t he sh o u ld n e v e r . r e t u r n to h i s
c o u n tr y u n t i l i t , a s th e r e s t o f In d o -C h ln a was f r e e , - e s a id
t h a t he wo uld no lo n g e r w at ch h i s p e o p le be e x p l o i t e d , an d
t h a t he was p e r s o n a l l y i n f u l l a g re e m e n t w it h Ho Ch i I' in h an d
th e go ve rn m en t an d i d e a l s o f th e p e o p le o f V ie t Ham.
306
HZA9C/J P T iR ’S
C ? 3TF.AT3HC d'H'HEC-Lo C"1 .t THFATRH
51 Ty.AHC-
\ ‘0 52 ?
19 S ep te m be r 194 5
S u b je c t: I n te r v ie w w it h Ho Chi MInh
Vo : C h ie f o f I n t e l l i g e n c e D i v i s i o n ,0 3 3 ,C hi na T h e a tr e
4 . C o n c e rn in g i n t e r n a l a f f a i r s , Ir r . Ho s t a t e d t h a t he
w as f u l l y a w a re o f t h e g r e a t d i f f i c u l t i e s h i s p e o p le f a c e ,,
th e d i f f i c u l t i e s o f f a m in e , e d u c a t i o n , r e c o n s t u c t i o h , f i n a n c e ,
w o rl d p o l i t i c s , a t e . , ma de e s p e c i a l l y d i f i c u l t by t h e d e a r t h
o f men e x p e r ie n c e d i n g o v e rn m e n ta l c a p a c i t i e s . He s a i d t h a t
th o u g h t h e s t r u g g l e w oul d be d i f f i c u l t , h i s p e o p le w er e w i l
lin g t o e n d u re i t an d w e re c a p a b le o f s e t t l i n g t h e i r p r o b
le m s s a t i s f a c t o r i l y .
p . h y p e r s o n a l o p i n i o n i s t h a t h r . Ho Ch i H ln h i s a
b r i l l i a n t a n d c a p a b le m an , c o m p le te ly s i n c e r e i n h i s o p i n i o n s .
I b e l i e v e t h a t wh en h e s p e a k s , h e s p e a k s f o r h i s p e o p l e , f o r
I h a v e t r a v e l l e d th r o u g h o u t T o n k in p r o v i n c e , an d fo u n d t h a t i n
t h a t a r e a p e o p le o f a l l c l a s s e s a r e im bu ed w it h t h e sa me s p i r i t
and d e te r m in a tio n a s t h e i r le a d e r .
308
u b .l e c t: T c p o rt on th e P r o v is io n a l lo ve rn m en t, TEC
’o : C h ie f o f I n t e l l i g e n c e D iv is io n , 0-"3, Ch in a T h e a tr e
1 . Ja ck gro und d u ri n g J a p a n e se o c c u p a ti o n
a . The V ie t L'.inh who we rn f i g h t i n g a g a i n s t th e F re nc h
s e n t a d e le g a ti o n to th e F re nc h sh ow in g t h e i r w i l l -
in ri k e ss to f o r g e t d i f f e r e n c e s in o r d e r to f i g h t th e
common ene my , th e J a p a n e s e . The Fr en ch r e f u s e d . The
V ie t Ki nh to o k t o th e h i l l s an d c o n ti n u e d f i g h t i n g ,
(S o u rc e : ___•
c . 3a o D ai , fo rm er em pe ro r o f Annara, . who wo rk ed w it h
'T he ~^ re nc h an d a l s o th e J a p a n e se whe n th e y a r r i v e d ,
l a t e r tu rn e d to V ie t K in h . (S o u rc e :
d . The V ie t Kl nh p o l i c y , d u r in g th e Ja p a n e se o c c u p a ti o n ,
was n o t to har m Fr en ch i n In d o -O h in a , b u t m e re ly to
e s c o r t the m to th e C hi ne se b o r d e r o r to s a f e t y .
(S o u rc e :
e . The V ie t k in h c o n ti n u e d f i g h t i n g th e Ja p a n e se by b u l
l e t , p ro p a g a n d a , an d e v a c u a ti o n . The Ja p a n e se wo uld
e n t e r a. v i l l a g e fro m w hi ch e v e r y th in g t r a n s p o r t a b l e ,
ha d be en re m ov ed , when th e y a d v a n c e d , th e y wo ul d be
f a r t h e r and f a r t h e r fro m fo o d , th e n th e V ie t Hi nh
wo uld a t t a c k . (S o u rc e :
S t r u c t u r e o f Go ve rn m en t
The g o v er n m en ta l s t r u c t u r e i s t h a t o f s u c c e s s iv e r e s
p o n s i b i l i t y / . I n ea ch v i l l a g e i s a na n wh o, f o r th e
w e lf a r e an d c o n d u c t o f h i s v i l l a g e , i s r e s p o n s i b l e
to th e na n who h e a d s th e d i s t r i c t , Many o f th e fo rm e r
m a n d a ri n s an d a d m i n i s t r a t o r s w it h e x p e ri e n c e i n su ch
a f f a i r s a r e now w or ki ng w it h th e V i e t Min h in th e
same c a p a c i t i e s . T h is sy st e m gr ow s s u c c e s s i v e l y un
t i l th e p r e s id e n c y i s re a c h e d . T h er e i s a p p a r e n t l y
no ch ec k up on th e c a b i n e t o r p r e s id e n c y o n ly a mu-
t u a l ’ se n se o f r e s p o n s i b i l i t y . (S o u rc e :
__ __ __ ,\3 ao D a i, th e
fo rm e r em pe ro r o f Ann an , h a s now b ee n a c c e p te d i n
an a d v is o r y c a p a c i t y , an d a s an ex am pl e f o r p ro p a
ga nd a p u rp o se s by th e P r o v i s i o n a l Go ve rn m en t o f V ie t
Nam. ( S o u rc e s :
/3 ao Da i t o l d ’ me t h a t he ’ao dT ba re TT '
v o io f T ta r il y a s an ex am pl e to h i s pe op le ..
P o l i t i c a l p a r t i e s in v o lv e d
a . V ie t Tdinh- a c o a l i t i o n p a r t y co m bi ni n- r V ie t Va n,
Co mm un ist , an d a lm o s t a l l o t h e r p a r t i e s . I t i s a l s o
know n .a s Le ag ue p o u r 1 ' In d e p e n d e n c e de 1* In d o C h in e .
The c o r r e c t name o f th e p a r t y i s V i e t Nam Doc La p
Dong K in h. (S o u r c e s :
_ _ v ---- ----------- - ------
"b. V ie t Nam- th e se co nd p a r t y o f im p o rt a n c e in 7I C ,
o s t e n s i b l y p a r t o f V ie t V in h , b u t s u p p o r ti n g Sa c Da i
on th e s i d e . More sy m p a th e ti c to w a rd s C h in e se th a n
V ie t V In h. ( S o u rc e s :
.................. V
c . Com mu nist p a r t y - now p a r t o f V ie t M'in h, r. o t v e ry
Im p o rt a n t b u t tr o u b le s o m e . Mo st i n c i d e n t s come fro m
th e y o u th i n t h i s p a r t y . ( S o u rc e :
d . Da l V i e t - J a p a n e s e sp o n s e re d y o u th . T ro ub le so m e
a lo n g pro p ag an d a l i n e s , b u t n o t p o w e r f u l .( S o u rc e
? lr .a n ce
R e c e iv in g a id fro m C hin es e g ro u p s p o s s i b l y . P o n s i b i l i
o f some a i d fro m R u s s ia , b u t d o u b t f u l . ( S o u rc e :
310
6 . Army an d P o li c e f o r c e
a . The Army o f th e p r e s e n t -o ve rn m en t i s a p e a -
. s e n t an d c i v i l i a n arm y w it h many fo rm e r s o l
d i e r s in th e T re nc h ar m y. ? o r th e m os t p a r t ,
th e y a r e p o o rl y ar m ed . They ha ve F re n c h , Ame
r i c a n , T h ir .e se , Ja p a n e s e we ap on s an d a n c i e n t ■>
f l i n t - l o c k s . Th ey ha ve ^ re n an d m ac hi ne gu ns
o u t n o th in g l a r g e r . ?h e s p i r i t o f th e Army,
ho w ev er , i s v e ry go od , a s tr o n g d e te r m in a ti o n
to a c h ie v e In d ep en d en ce ay an y c o s t . They ha ve
no p a ra d e gr ou nd d i s c i p l i n e , b u t ob ey w it h o u t
q u e s ti o n an d im m e d ia te ly th e o r d e r s o f t h e i r
s u p e r i o r s . (S o u rc e :
b . The p o l i c e f o r c e i s a l s o a c i v i l i a n on e and
i s n o rm a ll y e f f i c i e n t an d w e ll -b e h a v e d .
( S o u rc e :
7 . I n t e r n a l R e la ti o n s
a . E d u c a ti o n - V ie t Minh i s a lr e a d y e d u c a ti n g i t s
p e o p le . I hav e a tt e n d e d s c h o o ls i n th e ju n g le
and i n v i l l a g e s . I n o u r cam p, sc h o o l c o n ti n u e d
i n th e f r e e h o u rs o f th e e v e n in g . F la n s f o r
fu tu fc e e d u c a ti o n a r e u n d e r w a y .( S o u rc e :
b . R e c o n s tr u c ti o n - th e Go ve rnm en t o f V ie t Nam
hope s f o r f o r e i g n e n t e r p r i s e , c a p i t a l , an d
t e c h n i c a l a i d . I t i s lo o k in g p a r t i c u l a r l y to
th e U n it e d S t a t e s . (S o u rc e : . il
c . Go ve rn me nt p o s t s - t h e r i s a d e a r t h o f t r a i n e d
men , b u t I 'r . Ho f e e l s s u r e t h a t th o u g h d i f f i
c u l t , th e .1ob cy n be a c c o m p li sh e d . ( S o u rc e :
b . C h in a- V ie t 'am f e a r s C h in e ’ s i n t e n t i o n s in
vis vz o f on e th ou sa nd y e a rs o f C h in es o .d o m in a
t i o n . The y a l s o f e a r C hi ne se ec on om ic s t r a n g l e
h o ld , b u t a r e w i l l i n g to c o - o p e r a te and ho pe
f o r th e b e s t . ( S o u rc e :
c . Z n g la n l- th e Vnname se r e s p e c t T a g la n d ’ s i n
t e g r i t y a s a n a t i o n , b u t f e a r t h a t sh e w i l l
a i d F re nc h i n i m p e r i a l i s t i c p o l i c i e s . The y
w an t Z n p ll s h f r i e n d s h i p an d co mm erc e. (S o u rc e :
X d . R u s s ia - th e V ie t Fi rt h i s u s in g Co m m un ist ic mwth
m et ho ds in many t h i n g s , su ch a s th e l i v i n g o f
r e v o l u t i o n a r i e s in th e ju n g le , an d i n s o c i a l
s i t u a t i o n s , b u t do e3 n o t p o l i t i c a l l y em br ac e
.R u s s ia n Communism. (S o u rc e :__
X e . U n it e d S t a t e s - V ie t Kara lo o k s to A m er ic a f o r
m o ra l s u p p o r t i n t h e i r s t r u g g l e , a lm o st ex
p e c t i t . The Ahn ame se a r e a n x io u s t h a t th e
U n it e d S t a t e s sh o u ld know th e s i t u a t i o n in
FIC b e f o r e th e w ar , an d th e a c t i o n s an d th e
a s p i r a t i o n s th e y ha ve a t th e mom ent. ( S o u rc e:
9» F u tu re P la n s o f th e P r o v is io n a l Go ve rnm en t
a . Th ey p la n to r e s i s t th e F re nc h c o n t i n u a l l y
b . A n a t i o n a l e l e c t i o n is .. .p la n n ed when p r a c t i
c a b le .
c . I f p e o p le w an t hi m , 3? o Da i w i l l be r e i n s t a t e d
d . The c h o ic e od th e go ve rn m en t an d o f i t s l e a d e r s
w i l l r e s t e n t i r e l y w it h th e p e o p le .( S o u r c e s :
ATTACKKZUTS 1 . A nn am ite n ew sp ap er s
2 . D e c la r a ti o n o f In dep en den ce
S .L e t t r e au x am is d ’Hanoi*'-'
[Atta chm ents not printed]
IV: JLndxv.
k
FROE: Swift SUB-SOURCE: As stated
The re volu tion ary acti vity in Ind o-China at t h e .present_tirae is the_out_-
grow th of th e secret soci eties whi ch hav e existe d in An nam since t he Fr ench
aut hori ty has bee n estab lished. The first trouble s wer e at Hue, in June,1335,
The n about tw ent y thous and Anname se att acke d the Frenc h troops of Gen eral de
Courcy, w hil e ki ng Ha n Nghi of Anna m £led fro m his palace. The scholar, Phan
Boi Chau, secre tly fona ed a g roup to re store the th rone to the youn g prince,
Cuong De. Phan. Boi C hau offe red the p rinc e to t he Annamese revolutionaries ,
.After the Russ o-Japa nese w ar of 1905, Phan Boi Ch au went to J apan where
he fou nded the Vie t Na m Duy T an Koi or S ocie ty for the Eod erni zatio n of Annam,
wit h the object of sen ding s tudents to Japan, wh o wer e destin ed to f orm the
beginn ings of a r evolu tiona ry army, He al so wr ote an ti-Fr ench pamphlets, and
and his mentor, Fhan Bo i Chau, Trent to sou th Ch ina Ther e they organ ized in
1912 the Viet N am Qua ng Phuc Hoi, or Assoc iation for the Resto rati on of the
Country. This group direc ted revol ts in Hanoi and Saigon, and in the famous
revo luti onary district of Yen Bay in Annam. In 1920, the po wer of Fha n 3oi Cha u
•..as broken; he was a rreste d i n 1925, then later released. H e ended his life
In 1929, Nguy en Ai 4uoc fou ded the Annamese Communist Party, several as
sociati ons grouped to-get her w ith a com mon ai m of op posin g French domination.
revol utionar ies wh o wer e poli tical pricone rs in the penti tenti ary at po ulo Con
done. Scoori^, I 1Associ ation Nguy en An Ilinh of about eight h undred persons of the
313
poor peasantry, and small proprie tors, if ter some attempts at revo luti onar y
activity, he vas cond emned to pr ison in 1929. His group bro ke up and j oined
the rank s of 1 ’Asso cia tio n des Jcunesses Revolutionnaifce Annaniite, created
esta blis h a d emocra tic governm ent. The pla n had tv;o parts: first, the l ibe
rat ion of the country, and the n aid to oth er peoples still under coloni al
domina tion; and secondly, an allia nce wi th Russia, Th e third goup, the Armani te
Comm unist Party, was t he Viet N am Quoc D an Dan g or le Parti Nati onalist An-
naraite, foun ded i n To nkin in 192 7 b y a g roup o f youn g students. It was this
orga niza tion which made the mu ti ny at the garri son of Yen Bay, infl aming the
who le of Indo-China. It prov oke d severe F rench reprisals whi ch di sorgam' r.p.d
the pa rt y for a shor t time, but its me mber s los t the ir id entity in the larger
Ngu yen Ai Quoc, also kno wn as Ly Thuy, and n ow as Ho Chi Ninh, preside nt
Ngh e A n i n Annam, a pro vinc e fam ous for it s r evolu tiona ry activity. His f ather
was a scho lar who oc cupi ed an offi cial positio n, but wh o was alcoh olic and
thr oug h thi s weaknes s, becam e de stitute . He g rew up to fix th e r espon sibil ity
for his f at he r’s unfo rtun ate experi ences on the mandarinate, w ho m he criticized
for the ir h augh ty and excell ent l ivi ng i n compar ison with that of th e general
popula tion, and vjhom he a ccuse d of serv ilit y and gr eed in thei r relations wit h
the repres entat ives of t he F renc h governnnhft. D uring this time, his father
classe s f or illiterates.
’..hen he wa s n inete en year s old, in 1911, Nguyen A i «uoc left his home
for Sai gon where he em barked as a sa ilor on the ship, latouch e-Tre ville . He
314
aroun d him.
le s Jeun esse s Re vo lut io nn air es; and le P a rt i Re vo lut ion nai re du Nouvel
Annam. The f i r s t was in a ra th e r d if fi c u lt po si ti on , i t s le ad er , Hguyen
Ai Quoc, havin g had to fl e e from Canton, and hi s two lie ute na nts ,H on g Son
and Hotung Han, having been impr isone d. Hotung Man, thro ugh Chinese con-
ta ct s, w as re le as ed se ve ra l weeks la te r , and wi th h is comrades, Lam Due
Thu, Truong Van_Lenh, and Quang Dat, di re ct ed th e AssociaSSsbfttion and
ach iev ed 3ome suc ces s wit h th e ir propaga nda. The ot he r group , le P a rt i
du Nouvel Annam, se nt him de le ga te s, ask ing fo r a fu sio n of th e ir p a rt ie s.
He pr os ely te d th e de le ga tes who in tu rn went out for- him t o co nt ac t st u -
315
8 3 -6 0 5 0 - 73 - 21
316
with the B ureau d'Orient. Hguyen Ai Quoc gave to this iw w nationa l unifi ed
party a provisio nal organizat inn with proletar iat direction, and wit h its
center in Indo-China. Under his direction, syndicates o f students and workers tret-
v/ere orgaized, and he foun ded the Anna nese secti n of the "Ligue centre
to bring into his par ty many anti -French people who had thus far b elonged
to no poli tical group. In Cochin-China, he organ ized syn dicates a mong workers
in the Franco-Asiat ic Petrol Co., in the arsenal, in the electr ic pla nts of
Cholo n and Saigon, etc. In Tonkiu, the cott on and silk mill s of Haiphong,
police, while carrying on a corresponde nce be tween the Bu reau d'Orient and
the central committee of the I ndo-Chinese Communist Party. His capture was
was impossible to arr est him. The Indo-Chinese surete, durin g an invest igat ion
in Saigon, found papers saying that he int ended to retur n to Saigon. The .
duri ng his passa ge to Hon g Kong. He was condemned to two years impris onment
After his prison sentence, Ho Chi iiinh was releas ed through th e efforts
During his imprisonment, and ther eafter unti l about 1942, he and th e League
were actin g underground. In this year, he ’went to C hina as the repres entat ive
of the Viet iiinh League. Immediate ly upon his crossing the frontier, he was
imprisoned b y the Ch inese for thirte en months. A fter his release a t Liuchow,
he wen t to Ku nmi ng to cont act the Chinese and A mericans, and his o wn under
ground. organ ization . V/hile there, he did some tra nsla ting for th e Of fice of
War In formati on. Fr om Kunming, afte r hav ing con tacte d Gen eral Ch ennault, he
fle w to Poseh and went fr om there, wit h an AC-AS team to Cao Bang. Fro m this
time, he wo rke d wit h t his tea m and i ts organization, estab lishi ng a netwo rk
all over Tonk in pro vinc e to ai d Amer ican pilots who fell in French Indo-Chi na.
This vzork c ontin ued u nti l th e e nd of th e war, but an additi onal A mer ical grou p
star ted vzork with h im agai nst th e Japane se in July, 1945, w he n two groups of
Offic e of Stra tegic S ervic es perso nnel parac hut ed to his headq uarte rs at Chu Chu
Thes e two groups, wit h th eir Anname se troops, wer e enga ged i n gatherin g in
tellig ence, and in Comma ndo operat ions agai nst roads, bridges, and all lines
of com muni cati on bet wee n Lang son and Hano i. In ea rly August, at th e Chu Chu
headquart ers, a na tional confe rence vzas held, and Ho Chi LIinh was elected
ten tati ve p rovi sion al g overnment , and mo st of its member s did ta ke office.
After the Japane se submissi on, he went t o Hanoi, arriv ing t here 31 August,
1945® He too k a p ubli c o ath of office as pres ident of the Prov isio nal Govern
I'
The mai n opp osit ion to the Provi siona l Gover nment of Viet Ma m comes from
the gr oup head ed by Nguyen Hai Than. This gent leman now about sev enty years
old , was b o m at Ha Don g or N am Dinh. His fam ily vzas of the intelligentia,
and he rece ived a g ood classic al Chinese education. Aft er t he Rus so-Ja pane se
war in 1905, he was a me mbe r of the grou p vzhich went t o Jap an wit h P han Boi
Chau. O n l eav ing Jap an , he went to China , maki ng his liv ing b y tea chi ng an d
by his kn owl edge nec romanc y. L ittle is know n of his act ivi ty fro m this time
until the outbr eak of th e war in 1941, except t hat he vzas at bharapoa academy
the bul k of './horn were ref uge es from Langson, formed a lea gu e, of which
Nguyen Kai Than was a member. This leag ue accomp lished l i t t l e however,
sin ce there was in te rn a l di ss en si on . L at er , when t he Japan ese sur ren ded ,
Nguyen Hai Than, in Ting Hsi a t th e tim e, jo in ed v/ith th e Chinese in th e ir
march fo r th e occ upa tion of Indo- China . Here he was joi ne d by Vi Van Dinh,
form er mand arin of Langson, and by ot he r members of the man dari nate and
th e ir ad he re nt s, and al so by va rio us forme r pro -Jap ane se and pro -Fr enc h
gro ups .
PHR3CHAL C33ZRVATION
I, ta n c e rt if y to the fa c t th a t th e gr ea t mass
of th e po pu lat ion sup por ts Ho Chi Ninh and hi s pa rt y, and to th e a n ti —Japan ese
319
8 3 -6 0 5 0 - 73 - 22
320
ATTaC!E.3NT 1
G ov om nc nt O f f i c ia l s
So ur ce s
7 0 co *» i o
1* The fo ll o w in g g iv e s th e na me s, o f f i c e s , an d fo rm er p o l i t i c a l a f -
f i l i a t i o n s o f th e m os t im p o rt a n t o f f i c i a l s i n th e p re s e n t P ro v is io n a l
G ov er nm en t.
Vo ng uy en Gi an In te rio r C cm iu n is t
T ra n hu y L ie u Pr op ag an da A ns . C u lt u r a l
Vu d in h Boo E d u ca ti o n De mo cra t
Nguy en To n a ti o n a l S a fe ty So P a r ty
Ph aa va n Bong F in an ce C o m u n io t
Vu tr e n g Khahh J u s ti c e iio P a r ty
« It
Dao tr o n g Kim C okesu n ic a ti o n s
It II
Pham ngo o Th ach L io di ci ns
AT TA CK S, 2
P o l i t i c a l P a r t ie s
So ur ce s
7 O c t. 45
1. The fo ll o w in g l i s t in c lu d e s th e p a r t i e s wh ich e x is te d b e fo r e th e
V ie t Mirth to o k o v e r th e go ve rn m en t. Th ese p a r t i e s a re l i s t e d in o r d e r o f
im po rt an ce a c c o rd in g to th 9 num ber o f me mb ers . In fo rm a ti o n g iv e n ab ou t
th e p a r t i e s in c lu d e s : i ) T ra n s la ti o n o f p a r ty name
i i ) P a rt y p la tf o rm
iii) Or ga ns o f Pr op ag an da ■■
iv ) P a rt y le ad er (w he n a v a il a b le )
A. Nong da n cu u quoo h o i
i ) A g r ic u lt u r a l a s s o c ia ti o n f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . S u f f ic ie n t o u lt iv a te a b le la n d
b . Im pro vem en t o f th e a g r i c u l t u r a l sy ste m
S ed u ct io n
c . A b e li ti e n o f la n d t a x
d,
H ie p( Ba gi an g)
V ie t nam do c la p ( Cao ba ng )
Nuoc nam mo i ( Khu G ia i pho ng)
i ) Yo uth a s s o c ia ti o n f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a o F re e de ve lo pm en t o f th e in te ll & u a l and mo dal f a c u l t i e s
b . Free dom o f c i r c u l a t i o n
o-^-Sup p r c e io n - o f —re c e n t s t u d ie s
ft. M o d if ic a ti o n o f th e c u r r io u la
322
C. Cong nh an cu u quo c h o i
i ) As so c ia ti o n o f workmen f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la t f o m
a . In c re a se i n s a l a r ie s
b . R ed uc tio n o f w or ki ng ho ur d
c . S o o ia l in su ra n c e
d . Imp rove men t o f m a te ri a l an d i n t e l l e c t u a l l i f e
i i i ) Lao don g
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . Vernal e em an ci pa ti on for m th e fe u d a l yo ke
b . Eq ua l r i g h ts o f men
i i i ) Hone b e fo re Au gus t
How: G ai nu oc nam
r \
iv ) Le ad er x sH ll e i Tam Kin h
E» Vi etn am da n ohu da ng
i ) D em oc rat io p a r ty o f Vi etn am
i i ) P la tf o rm
i i i ) Doo la p
iv ) L ea de r: Duong due Hi en
323
i ) V iet na m es e a s s o c ia ti o n f o r th e n a ti o n a l sa lv no n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . D em oc ra tic l i b e r t i e s $ Re du cto n o f to x a s )
iii) VietN am
G. T h ii e u n ie n t i e n pho ng d o i
i ) li in e r s gro up f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
r
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . S u f f ic ie n t sc h o o ls f o r the m
b , De vel opme nt o f th e m o ra l, i n t e l l e c t u a l , an d p h y s io a l f a c u l t i e s
i i i ) Hone
i ) Yo uth a s s o c ia ti o n f o t th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a* P ro p e r e d u c a ti o n
i i i ) None
i ) Bu sin es sm en s a s s o c ia ti o n f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . Free dom o f tr a d e
b . Free dom o f e m ig ra ti o n
* c» o f p a te n ts
i i i ) None
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . Im pr ov em en t o f t h e l i f e o f th e •'.• ork 5n .j;a n
324
b . U ni ve rs al su ff ra g e
i i i ) Co g i a i phong
iv ) Le ad er : Pham va n dong
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . Improv emenj: o f m i l i t a r y I f e and ed uc at ta .
i i i ) Ken go i li n h
Ch ien da u
L . ^a n ho a cu u quoc h o i
i ) C u lt u ra l a s s o c ia ti o n f o r th e, n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
ii) P la tf o rm
a . A b o li ti o n o f th e ' io r io v .c n ee e p ra c ti c e d by th e F re nc h
b . C re a ti o n o f a nevf c u lt u re
i i i ) T ie n Phong
iv ) L ea de r: Nguyen huu Dang
i i ) P la tf ra m
a . imp rove me nt o f th e m a te ri a l l i f e
b . F a ir pl ac em en t aa co rd in g to c a p a c it y and a p ti tu d e
i i i ) None
II . - Linhv ion -ou u__qu Qn _b oi
.on
ii '- ^ S l& tf o ra
a ." -P u r- yo uth
i i i ) lio ns
IJ O* Phu la o ouu qu oc h o i
i ) A s s o c ia ti o n o f old . p e o p le f o r th 9 n a ti o n a l s a l v a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . S upp ort f o r th e ag ed
i i i ) Hone
0 9 . V ie t Mem quo c da n da ng
i ) <33
i i ) D em oc ra tic l i b e r t i e s
E ep u b li ca n re gi m e
i i i ) Hone
A W / v X ’W ' V
A. V ie t nam quo c da n da ng
Nguy en ng oc Son
B» D ai v i e t quo c xa (a ls o known a s)
D ai v i e t quoc g ia l i e n m in h "
V ie t nam quo c da n h o i
Tru ong an h Tu
C. V ie t na n phu c quo c dong min h hoi
i ) T hi s p a r t y was fo un de d i n Soj &i rta mb er, 19 40 , a f t e r th e Ja pa ne se i n
v a si o n a t Longs o n , b u t n e v e r ha d much o rg a n iz a ti o n . A ft e r th e Fr an oe -
Ja pa ne se a rm is ti c e a t Landon, th e p a r t y n o lo n g e r re c e iv e d a id fro m
th e Ja p a n e se , and was e a s i l y su pp re ss ed by th e F re n c h , The s u rv iv ig
membe rs f l e d to C hi na .
i i ) Le dd er : Tr an tr u n g Lap
D. V ie t nam th a h h n ie n ja i_ q u o c Jh o i
i ) T hi s p a r t y , fo un de d a f t e r 9 M ar ch 45 , re c e iv e d arm s an d m u n it io n s
n o ta b ly fro m th e Ja p a n e se . Th ey p a r t ic i p a te d i n p ro -J a p a n e se a c t i
v i t i e s an d e sp io n ag e,
i i ) L ea de r Vo va n Cam
E . Da i v i e t do n ch in h
i ) P a rt y was fo un de d in 19 41 . I t ha s be en su p p re ss e d by th e F re nc h
an d i s now d is s o lv e d . The le a d e r ha s f l e d to C hi na .
a f t e r th e V ie t Minh to o k ove r th e po w er .
A. Cong th uo ng cu u qoo h o i
i<) A ss o c ia ti o n o£ bu sin es sm en ! dan d i n d u s t r i a l i s t s f o r th e n a ti o n a l
s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . I n t e r e s t s o f th e ab ove
B . L in h v ie n cu u quoo h o i
i ) A s so c ia ti o n o f s tu d e n ts fo lh e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm : You th i n t e r e s t s
B." Cuu b in h s i cu u quoc
i ) A ss o c ia ti o n o f fo rm er m i l i t a ^ r i l f o r th e n a ti o n a l s a lv a ti o n
i i ) P la tf o rm
a . P ro - m il it a ry l e g i s l a t i o n
IV. STRATEGIC S ERVICE UNIT “INTELLIGENCE
DISSEM INATIO N” REPORTS FROM FRENC H
INDOCHINA
The S.S.U. assumed some of the intelligence and record keeping
functions of the O.S.S. when the latt er was disb anded in September
1945. Althou gh th e names of th e sources have been deleted, the reports
from Hanoi presumably come f rom Fra nk White.
(327)
STRATEGIC SERVICES UNIT, WAR DEPARTMENT
Washington, D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemination Number A-65936
Cou ntry : French Indo-China. Original Rpt.
Sub ject : Military and Political Infor- Date of in fo : 28 Febru ary 1946.
mation. Date of rp t: 5 March 1946.
Origin : Saigon. Dis trib ute d: 7 March 1946.
The atre : Indo-China. Confirmation: Supplement.
Sour ce: [dele te]. Reference.
Subsour ce: No. of Pages 2.
Eva lua tion : A-2. Attachments.
1. On 27 Februa ry, about 100 French troops mostly from the 2nd Armored
and Colonial Infa ntry Divisions, in more than 3 hours’ rioting burned and
sacked the residence of Paul Valere, Edito r of the Socialist Weekly, La Justice.
The imme diate cause of the a ttac k was th e editorial which the Socialist weekly,
always sharply critica l of the conduct of French soldiers, published on the
morning of 27 February , defending it s stand and reminding the troops tha t they
were paid by the Government of France of which the Socialist P arty is t he key
stone. Sale of this issue was halted around 18 hours w’hen 2nd Division troops
seized paper s from new’sboys and cafe reader s and burned them in the main
square in Saigon. Mobs of soldiers then wrecked the shop and printi ng plant in
which the paper was published and destroyed copies of the new Diocesan organ,
Inform ation Catholique and some 20,000 leaflets which were being printe d for
distrib ution in Hanoi by the F rench Army.
2. At the same time, the apar tmen t of the leading Socialist, Metter, was
ransacked and he was dragged from his sick bed and beaten in the main street
in Saigon. The attac k on Metter was apparentl y instigate d by a lieuten ant of
Spahis (North African native cava lry), who denounced him as the instig ator
of the resolution printed on 24 Februa ry in the weekly Annamese language
supplement Tuong Lai which called for recognition of Viet Nam independence
and immediate cessation of hostilities. As the lieute nant and soldiers dragged
Metter from his apartmen t, rioting troops shouted “Vive Le Clerc, Death to the
Communists, Thorez to the pos t’” sma shing the windows of t he apartm ent and
looting and burning its contents. Despite protestation s, Metter, who it is under
stood was imprisoned 2% years under Vichy admin istrati on for resistance
activit y in Indo-China, was badly beaten and only saved from lynching by la st
minute intervention.
3. The rioting occurred while the street s were posted with Military Police
guarding the arri val of d’Argenlieu from Pari s at approximately 23 hours.
Some observers believe tha t the coincidence of d’Argenlieu’s arri val and the
riot was not accidental but intended to emphasize Army protes t again st any
possible moderation of Fre nch terms to Viet Nam Government. It is the general
opinion tha t the rioting, if not on orders from French Army headquar ters, at
least had t he open sanction of high-rank ing officers, many of whom were present
and expressed approbation.
4. There is a tendency in some q uarte rs to overemphasize the coincidence of
the riots and d’Argenlieu’s arriv al. Many of the troops involved have no real
consciousness of the significance of d’Argenlieu’s trip to Par is and most are
certain ly not anxious to continue a fight which will result in the shedding of
the ir blood.
5. The following a re believed to be the basic causes of the dem onstr ation s:
a. Criticism of the Army by the newspaper La Ju stice which in p arti cula r
in one edition replied to General Le Clerc (see in troduction to pa ragra ph 5
in dessemination [deleted] with personal praise for him but pointed out
(328)
329
tha t most of the Regular Army in Saigon was interes ted in political and
financial gain, and also referr ed to the poor record of the Regul ar Army
who joined Vichy during th e war. (See also p arag raph 2 in dissemination.)
ft. The civilian population is antago nistic towar d anyone who suggests a
compromise with Viet Minh or accuses French Indo-China French of war
time coll aboration with the Japan ese or Vichy. Nearly all the demonst rators
were unth inking ant i-Leftists.
6. The degree to which the riots had official m ilitar y sanction i s not yet known
but General Le Clerc is allegedly concerned. However no positive action was
taken to quell t he distu rbances.
7. Former “legonnaires” favor cessation of La Justi ce because each issue de
mands prior ity a ction aga inst war time collaborators.
8. The Socialist-Marxist Part y, which comprises only 130 members including
a few open-minded old-timers, is responsible for La Justice.
STRATE GIC SERVIC ES UNIT, WAR DEPAR TMENT
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligence Disseminatio n N umber A-65963
Co un try : Fren ch Indo-Ch ina. Origi nal Rpt.
Sub ject : Poli tica l Info rma tion . Dat e of in fo : 4 March 1946.
O rig in: Hanoi. Dat e of rp t. : 6 March 1946.
Th ea tre : Indo-China. D ist rib ut ed : 8 March 1946.
Sour ce: [dele te]. Co nfir mat ion : Supplement.
Sub sou rce: Unst ated . Referenc e.
Ev alu ati on : B-3. No. of pages.
Atta chm ents.
On 1 March Nguyen Hai Tan, Vice Pre sid ent of the new Annamese Govern
ment (see disse min ation [del eted ]) disap pear ed af te r unsucc essful atte mp ts
to resign. Ho Chi Minh claims th at his whe reabo uts are unknown. On 2 March
the Annamese Congress adjo urne d af te r appr ovin g the proposed cabinet . On
4 M arch the cabi net held its first meeting. Ho Chi M inh claims th at t hey offered
the presid ency to Bao Dai, form er Emp eror of the Annam, but th at Annamese
lead ers fea red a chang e would unde rmin e the moral e of the people.
(330)
STRATEGIC SERVICES UNIT, WAR DEPARTMENT
Washington, D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemination Number A-65963a
Cou ntry : French Indo-China. Original Rpt.
Subject: Military Information. Date of in fo : As stated.
Orig in: Hanoi. Date of r p t. : 6 March 1946.
Th ea tre : Indo-China. Distrib uted : 8 March 1946.
Source: [delete]. Confirma tion: Supplement.
Subsource: As Stated. Reference.
Eva lua tion : As Stated. No. of Pages.
Attachments.
No te: See dissemination [delete] which re ports the attempt ed French landing
at Ha iphong on 6 March.
4 March 19^6
F-2 1. On 5 March 10,000 French troops will arriv e at Haiphong and on
6 March they will disembark. About 9 March 6,000 more will land. No air in
vasion is expected because of fear of Chinese reaction. Sub so urce : [delete]
F-3 2. The French did not tell General Lu Han of the date of landing until
4 March. Landing at Haiphong will be forbidden by the Chinese because it will
involve Chinese troops in clashes and will hinder the withd rawal of Chinese
Forces through Hon Cay. The Chinese will insist tha t the French go back and
land at Tourane so tha t Chinese withdr awal can proceed smoothly. Bloodshed
and scorched eart h appear likely unless pressure is brought on the French to
negotiate intellig ently with the Annamese. Sub source : [delete]
5 March 19^5
F-3 3. The Chinese have been forced to agree to the French landing at Haiphong
on 6 March. (See above pa ragraph , informati on as of 4 March). Twelve planes
of ammunition and weapons will arriv e on 6 March for the Hanoi g arrison and
will be distri buted immediately. North Indo-China will be returne d to French
control by 31 March but Chinese troops will not withdr aw by tha t date. The
date of withdra wal of Chinese troops is indefinite. The date for handing over
Hanoi to the F rench is some time prior to 31 March. Sub sou rce: Unstated.
F-3 4. F irs t French troops lan ded a t Haiphong will be motorized and equipped
with United States vehicles and weapons. This will decrease the protection
afforded by t he American flag and there is a strong possibility tha t i t will create
resentment among the Annamese for Americans and in some cases may result
in Annamese mistaking Americans for French. Sub sour ce: Unstated.
F-3 5. On 4 March General Salan advised Ho Chi Minh as follow s: Chinese
plans for han ding over cities and r ura l are as a re extremely vague. The Chinese in
Hanoi were caught unawar e by the suddenness of French reoccupation. The
French have 50 tran spo rt planes for ferrying troops to outlying points. The
French may put the Hanoi garris on under the command of t he Chinese tempo
rarily. The French will assume control of Haiphong when all the contingent of
10,000 troops has disembarked. Hanoi will be handed over piecemeal. Chinese
troops will protect overseas Chinese.
(331)
STRAT EGIC SERVI CES UNIT, WAR DEPAR TMEN T
W ash ing ton , D.C.
I ntelligence D isse mi na tio n N umber (?)
Co un try : Fren ch Indo-Chin a. Ori gina l R pt.
Su bje ct: Fre nch and Chinese Clashes. Da te of in fo : 6 March 1946
Ori gin : Shan ghai. Da te of r p t. : 6 March 1946.
T he at re : China. Dis trib ute d : 6 March 1946.
Sourc e: [dele te]. Con firm atio n: Supplement.
Subs ource : Unst ated . No. of pages.
Ev alu ati on : B-3. Atta chm ents.
1. F renc h and Chinese forc es are fightin g at Hai phon g as a res ult of Fren ch
atte mp ts to land . Two small Chinese gunb oats were sunk by Fre nch nav al fire.
The Chinese ar e try ing to neg otia te (po rtio n mis sing ). The Fre nch Chief of
Staff st ate s th at the Chinese opened fire on the Fre nch bo ats and th at t he Frenc h
did n ot at tem pt t o force a landin g.
STRA TEGIC SERV ICES UNIT, WAR DEPAR TMENT
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemi nation Number A-66643
Co un try : Fre nch Indo-C hina. Ori gina l R p t. :
Su bj ec t: Toli tica l Inf orm atio n. Da te of i nf o. : 17 March 1946.
O rig in : Hanoi. Da te of rp t. : 26 March 1946.
Th ea tre : Indo-Ch ina. Dis trib ute d : 28 March 1946.
Sou rce: [dele ted] . Co nfir mat ion : supplem ent.
Sub Sour ce: Refere nce.
Ev alu ati on : C-2. No. of pa ge s: 2.
Atta chm ents .
1. Ho Chi Minh sta ted th at he could not gu ara nte e a peace ful recep tion to
Gene ral Le Clerc’s force s unles s the Fre nch ha d dem onst rate d th eir inte ntio n
by 20 March to ca rry ou t th e con ditio ns of th e 6 Marc h accord.
Fiel d Comm ent: Since th is rep ort was delay ed in tran smis sion , [delet ed] con
tai ns l at er in form ation .
2. Ho Chi Minh accuse d the Fre nch of bad fa ith on the following cou nts:
fai lur e to open “imm edia te” neg otiat ions wit h the Viet Nam Governmen t, and
cont inue d actio n by Fre nch troo ps in Cochin China. As a res ult of th ese fail ure s,
dem ons trat ion s have been stag ed by Anna mite s and the Pre ss is clamo ring
for the da te t o be se t for inde penden ce par leys in Pa ris.
3. Sain teny infor med source th at Pa ris was too busy with oth er ma tte rs to
fix th e date.
4. Ho Chi Minh is obviously since re in wishin g to avoid troubl e, but fea rs
th at the bad fa ith evidence by the Fre nch will weaken his hold on the people
and stre ngt hen the ext rem ists , whom he descri bes as oppo rtuni sts.
5. Ho’s chie f oppone nt is Vice- Presid ent Nguyen Ha i Tha n, repo rted in dis
semi natio n [dele ted] to have disa ppe ared af te r unsuc cessf ul atte mp ts to resign
as Vice -Pres ident of the new Anname se Governmen t. Nguyen Ha i Th an is
believed to be in the Moncay Prov ince form ing a hard -cor e resi stan ce group
of unspecified size. (See diss emi nati on [delete d] par agr aph 4). Ho Chi Minh
is wor ried over Nguyen Ha i Th an ’s defecti on and also fea rs th at the local
rum or is tru e inas muc h as th e la tt er contro ls a dieh ard group composed of
seve ral Ann amit e p arti es.
6. Desp ite Fre nch and Br iti sh o ptimism , the situ atio n rem ains highly volatile .
Fre nch and Govern ment post ers thr oug hou t the city urge calmn ess and ma in
tena nce of order . Howe ver an Ann amit e newsm an offered to show source s a
secr et w’ell-for tified are a of na tive houses.
7. The Ann amit e Pre ss claim s th at the “Jus tic e” inci dent in Saigon (see
diss emi nati on [dele ted] was pa rt of the Fren ch fas cis t prog ram. Tonkin ese
con tra ry to th ei r Saigon colleagues , have had an 8 mon ths’ pro pag and a diet
of “independ ence or de ath ”, givin g them ample time to make fu ll pre pa rat ion s
for the ir fight. Du ring thi s period, arm s and amm uniti ons were ava ilab le from
the Jap ane se a nd l at er from the Chinese.
8. At pre sen t it is imposs ible to spec ulate on the Chinese positio n, eit he r the ir
pre sen t sta tu s or th ei r at tit ud e in case o f a show-down. D espite th ei r knowledge
th at H aiph ong is be ing looted, ne ith er Ho Chi Minh nor Sain teny dar e complain.
The la tte r adm its th at Fre nch troo ps are stil l sm arti ng from the Haip hong
deb ark atio n incid ent bu t is hopeful th at the troops are satisfi ed with the official
exp lana tion th at the shell ing res ulte d from misu nder stand ing.
STRAT EGIC SERVI CES UNIT, WAR DEPART MENT
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligen ce D iss em ina tio n N umber A-6 642 0
Co un try : F ren ch Indo-China. Orig inal Rpt.
Su bje ct: Pol itic al Infor mati on. Dat e of info : 17,18 March 1946.
Orig in: Hanoi. Dat e of r p t. : 20 March 1946.
T he at re : In do-Chin a. Dist ribu ted : 22 March 1946.
Sourc e: [dele te]. Con firm atio n: Supplement.
Sub S ource : As s tated . No. of pages.
Ev al ua tio n: As state d. Attachm ents.
17 March 1946
F- 3 1. A young fema le Annam ese Viet Minh office work er un witt ingl y in formed
a high Chinese official th at while on a prop agan da mission las t week to a village
30 kilom eters from Hanoi, she encou ntered 1 Belgian, 1 Russia n-Pole , 1 Swiss,
and 1 unknow n fore igne r livin g in t he villa ge. Sub source: [delete ]
18 March 1946
C-3 2. The Chinese are af ra id to pres s the Annames e girl for fu rth er detai ls
for f ea r t ha t she realiz e the imp orta nce of the in forma tion.
C— 0. The Chinese thi nk thi s is a Moscow Group oper ating wit h Ho Chi Minh
despi te the fac t th at Ho Chi Minh claims he is a non-communis t. The Chinese
ar e inves tigat ing. Sub source: [dele te]
C-0 3. This incid ent may be used by Ho Chi Minh to stre ngt hen Chinese
dete rmi nat ion to rem ain in Fre nch Indo-Ch ina, or it may be the corne rston e of
a Ho Chi Minh-Moscow-Felix Gouin tria ngle which will shi ft into high gear
as soon as Fren ch imp eria lists hav e been replaced . Sub source: [delete]
F- 3 4. An Annam ese r epo rts th at Ng uyan Ha i T han h as recen tly been fo rming
a resis tanc e go vernme nt a t Moncay.
Was hing ton Comment: D issem inati on [delete ] repo rted t ha t Nguyen Hai Th an,
Vice- Presid ent of the new Annames e gov ernmen t, disa ppe ared a fte r unsucces sful
att em pts to re sign.
C-0 5. Should the Ho Chi Minh-Moscow-Felix Gouin tria ngl e mate riali ze, it
app ears likely th at Chinese Na tion alis ts will be forced to encou rage a resis tanc e
mov eme nt Sub source: [delete ]
(334)
STRATE GIC SERV ICES UNI T, WAR DEPA RTME NT
W ash ing ton , D.C.
I ntell igence D iss em ina tio n N umber A-66423
Cou ntry : French Indio-China. Original Rpt.
Sub ject : French Troops Ente r Hanoi. Date of inf o.: 18 March 1946.
Orig in: Hanoi. Date of r p t. : 20 March 1946.
The atre: Indo-China. Distrib uted : 22 March 1946.
Source: [delete]. Confirma tion: Supplement.
Subsou rce: Unstated. Reference.
Eva lua tion : F-2. No. of pages.
Attachments.
On 18 March, French troops entered Hanoi without incident. The city is
abnormally quiet.
STRAT EGIC SERV ICES UNIT, WAR DEPAR TMEN T
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemin ation Number A-66441
Co un try : F ren ch Indo-China. Orig inal Rpt.
Su bj ec t: Pol itic al and Mil itary Info r- Dat e of i nf o. : 19 March 1946.
mation. Dat e of r p t. : 21 March 1946.
O rig in: Hanoi. Dis trib ute d : 25 March 1946.
T he at re : Indo-China. Con firm atio n: Supplement.
Sour ce: [dele te]. Reference.
Su bso urc e: No. of pages.
Ev al ua tio n: C-3. Attac hmen ts.
In a n inte rvie w with source, Gener al Le Clerc reveal ed the followin g o pin ion s:
1. He expr essed confidence t ha t the re would be no m ajo r Anna mite resis tanc e
to Fre nch ret urn , citi ng as evidence of successfu l nego tiatio ns his peacefu l
entr y into Han oi on 18 March. He says the re is no t ru th in t he r um or of fig hting
at Hongay.
2. Fre nch feelin g is run nin g high ag ain st the Chinese becau se of bomb ard
ment and looting but Gene ral Le Clerc sta tes th at he has tak en meas ures to
prev ent such inciden ts. (See d isse min ation [d ele te] )
Sourc e Commen t: Fre nch forces did not ca rry arm s on t he nig ht of 18 March
but th ei r conduc t has not been such as to lessen possible dang er. See dessemi na-
tion [de lete ])
3. Gene ral Le Clerc sta tes tha t, in accord ance wi th agre eme nts signed with
the Chinese, Ch inese tr oops will begin wit hdr aw al on 31 March, thu s i nfer enti ally
denyin g Yuen’s stat em ent th at the Fren ch are anxio us to hav e the Chinese
rema in a t le ast a couple mor e months.
STRAT EGIC SERV ICES UNIT, WAR DEPA RTME NT
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemin ation N umber A-66610
Co un try : Fre nch In do-Chin a. Ori gina l Rpt.
Su bj ec t: Pol itic al and Economic infor - Da te o f in fo .: 20 March 1946.
mation . Dat e of r p t. : 26 March 1946.
Or ig in : Hanoi. Di stri but ed : 27 Marc h 1946.
Th ea tre : Indo-Ch ina. Con firm atio n: Supplement.
Sour ce: [dele te]. Referen ce.
Sub sou rce : As sta ted . No. of page s: 2.
Ev al ua tio n: As stat ed. Atta chme nts.
C-2 1. Co ntr ary to rum ors th at his gover nmen t pres ente d an ult im atu m to
Fra nce de man ding t ha t the d ate be fixed fo r t he begin ning of the Pa ris in depe nd
ence negot iatio ns, Ho Chi Minh now app ear s more confident of Fre nch sinc erity
th an ever before. ( See para gr ap h 1 in dissem inati on [de let e]. )
C-2 2. In a lengt hy con vers ation wit h source, Ho Chi Minh sta ted th a t his
gover nmen t has made exh aus tiv e effor t to exp lain to Vietn ames e its reas on for
signi ng an agre eme nt wit h the Fren ch, and th at m ass meetin gs have been st aged
thro ugh out th e c ount ry to cl ari fy th e gov ernm ental poin t of view. Th ese me etings,
Ho Chi Minh believes, ar e larg ely respon sible for the peace cur ren tly reigning .
C-2 3. He sta ted th at both he and Gene ral Le Clerc, wit h whom he has had
two cord ial meeting s, agre e th a t Viet Nam’s most imme diate needs ar e peace
an d incre ased food produ ction, a nd th at the fa ct t ha t t her e h ave been no inc iden ts
thu s fa r is p roof of th e go vern men t’s ab ility to co ntro l th e people.
Sourc e Commen t: H o Chi Mi nh i s fi rmly convinced th at w hat hi s co unt ry needs
most in its stru ggl e for indepe ndenc e is the sym path y and und ers tan din g of the
Ameri can people.
C-2 4. He sta ted fra nk ly th at if the Unit ed Sta tes ’ Sta te De par tme nt would
publicly condone his signin g of the accord of 6 March, his positio n would be
imm easu rably st reng then ed. The ma in reaso n h e dem anded t ha t the independe nce
nego tiatio ns be held in Pa ris was in ord er th at the deleg ation mig ht be i n close
con tact wit h the Unit ed Sta tes embassy for “symp athy and techn ical advic e”.
C-2 5. In thi s connecti on, he fea rs th at because of his widely adv erti sed
comm unist backg roun d America, Br ita in and China mig ht be suspicio us of his
adm ini stra tio n. He adm its being a stu de nt of Mar x but claims th at Indo-C hina
mu st hav e the pra ctic al sup por t of cap ita lis t cou ntrie s for ano the r 50 yea rs
before her prod ucti vity can be bro ugh t ab rea st of her needs.
C-2 6. While the food sho rtag e is serious, he believes th at fa r few er will
sta rve in Tonk in thi s ye ar th an la st ye ar when 2,000,000 sta rve d to dea th
chiefly because of Jap ane se requ isitio ns, dyke dama ge and droug ht. He sta tes
th at th e g overn ment ha s u ndert ake n an ag ric ult ur al dive rsific ation p rogra m w ith
emph asis on g ard en vegetab les, which is gre atly relie ving th e situ atio n. Fu rth er
more, even wit hou t Fre nch tech nica l advice, most of the dykes will be rep aire d
by the May pl ant ing season.
C-3 7. Gene ral Le Clerc sta tes th at the Chinese stil l refu se to make the
Haip hong docks ava ilab le to the Fren ch. Never theless , he priv atel y feels th at
he is in a good positio n mi lita rily in the event of Anname se trouble .
C-3 8. Vir tual ly all Fre nch stor es ar e now open in Hanoi, many for the first
time in months . Cab aret s wit h a full quota of Anname se girl s ar e open and
ar e cat erin g to both Chinese and Fre nch GI trad e. Uti litie s ar e fun ction ing but
sti ll wit h a limi ted capa city. Fo r the first time, the Fre nch newsp aper
L’ENTEN TE publish ed news ins tea d of fea tur e ma ter ial on 20 March. The
gen eral ten or o f the 20 Marc h edit ion was “Ha noi L ibere. ”
STRATEGIC SERVICES UNIT, WAR DEPARTMENT
Washington, D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemination Number A-66609
Country : French Indo-China. Original Rpt.
Sub ject : Political Informatio n—North Date of in fo. : 20 March 1946.
Indo-China. Date of R pt .: 26 March 1946.
Origin : Hanoi. Distribu ted : 28 March 1946.
Theatre : Indo-China. Confirma tion: Supplement.
Source: [delete]. Reference.
Subsource : As stated. No. of pages.
Eva luat ion: C-3. Attachments.
General Lu Han is telling United States correspondents tha t the Chinese are
preparing to demand reparatio ns for the Haiphong shelling. Repiton, Chief
French General Headq uarters Liaison Officer (see para graph 2 in dissemination
[dele te]) indicates tha t the French will counter the Chinese demand with a
demand for repar ation for shell damage to the TRIOMPHANT and other
warships.
Source Comment: Such negotiations will have little repercussions in Hanoi
since a settlem ent would be handled elsewhere a t some d istan t date.
(338)
STRAT EGIC SERV ICES UNIT, WAR DEPA RTME NT
Washington , D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemin ation Numbeb A-66557
Co un try : Fre nch In do-Chin a. Orig inal Rpt.
Su bj ec t: Mi lita ry an d Pol itic al Inf or- Da te of in fo .: 22 March 1946.
mation . Dat e of r p t. : 25 Marc h 1946.
Or ig in : Hanoi. Dis trib ute d : 26 March 1946.
T he at re : Indo-Ch ina. Con firm atio n: Supplement.
Sour ce: [dele te]. Referen ce.
Sub sou rce : As sta ted . No. of pages.
Ev al ua tio n: C-2. Atta chm ents .
1. Resp onsib ility for the ma inte nan ce of law and ord er in Haip hong is
schedul ed to pass from th e Chine se to t he F ren ch on 22 March.
2. Pla ns for Fre nch reli ef of the Chinese ar e tri lat er al , being supp orted by
the i ndor seme nts of b oth Gene ral Lu Ha n and H o Ch i Minh. The larg e citie s a nd
towns are to be join tly occupied by Fre nch and Vietna mese tro op s; the villages
and sma ller town s by Vietn amese only. Defens e Commissio ner Tr an Van Giap
is mak ing 10,000 Vietn ames e troo ps ava ilab le to aug men t Gener al Le Clerc’s
15,000 troop s as specified in the agre eme nt between the Fre nch Repub lic and
the Viet Nam. (See att ac hm en t 2 in disse min ation [d ele te] ). Subsou rce for
par ag rap hs 1 an d 2: [dele te]
3. An est im ate of to tal Vietna mese stre ngth indi cat es between 30,000 and
40,000 troo ps of which 75% ar e ade quat ely equipped wit h small arms . Fre nch
tac tic al maps show num erous Vietna mese garr ison s, dis trib ute d stra tegi call y,
mos t of them not exceed ing 200, and the ir command not unified, probab ly due
to a lac k of speedy commun ication s. Sub source: [delet e]
4. Only the mos t ten tat ive plan for Chinese rep atr iat ion has been given the
Fre nch by Gene ral Lu Ha n’s hea dqu arte rs. The 60tli Army, stat ion ed in the
Hai phong-E ast Haip hong -Han oi a re a is schedu led to lea ve on Unite d Sta tes ship s.
The 93rd Army is expected to ret ur n overl and to Yunn an a t an unspecified date.
The 5 3rd Army is the only Chung king Army in Han oi which has not revea led its
inte ntio n. Of the thr ee armi es, only the 53rd is specifically char ged wit h the
mai nten anc e of law an d o rder.
5. In an att em pt to improve Franco -Chin ese rela tion s, Gener al Le Clerc
pro test ed the ant i-F ren ch at tit ud e of the local Chinese Pre ss and in tu rn was
ass ure d by G enera l Lu Ha n t ha t he w as al ter ing its tone.
6. The Fren ch ar e most anxi ous to rega in prop erti es now occupied by the
Chinese, bu t a t the mome nt ar e unwi lling to press th ei r claims.
Repi ton sta tes th at the Haip hong- Hano i rail way is usable , as well as the
Nort hbou nd line, as fa r as the Chinese border . Tr an spo rta tio n on t he Haipho ng-
Saigon rail wa y ha s been int err up ted by severa l destr oyed bridg es nea r Tour ane.
(339)
STRATEGIC SERVICE S UNIT, WAR DEP ARTME NT
Washington, D.C.
I ntelligence Dissemination Number A-66684
Co un try : Fren ch Indo-China. Orig inal R pt.
Su bje ct: Poli tical I nform ation. Date of in fo .: 24 March 1946.
Or igi n: Hanoi. Date of r p t. : 27 March 1946.
Th ea tre : Indo-China. Di str ib ut ed : 29 March 1946.
Source: [delet ed]. Con firm ation : Supplement.
Sub sou rce: Reference.
Ev alu ati on : A-2. No. of pages.
Attach ments .
1. The fac t th at the Fren ch and Vietnam ese have lived toge ther one week
peacefully is significant and promising. However, a growing unea sines s and
confusion among the Vietnamese is alre ady evide nt in the nat ive Pre ss and in
the priv ate state men ts of governm ent leaders . The Mar xist organ “Tr ut h” con
siders t he 6 March accord ra th er a tru ce tha n a preli min ary tre aty , and demands
the immed iate commencement of Pa ris nego tiation s and the inclusi on of Cochin
China in the Viet Nam Republic. The gene ral impress ion is th at th e Vietnamese,
bewildered by the suddenn ess of the armi stice , do not und ers tan d the ir new
sta tus and feel they a re b eing somehow cheated.
2. Ho Chi Minli ma inta ins a res tain ed impati ence with Fre nch hesi tati on to
begin negotiat ions. Vo Nguyen Giap told source on 23 March th at the Viet
namese could no t be expected to rem ain q uiet indefinitely.
3. However, on 24 March the Vietnam ese had the sati sfac tion of seeing some
of the ir troops relieve Chinese sen trie s arou nd Hanoi. A sign ifica nt sigh t was a
Fren ch officer leading Vietna mese tro ops to th eir posts.
4. Comments on t he Franco-V iet Nam Mili tary Liaison Group heade d by R epi
ton, Chief French General He adq uar ters L iaison Officer, are g enera lly favorab le.
There seems to be a mutu al und erst and ing on the mil itar y side of the pictur e.
5. Colonel Trev or Wilson, Chief of the Bri tish Mission at Hanoi, is leavin g
Hano i at the end of Ma rch as the B riti sh consid er his mission accomplished.
(340)